JVC UX P450UX P450 User Manual GVT0129 009A
User Manual: JVC UX-P450UX UX-P450UX English, Arabic, Persian,
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 145
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
English
Cover[UX].fm Page 1 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 11:00 AM
MICRO COMPONENT SYSTEM
UX-P450
—Consists of CA-UXP450 and SP-UXP450
SUPER VIDEO
INSTRUCTIONS
GVT0129-009A
[UX]
Safty[UX].fm Page 1 Thursday, June 3, 2004 3:30 PM
Warnings, Cautions and Others
CAUTION—STANDBY/ON
button!
Disconnect the mains plug to shut the power off completely (all lamps and indications go off).
The STANDBY/ON
button in any position does not disconnect the mains line.
• When the unit is on standby, the STANDBY/ON lamp lights in red.
• When the unit is turned on, the STANDBY/ON lamp lights in green.
The power can be remote controlled.
G-1
Safty[UX].fm Page 2 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 11:10 AM
CAUTION
To reduce the risk of electrical shocks, fire, etc.:
1. Do not remove screws, covers or cabinet.
2. Do not expose this appliance to rain or moisture.
CAUTION
• Do not block the ventilation openings or holes.
(If the ventilation openings or holes are blocked by a
newspaper or cloth, etc., the heat may not be able to get
out.)
• Do not place any naked flame sources, such as lighted
candles, on the apparatus.
• When discarding batteries, environmental problems must
be considered and local rules or laws governing the
disposal of these batteries must be followed strictly.
• Do not expose this apparatus to rain, moisture, dripping or
splashing and that no objects filled with liquids, such as
vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
G-2
Safty[UX].fm Page 3 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 11:10 AM
IMPORTANT FOR LASER PRODUCTS
1. CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT
2. CAUTION: Do not open the top cover. There are no user serviceable parts inside the unit; leave all servicing to qualified service
personnel.
3. CAUTION: Visible and invisible laser radiation when open and interlock failed or defeated. Avoid direct exposure to beam.
4. REPRODUCTION OF LABEL: CAUTION LABEL, PLACED INSIDE THE UNIT.
Caution: Proper Ventilation
To avoid risk of electric shock and fire, and to prevent damage, locate the apparatus as follows:
1. Front: No obstructions and open spacing.
2. Sides/Top/Back: No obstructions should be placed in the areas shown by the dimensions below.
3. Bottom: Place on the level surface. Maintain an adequate air path for ventilation by placing on a stand with a height of 10 cm or
more.
SP-UXP450 CA-UXP450 SP-UXP450
G-3
CA-UXP450
Contents
Introduction ..................................................... 2
On-Screen Disc Operations .......................... 24
Precautions ......................................................................2
How to Read This Manual...............................................2
On-screen Bar Information............................................24
Operations Using the On-screen Bar.............................25
Selecting Browsable Still Pictures.................................27
Operations on the CONTROL Screen...........................27
Getting Started................................................. 3
Step 1: Unpack ................................................................3
Step 2: Prepare the Remote Control ................................3
Step 3: Hook Up ..............................................................4
Setting the Video Output Selector ...................................6
Changing the Scanning Mode .........................................6
Advanced Tape Operations .......................... 29
Recording on a Tape......................................................29
Synchronized Disc Recording .......................................30
Timer Operations .......................................... 31
Before Operating the System.......................... 7
Setting the Timer ...........................................................31
Playable Disc Types ........................................................7
Display Indicators............................................................8
Setup Menu Operations ................................ 33
Daily Operations—Playback ........................ 10
Operating Procedure......................................................33
Restricting the Review—Parental Lock ........................37
Listening to the Radio ...................................................11
Playing Back a Tape ......................................................12
Playing Back a Disc.......................................................12
Additional Information................................. 39
Daily Operations—Sound & Other
Adjustments ................................................... 15
Adjusting the Volume....................................................15
Adjusting the Sound ......................................................15
Presetting Automatic DVD Video Sound
Increase Level ............................................................16
Changing the Display Brightness ..................................16
Changing the Picture Tone ............................................16
Setting the Clock ...........................................................17
Turning Off the Power Automatically...........................17
Learning More about This System ................................39
Maintenance ..................................................................41
Troubleshooting.............................................................42
Language Code List.......................................................43
Country/Area Codes List...............................................44
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals .....................45
Specifications ................................................................46
Parts Index .....................................................................46
Unique DVD/VCD Operations ..................... 18
Selecting the View Angle ..............................................18
Selecting the Subtitle Language ....................................18
Selecting the Audio Track .............................................19
Playing Back a Bonus Group ........................................19
Special Effect Playback .................................................20
Advanced Disc Operations............................ 21
Programming the Playing Order—Program Play..........21
Playing at Random—Random Play...............................22
Playing Repeatedly ........................................................23
Prohibiting Disc Ejection—Child Lock ........................23
1
English
UX-P450UXTOC.fm Page 1 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:45 AM
English
Introduction.fm Page 2 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:45 AM
Introduction
Precautions
How to Read This Manual
Installation
To make this manual as simple and easy-to-understand as
possible, we have adapted the following methods:
• Button and control operations are explained as listed in the
table below.
• Some related tips and notes are explained later in the
sections “Additional Information” and
“Troubleshooting,” but not in the same section
explaining the operations. If you want to know more
about the functions, or if you have a doubt about the
functions, go to these sections and you will find the
answers.
• Install in a place which is level, dry and neither too hot nor
too cold—between 5°C and 35°C.
• Install the System in a location with adequate ventilation to
prevent internal heat buildup inside the System.
DO NOT install the System in a location near
heat sources, or in a place subject to direct
sunlight, excessive dust or vibration.
• Leave sufficient distance between the System and the TV.
• Keep the speakers away from the TV to avoid interference
with TV.
Indicates that you press the button
briefly.
Power sources
• When unplugging the System from the wall outlet, always
pull on the plug, not the AC power cord.
Indicates that you press the button
briefly and repeatedly until an
option you want is selected.
DO NOT handle the AC power cord with wet
hands.
Indicates that you press one of the
buttons.
Moisture condensation
Moisture may condense on the lenses inside the System in
the following cases:
• After starting to heat the room
• In a damp room
• If the System is brought directly from a cold to a warm
place
Should this occur, the System may malfunction. In this case,
leave the System turned on for a few hours until the moisture
evaporates, unplug the AC power cord, then plug it in again.
2 sec.
Others
Indicates that you turn the control
toward the specified direction(s).
• Should any metallic object or liquid fall into the System,
unplug the AC power cord and consult your dealer before
operating any further.
DO NOT disassemble the System since there
are no user serviceable parts inside.
Remote
ONLY
• If you are not going to operate the System for an extended
period of time, unplug the AC power cord from the wall
outlet.
If anything goes wrong, unplug the AC power cord and
consult your dealer.
2
Indicates that you press and hold the
button for specified seconds.
• The number inside the arrow
indicates the period of press (in this
example, 2 seconds).
• If no number is inside the arrow,
press and hold until the entire
procedure is complete or until you
get a result you want.
Main Unit
ONLY
Indicates that this operation is only
possible using the remote control.
Indicates that this operation is only
possible using the buttons and controls on
the main unit.
Introduction.fm Page 3 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:45 AM
Step 1:Unpack the package and
check the accessories.
English
Getting Started
Step 1: Unpack
After unpacking, check to be sure that you have all the
following items. The number in parentheses indicates the
quantity of each piece supplied.
• FM antenna (1)
• AM loop antenna (1)
• Composite video cord (1)
• Remote control (1)
• Batteries (2)
• AC plug adaptor (1)
If any item is missing, consult your dealer immediately.
Step 2: Prepare the Remote Control
Insert the batteries into the remote control by matching the
polarity (+ and –) correctly.
Step 2: Prepare the remote control.
1
2
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
Step 3: Hook up the components such
as AM/FM antennas, speakers,
etc. (see pages 4 to 6).
3
Finally plug the AC power cord.
• If the wall outlet does not match the AC plug, use the
supplied AC plug adaptor.
Now you can operate the System.
• DO NOT use an old battery together with a
new one.
• DO NOT use different types of batteries
together.
• DO NOT expose batteries to heat or flame.
• DO NOT leave the batteries in the battery
compartment when you are not going to use
the remote control for an extended period of
time. Otherwise, the remote control will be
damaged from battery leakage.
3
English
Connection.fm Page 4 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:44 AM
Step 3: Hook Up
If you need more detailed information, see page 6.
Illustrations of the input/output terminals below are typical
examples.
When you connect other components, refer also to their manuals
since the terminal names actually printed on the rear may vary.
Turn the power off to all components before connections.
Before connecting optical digital
cord
Remove the protective
cap from the DVD
OPTICAL DIGITAL
OUT terminal.
For better FM/AM reception
AM loop antenna
Keep it connected.
Outdoor FM
antenna
(not supplied)
Vinyl-covered wire (not supplied)
Extend it horizontally.
Disconnect the supplied FM antenna, and connect to an outdoor FM
antenna using a 75 Ω wire with coaxial type connector.
VIDEO INPUT
Yellow
Composite video cord (supplied)
OR
VIDEO INPUT
S-video cord (not supplied)
TV
OR
VIDEO INPUT
Y
PB
Green
PR
Blue
Red
Component video cord (not supplied)
AV COMPU LINK cord (not supplied)
(cord with monaural mini plug)
AV
COMPU LINK
• For details, see “AV COMPU LINK remote control
system” on page 6.
OPTICAL
DIGITAL IN
DECODER
Optical digital cord (not supplied)
AUDIO OUT
White
LEFT
AUX
VCR, etc.
4
RIGHT
Red
Audio cord (not supplied)
English
Connection.fm Page 5 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:44 AM
AM loop antenna (supplied)
Turn it until the best reception is
obtained.
Before plugging in the System
Set the correct voltage for your area with the voltage
selector on the rear.
Use a screwdriver to rotate the voltage selector so
that the voltage marker is pointing at the same
voltage as where you are plugging in the unit. (See
also the back cover page.)
Voltage marker
FM antenna (supplied)
Extend it so that you can obtain
the best reception.
EN
SH
OP
PU
E
RS
VE
TO
RE
AU
VIDE
O OU
T VIDE
O
VIDE
OU O
SELET
CT
S-VIDE
O
PAL
NTSC
Y
PB
PR
DO NOT plug in before setting
the voltage selector and all
connection procedures are
complete.
To a wall outlet
Plug the AC power cord only after all connections and
selector settings on the rear are complete.
5
English
Connection.fm Page 6 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:44 AM
To connect the AM loop antenna
IMPORTANT
1 Hold
3 Release
2 Insert
• If the AM loop antenna wire or speaker cords are covered
with vinyl, remove the vinyl to expose the tip of the
antenna by twisting the vinyl.
• Make sure the antenna conductors do not touch any other
terminals, connecting cords and power cord. Also, keep the
antennas away from metallic parts of the System,
connecting cords, and the AC power cord. This could cause
poor reception.
To connect the speaker cords
Connect the right speaker to the RIGHT terminals, and the
left speaker to the LEFT terminals.
The speakers are magnetically shielded to avoid color
distortions on TVs. However, if not installed properly, it
may cause color distortions. So, pay attention to the
following when installing the speakers.
• When placing the speakers near a TV set, turn off the
TV’s main power switch or unplug it before installing the
speakers. Then wait at least 30 minutes before turning on
the TV’s main power switch again.
Some TVs may still be affected even though you have
followed the above. If this happens, move the speakers
away from the TV.
AV COMPU LINK remote control system
This system allows you to use JVC’s TV with simple
operations; by starting playing back a disc, the TV
automatically turns on and changes the input mode to the
appropriate position so that you can view the playback
picture.
• To use AV COMPU LINK, you need to connect the
System and the TV by using a cord with monaural miniplugs (not supplied) in addition to the video input/output
connection through the COMPONENT jacks, S-VIDEO
jack or VIDEO (composite) jack on the rear.
1 Hold
Setting the Video Output Selector
3 Release
2 Insert
You can select the video output to match it to the color
system of your TV.
• When connecting the speaker cords, match the polarity of
the speaker terminals: Red cord to (+) and black cord
to (–).
• DO NOT connect more than one speaker to
each terminal.
• DO NOT allow the conductor of the speaker
cords to be in touch with the metallic parts of
the System.
NTSC: For an NTSC TV.
PAL: For a PAL TV.
VIDEO
OUT
SELECT
PAL
NTSC
• When using a multi-color system
TV, either position will work.
Changing the Scanning Mode
Remote
ONLY
This System supports progressive scanning.
If you connect a progressive TV through the COMPONENT
jacks, you can enjoy a high quality picture from the built-in
DVD player by selecting “PROGRE.”
PROGRESSIVE
0
PROGRE
INTER
(at the same time)
6
PROGRE
Progressive scanning. For a progressive TV.
INTER
Interlaced scanning. For a conventional TV.
Connection.fm Page 7 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:44 AM
DVD Video—digital audio formats
Playable Disc Types
This unit has been designed to play back the following discs:
Disc Type
Mark (Logo)
Video
Format
DVD Video
Video CD
(VCD)
Super Video
CD (SVCD)
Audio CD
Region
Code*
Number
2
or
ALL
DVD Audio
NTSC
or
PAL
DIGITAL VIDEO
SUPER VIDEO
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDIO
CD-R
CD-RW
DVD-R
DVD-RW
English
Before Operating the System
The System can play back CD-R or CD-RW
recorded in the Audio CD, Video CD, SVCD,
MP3, WMA, and JPEG formats.
The System can play back DVD-R or DVDRW recorded in the video format.
In addition to the above discs, this System can play back audio
data recorded on CD Text, CD-G (CD Graphics), and CD-Extra.
• The following discs cannot be played back:
DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, DVD+R, DVD+RW, CD-I (CD-I
Ready), CD-ROM, Photo CD, etc.
Playing back these discs will generate noise and damage the
speakers.
• In this manual, “file” and “track” are interchangeably used
for MP3/WMA/JPEG operations.
* Note on Region Code
DVD players and DVDs have their own Region Code numbers.
This System can play back only DVDs recorded with the NTSC
or PAL color system whose Region Code numbers including
“2.”
EX.:
If a DVD with the improper Region Code numbers is loaded,
“RGN ERR (Region Code Error)” appears on the display and
playback will not start.
The System can play back the following digital audio
formats.
• Linear PCM: Uncompressed digital audio, the same
format used for CDs and most studio masters.
• Dolby Digital: Compressed digital audio, developed by
Dolby Laboratories, which enables multi-channel encode
to create the realistic surround sound.
• DTS (Digital Theater Systems): Compressed digital
audio, developed by Digital Theater Systems, Inc., which
enables multi-channel like Dolby Digital. As the
compression ratio is lower than for Dolby Digital, it
provides wider dynamic range and better separation.
When playing a multi-channel encoded DVD, the System
properly converts these multi-channel signals into 2
channels, and emits the downmixed sound from the
speakers.
• To enjoy the powerful sound of these multi-channel
encoded DVDs, connect a proper decoder or an amplifier
with a proper built-in decoder to the digital output terminal
on the rear.
• Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
“Dolby”, “Pro Logic”, “MLP Lossless”, and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
• “DTS” and “DTS2.0+DIGITAL OUT” are registered
trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
• This product incorporates copyright protection technology
that is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents
and other intellectual property rights owned by
Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of
this copyright protection technology must be authorized by
Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and
other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise
authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse
engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
CONSUMERS SHOULD NOTE THAT NOT ALL HIGH
DEFINITION TELEVISION SETS ARE FULLY
COMPATIBLE WITH THIS PRODUCT AND MAY
CAUSE ARTIFACTS TO BE DISPLAYED IN THE
PICTURE. IN CASE OF 525 OR 625 PROGRESSIVE
SCAN PICTURE PROBLEMS, IT IS RECOMMENDED
THAT THE USER SWITCH THE CONNECTION TO
THE ‘STANDARD DEFINITION’ OUTPUT. IF THERE
ARE QUESTIONS REGARDING OUR TV SET
COMPATIBILITY WITH THIS MODEL 525p AND
625p DVD PLAYER, PLEASE CONTACT OUR
CUSTOMER SERVICE CENTER.
7
English
Connection.fm Page 8 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:44 AM
Display Indicators
The indications on the display teach you a lot of things while you are operating the System.
Before operating the System, be familiar with when and how the indicator illuminates on the display.
1 2 3
4
5
6
7
SLEEP MONO ST MP3 WMA 3DPHONIC REC
123 REC
RANDOM
PRGM ALL BONUS B.S.P.
8
9
p q
1 Rhythm Ax indicator
• Lights when Rhythm Ax is activated.
2 Daily Timer indicators
•
: lights when Daily Timer stands by or is being preset.
• 1/2/3: lights when a Daily Timer (1, 2, or 3) stands by;
flashes while setting or working.
• REC: lights when the Recording Timer stands by; flashes
while setting or working.
3 SLEEP indicator
• Lights when the Sleep Timer is activated.
4 FM reception indicators
• MONO: lights while receiving an FM stereo station in
monaural.
• ST (stereo): lights while an FM stereo station with
sufficient signal strength is tuned in.
5 MP3/WMA indicators
• MP3: lights when an MP3 track is detected.
• WMA: lights when a WMA track is detected.
6 3D PHONIC indicator
• Lights when 3D Phonic is activated.
7 REC indicator
• Lights while recording.
8 Tape operation indicators
• 2 3 (tape direction):
– Lights to indicate the current tape running direction.
– Flashes slowly during playback and recording.
– Flashes quickly while rewinding a tape.
•
(reverse mode):
–
: tape play continues endlessly.
–
: tape automatically reverses once.
–
: tape play stops at the end of one side.
9Disc operation indicators
• RANDOM: lights when Random Play is activated.
• PRGM (program): lights when Program Play is activated.
•
(repeat)/ALL:
–
ALL : lights when Disc Repeat is activated.
–
: lights when any Repeat other than the above is
activated.
8
A.STANDBY
w
e
p BONUS indicator
• Lights when a DVD Audio with a bonus group is
detected.
q B.S.P. (Browsable Still Picture) indicator
• Lights when Browsable Still Pictures are detected while
playing a DVD Audio.
w Main display
• While listening to radio: Band (or preset number) and
station frequency appear.
• While selecting “AUX”: “AUX” appears.
• While playing a tape: “TAPE” appears.
• While playing a disc: See “Indications on the main
display while operating a disc” on page 9.
e A(auto). STANDBY indicator
• Lights when Auto Standby is activated.
• Flashes when disc playback stops with Auto Standby
activated.
English
Connection.fm Page 9 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:44 AM
Indications on the main display while operating a disc
While playing back a disc:
While disc play is stopped:
• DVD Video:
• DVD Video:
Current chapter no.
Elapsed playing time
Total title no.
• By pressing DISPLAY, you can show the current title and
chapter numbers for a few seconds.
• DVD Audio:
• DVD Audio:
Track no.
Current track no.
Elapsed playing time
Total group no.
Group no.
• By pressing DISPLAY, you can show the current group
and track numbers for a few seconds.
• Audio CD:
Current track no.
• Audio CD:
• SVCD/VCD:
Current track no.
Total track no.
Elapsed playing time
Total playing time
• SVCD/VCD:
Total track no.
Elapsed playing time*
Total playing time*
* “PBC” appears while playing a disc with PBC.
* Changes to “PBC” when stopping PBC playback.
• MP3/WMA:
• MP3/WMA:
Current track no.
Current track no.
Elapsed playing time
Current group no.
• By pressing DISPLAY, you can show the current group
and track numbers for a few seconds.
• JPEG:
Current group no.
• JPEG:
Current file no.
Current group no.
Current file no.
• If Resume is turned “ON” (see page 36), “RESUME” appears when you stop playback.
9
Basic.fm Page 10 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
English
Daily Operations—Playback
1
1 Turn on the power.
10 keys
SET
MENU
, , ,
RETURN
ENTER
TOP MENU
2
In this manual, the operation using the remote control
is mainly explained; however, you can use the buttons
and controls on the main unit if they have the same (or
similar) name and marks.
8
7
1/¡
3D PHONIC
GROUP/TITLE
4/¢
3
SHIFT
The STANDBY/ON lamp on the main unit lights in
green.
• Without pressing STANDBY/ON
, the System
turns on by pressing one of the source selecting
buttons in the next step.
2 Select the source.
Playback automatically starts if the selected source is
ready to start.
• If you press AUX, start playback source on the
external component.
3 Adjust the volume.
4 Operate the target source as explained
later.
1
2
STANDBY/ON
To turn off (stand by) the unit
STANDBY/ON
DVD/CD
The STANDBY/ON lamp on the main unit
lights in red.
• A small amount of power is always
consumed even while on standby.
For private listening
Connect a pair of headphones to the PHONES jack on the
main unit. The sound will no longer come out of the
speakers. Be sure to turn down the volume before
connecting or putting the headphones.
• Disconnecting the headphones will activate the
speakers again.
3
VOLUME
4
10
DO NOT turn off (stand by) the System with
the volume set to an extremely high level;
Otherwise, the sudden blast of sound can
damage your hearing, speakers and/or
headphones when you turn on the System or
start playback.
English
Basic.fm Page 11 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
To tune in to a station
Listening to the Radio
While FM or AM is selected...
To set the AM tuner interval spacing
Main Unit
ONLY
Main unit:
Remote control:
Before operating the tuner, it is required to select the
appropriate AM space interval used for your area.
2 sec.
2 sec.
GROUP/TITLE
UP
DOWN
1 Select the AM band.
FM
AM
Frequency starts changing on the display.
When a station (frequency) with sufficient signal strength is
tuned in, the frequency stops changing.
• When you repeatedly press the button, the frequency changes
2 Turn off the power.
step by step.
STANDBY/ON
To stop searching manually, press either button.
If the received FM station is hard to listen
Remote
ONLY
FM MODE
3 Select the appropriate AM space interval for your
9
area.
• You can only use the button and the control on the front
panel.
(at the same time)
STANDBY/ON
DOWN
AM 9KHZ
(9 kHz interval)
While holding...
The MONO indicator lights on the display. Reception will
improve though stereo effect is lost—Monaural reception
mode.
To restore the stereo effect, press the button again (the
MONO indicator goes off).
To preset the stations
Remote
ONLY
You can preset 30 FM and 15 AM stations.
STANDBY/ON
UP
1 Tune in to a station you want to preset.
AM 10KHZ
(10 kHz interval)
2
While holding...
• You can also store the monaural reception mode for FM
preset stations if selected.
Activate the preset number entry mode.
SET
• Finish the following process while the indication on the
display is flashing.
To select the band (FM or AM)
FM
AM
11
English
Basic.fm Page 12 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
3 Select a preset number for the station you store.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
FM MODE
9
8
7
10
10
Examples:
To select preset number 5, press
5.
To select preset number 15,
press +10, then 5.
To select preset number 30,
press +10, +10, then 10.
To stop:
To start:
To rewind tape:
Before or after play...
GROUP/TITLE
Rewind the tape to the right.
• You can also use the ¡ or 1 buttons.
Rewind the tape to the left.
4 Store the station.
SET
To change the tape running direction
To tune in to a preset station
3 (forward play)
Remote
ONLY
2 (reverse play)
1 Select the band (FM or AM).
FM
To reverse the tape automatically
AM
REV. MODE
7
2 Select a preset number for the station you store.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
10
• You can also use the ¡ or
1 buttons.
6
FM MODE
8
9
(at the same time)
Tape is played from the forward side to the
reverse side. When the reverse side is played
back, playback stops.
Tape is automatically reversed, and playback
repeats until you stop it.
10
Tape will not be reversed. When the current
side of the tape reaches its end, playback stops.
Playing Back a Tape
Playing Back a Disc
To insert a tape
You can play back tapes of types I, II, and IV.
Push
Insert
Close
With the tape side facing outside
12
IMPORTANT: Before playing a disc, make sure of the
following...
• Turn on the TV and select an appropriate input mode on
the TV to view the pictures or on-screen displays on the
TV screen.
• For disc playback, you can change the initial setting to
your preference. See “Setup Menu Operations” on
page 33.
If “
” appears on the TV screen when you press a
button, the disc cannot accept the operation you have
tried to do, or data required for that operation is not
recorded on the disc.
Before operating a disc, be familiar how a disc is recorded.
• DVD Video comprises of “Titles” which includes
“Chapters,” DVD Audio/MP3/WMA/JPEG comprise of
“Groups” which includes “Tracks,” and CD/SVCD/VCD
comprise of only “Tracks.”
• For JPEG playback, see “Operations on the CONTROL
Screen” on page 27.
English
Basic.fm Page 13 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
On-screen guide icons
• During DVD Video playback, the following icons may
appear on the TV:
At the beginning of a scene containing multiangle views.
At the beginning of a scene containing multiaudio sounds.
To insert a disc
At the beginning of a scene containing multisubtitles.
You can insert a disc while playing another source.
• The following icons will be also shown on the TV to
indicate your current operation.
,
,
,
,
,
To close the disc tray, press 0 again.
• If you press DVD/CD 3, disc tray closes automatically
and playback starts (depending on how the disc is
programmed internally).
To start:
To pause:
To select a title/group
Remote
ONLY
While playing...
GROUP/TITLE
To stop:
DVD/CD
(at the same time)
To release, press
DVD/CD 3.
• While playing DVD/SVCD/VCD: This System can store
the stop point, and when you start playback again by
pressing DVD/CD 3 (even while on standby), it starts
from the position where you have stopped—Resume Play.
(“RESUME” appears on the display when you stop
playback.)
To stop completely while Resume is activated, press 7
twice. (To cancel Resume, see “RESUME” on page 36.)
• When operating the System, the on-screen guide icon (see
the following table) appears on the TV.
To deactivate the on-screen guide icons, see “ON
SCREEN GUIDE” on page 36.
• Group name appears for MP3/WMA discs.
To select a chapter/track
While playing...
GROUP/TITLE
• First time you press 4, you
can go back to the beginning of
the current chapter/track.
To locate a particular portion
Remote
ONLY
While playing a disc except MP3/WMA...
SLOW –
SLOW +
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
• No sound comes out while searching on DVD Video/
SVCD/VCD.
To return to normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
13
English
Basic.fm Page 14 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
To locate an item directly
Remote
ONLY
You can select a title/chapter/track directly and start
playback.
• For DVD Video, you can select a title before starting
playback, while you can select a chapter after starting
playback.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
Examples:
To select number 5, press 5.
To select number 15, press +10,
then 5.
To select number 30, press +10,
+10, then 10.
6
FM MODE
9
8
7 For SVCD/VCD with PBC:
While playing a disc with PBC, “PBC” appears on the
display.
When disc menu appears on the TV, select an item on the
menu. Playback of the selected item starts.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
Examples:
To select number 5, press 5.
To select number 15, press +10,
then 5.
To select number 30, press +10,
+10, then 10.
6
FM MODE
8
9
10
10
10
10
To move to the next or previous page of the current
menu:
To use 3D Phonic
GROUP/TITLE
Moves to the next page.
While playing...
3D
PHONIC
3D PHONIC
ACTION
OFF
3D PHONIC
(Canceled)
3D PHONIC
DRAMA
3D PHONIC
THEATER
Moves to the previous page.
To return to the previous menu:
• The selected mode can only be shown on the TV.
ACTION
Suitable for action movies and sports
programs.
DRAMA
Creates natural and warm sound. Enjoy
movies in a relaxed mood.
THEATER Enjoy sound effects like in a major theater.
To play back using the disc menu
Remote
ONLY
CANCEL
RETURN
(at the same time)
To cancel PBC
7 For DVD Video/DVD Audio:
1 Show the disc menu.
TOP MENU
MENU
SET UP
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
Stop playback.
2 Select an item on the disc menu.
10
ANGLE
6
FM MODE
8
9
10
Select a track.
Playback starts with the selected track.
ENTER
• With some discs, you can also select items by entering the
number using the 10 keys.
14
AUDIO
To reactivate PBC, press 7 (twice if Resume is turned
“ON”), then press DVD/CD 3.
Basic.fm Page 15 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
English
Daily Operations—Sound & Other Adjustments
Adjusting the Volume
Remote control
You can adjust the volume level from level 0 (VOL MIN) to
level 40 (VOL MAX).
Remote control:
DVD LEVEL
CLOCK/
TIMER
ENTER
Main unit:
VFP
VOLUME
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
SET
, ,
,
VOLUME
To drop the volume in a moment
FADE
MUTING
Remote
ONLY
To restore the volume, press again, or
adjust the volume level.
BASS/TREBLE
DISPLAY
DIMMER
SHIFT
RHYTHM AX
VOLUME
+/–
Adjusting the Sound
FADE
MUTING
To emphasize rhythm feeling—RHYTHM AX
This function emphasizes bass attack feeling, and also
changes the subwoofer level.
RHYTHM AX
RHYTHMAX
OFF
(Canceled)
Main unit
To adjust the tone
You can adjust the bass and treble level from –5 to +5.
To adjust the bass
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS TRE
Canceled
VOLUME
RHYTHM AX
VOLUME +/–
To adjust the treble
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS TRE
Canceled
VOLUME
15
English
Basic.fm Page 16 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
Presetting Automatic DVD Video Sound
Remote
ONLY
Increase Level
The DVD Video sound is sometimes recorded at a lower
level than for other discs and sources. You can set the
increase level for the currently loaded DVD Video, so you
do not have to adjust the volume every time you change the
source.
Remote
ONLY
Changing the Picture Tone
While showing a playback picture on the TV, you can select
the preset picture tone, or adjust it and store your own taste.
To select a preset picture tone
1 While playing, display VFP setting screen.
NORMAL
VFP
DVD LEVEL
5
6
NORMAL MIDDLE
HIGH
(at the same time)
(at the same time)
GAMMA
0
BRIGHTNESS
0
CONTRAST
0
SATURATION
0
TINT
0
SHARPNESS
0
On the TV
2 Select a preset picture tone.
NORMAL
Original recording level.
MIDDLE
Output level is increased (less than “HIGH”).
NORMAL
CINEMA
HIGH
Output level is increased (more than
“MIDDLE”).
USER2
USER1
• Once the current DVD is ejected, this setting is canceled
and set automatically to “NORMAL.”
Changing the Display Brightness
Remote
ONLY
DIM1
DIM OFF
DIM2
AUTO DIM
(Canceled)
DIM1
Dims the display.
DIM2
Erases the display illumination.
AUTO DIM
Erases the display illumination when
disc playback starts.*
• The display illuminates when
playback stops.
* “AUTO DIM” does not work for CD/MP3/WMA.
16
Normally select this.
CINEMA
Suitable for a movie source.
USER1/USER2
You can adjust parameters and can
store the settings (see below).
To erase the screen, press VFP again while holding SHIFT.
You can dim the display window.
DIMMER
NORMAL
To adjust the picture tone
1 Select “USER1” or “USER2.”
• Follow steps 1 and 2 explained above.
2 Select a parameter you want to adjust.
ENTER
GAMMA
Adjust if the neutral color is bright or
dark (–3 to +3).
BRIGHTNESS
Adjust if the entire picture is bright
or dark (–8 to +8).
CONTRAST
Adjust if the far and near positions
are unnatural (–7 to +7).
SATURATION
Adjust if the picture is whitish or
blackish (–7 to +7).
TINT
Adjust if the human skin color is
unnatural (–7 to +7).
SHARPNESS
Adjust if the picture is indistinct
(–8 to +8).
3 Adjust the parameter.
English
Basic.fm Page 17 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
Turning Off the Power
ENTER
Remote
ONLY
Automatically
To turn off the unit after playback is over—Auto
Standby
4 Repeat steps 2 to 3 to adjust other parameters.
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
On
Canceled
To erase the screen, press VFP again while holding SHIFT.
Setting the Clock
Remote
ONLY
Without setting the built-in clock, you cannot use Daily
Timers, Recording Timer (see page 31) and Sleep Timer.
• To correct a misentry during the process, press CANCEL
or CLOCK/TIMER. You can return to the previous step.
1 Activate the clock setting mode.
CLOCK/
TIMER
2
• If you have already adjusted the clock before, press the
button repeatedly until the clock setting mode is
selected.
Adjust the hour.
SET
(at the same time)
When Auto Standby is in use, the A.STANDBY indicator
lights on the display.
When disc play stops, the A.STANDBY indicator starts
flashing. If no operation is done for about 3 minutes while
the indicator is flashing, the System turns off (stands by)
automatically.
• Auto Standby does not work while you are listening to
radio (FM/AM) and the external component (AUX).
To turn off the unit after a certain period of time
—Sleep Timer
1 Specify the time (in minutes).
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
10
20
30
60
90
120 150
Canceled
2 Wait until the set time goes off.
3 Adjust the minute.
SET
To check the time remaining until the shut-off time
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
SLEEP
Now the built-in clock starts working.
To check the current clock time during play
DISPLAY
• If you press the button repeatedly, you can change the shutoff time.
Clock
Source information
• While playing a DVD and MP3/WMA, you cannot check
the current clock time (see page 9) .
17
UniqueDVD.fm Page 18 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
English
Unique DVD/VCD Operations
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
ZOOM
Remote
ONLY
Selecting the View Angle
Remote control
ANGLE
10 keys
While playing back a chapter (of DVD Video) containing
multi-view angles, you can view the same scene from
different angles.
• You can also select the multi-view angles using the onscreen bar (see page 24).
While playing...
ANGLE
, ,
3
,
ENTER
DVD/CD 3
8
7
SLOW –/+
(at the same time)
Ex.:
3/3
2/3
1/3
3
2
1
SHIFT
1/3
3/3
2/3
1
3
2
Remote
ONLY
Selecting the Subtitle Language
For DVD Video: While playing back a chapter (of DVD
Video) containing subtitles in different languages, you can
select the subtitle language to display on the TV.
For SVCD: While playing, you can select the subtitles even
if no subtitles are recorded on the disc.
• You can also select the subtitle language using the onscreen bar (see page 24).
While playing a DVD Video...
1
Display the subtitle selection window.
1/3
SUB TITLE
2
(at the same time)
18
1/3
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
2
English
UniqueDVD.fm Page 19 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
While playing a DVD Video...
Select the subtitle language.
Ex.:
1/3
2/3
ENGLISH
Ex.:
FRENCH
1/3
1/3
2/3
1/3
3/3
FRENCH
JAPANESE
3/3
FRENCH
JAPANESE
2/3
ENGLISH
JAPANESE
2/3
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
3/3
3/3
FRENCH
JAPANESE
While playing a DVD Audio...
Ex.:
1/3
2/3
1
While playing an SVCD video...
3/3
2
3
While playing a Karaoke SVCD or VCD...
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
2
SVCD
1
ST1
R2
ST2
L2
L1
R1
ST
L
R
VCD
(at the same time)
–/4
OFF
1/4
2/4
1
2
4/4
3/4
4
3
Selecting the Audio Track
Remote
ONLY
For DVD Video: While playing back a chapter containing
audio languages, you can select the language to listen to.
For DVD Audio: While playing back a track containing
audio channels, you can select the audio channel to listen to.
For Karaoke SVCD/VCD: When playing back a track, you
can select the audio channel to play.
• You can also select the audio track using the on-screen bar
(see page 24).
AUDIO
1
(at the same time)
(at the same time)
ST1/ST2
ST
To listen to normal stereo (2 channel)
playback.
L1/L2/L
To listen to the left audio channel.
R1/R2/R
To listen to the right audio channel.
• SVCD can have 4 audio channels. Karaoke SVCD usually
uses these 4 channels to record two 2-channel recordings
(ST1/ST2).
Playing Back a Bonus Group
Remote
ONLY
Some DVD Audios have a special group called “bonus
group” whose contents are not open to the public.
• To play back a bonus group, you have to enter the specific
“key number” (a kind of password) for the bonus group.
The way of getting the key number depends on the disc.
1
Select the bonus group.
• The bonus group is usually recorded as the last group
(for example, if a disc contains 4 groups including a
bonus group, “group 4” is the bonus group).
• For how to select the group, see “To select a title/group”
on page 13.
19
English
UniqueDVD.fm Page 20 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:43 AM
2
2
Enter the key number.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
7
ANGLE
Select slow motion speed.
SLOW –
SLOW +
Forward slow motion starts.
ENTER
FM MODE
9
8
Reverse slow motion* starts.
PROGRESSIVE
0
3
SLOW +
Follow the interactive instructions shown on the
screen.
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
SLOW –
To cancel the key number entry, press 7.
*Not available for SVCD/VCD.
Special Effect Playback
To resume normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
Remote
ONLY
Still picture playback
To start still picture playback:
To resume normal
playback:
While playing...
To replay the previous scenes
(One-Touch Replay)
• This function is only used while playing DVD Video.
While playing back...
The playback position moves
back about 10 seconds before the
current position (only within the
same title).
DVD/CD
Frame-by-frame playback
1
Zoom
While playing...
Still picture playback starts.
1
Remote
ONLY
While playing back...
ZOOM
2
4
Advance the still picture frame by frame.
(at the same time)
ZOOM
To resume normal playback, press DVD/CD 3.
4
ZOOM OFF
Slow-motion playback
1
2
While playing...
ZOOM 1
ZOOM 2
ZOOM 3
ZOOM 6
ZOOM 4
ZOOM 5
Move the zoomed-in position.
Still picture playback starts.
To cancel Zoom, press ZOOM repeatedly (while holding
SHIFT) until “ZOOM OFF” appears on the TV.
20
AdvancedDisc.fm Page 21 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
English
Advanced Disc Operations
Programming the Playing Order—
Remote control
Remote
ONLY
Program Play
You can arrange the playing order of the chapters or tracks
(up to 99) before you start playback.
1
10 keys
,
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
Before starting playback, activate Program Play.
PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
RANDOM
Canceled
ENTER
CANCEL
7
PRGM
PLAY
MODE
On the display
REPEAT
REPEAT A-B
PROGRAM
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
SHIFT
Group/Title
Track/Chapter
USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS.
USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM.
On the TV
2
Main unit
Select chapters or tracks you want for Program Play.
• For DVD/MP3/WMA:
1 Select a title or group number.
2 Select a chapter or track number.
3 Repeat the above steps 1 and 2.
• For SVCD/VCD/CD:
1 Select tracks.
To enter the numbers directly:
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
10
DVD/CD 3
4, 7, ¢
6
FM MODE
8
9
Examples:
To enter number 5, press 5.
To enter number 15, press +10,
then 5.
To enter number 30, press +10,
+10, then 10.
10
0
21
English
AdvancedDisc.fm Page 22 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
3
Start playback.
Playing at Random—Random Play
Playback starts in the order you
have programmed.
DVD/CD
You can play all chapters or tracks at random.
• Random Play cannot be used for some DVDs.
1
To skip a step:
To pause:
Remote
ONLY
Before starting playback, activate Random Play.
PLAY
MODE
To stop:
PROGRAM
RANDOM
Canceled
GROUP/TITLE
To release, press
DVD/CD 3.
RANDOM
To check the programmed contents
Before or after playback...
2
Start playback.
In the reverse order.
DVD/CD
Playback starts in random order.
Random Play ends when the
entire disc has been played.
In the programmed order.
• You can also use 4 or ¢ to check the programmed
contents.
To skip a chapter/
track:
To pause:
To stop:
To modify the program
Before or after playback...
To erase the last step:
To release, press
DVD/CD 3.
To erase the entire
program:
To exit from Random Play
CANCEL
RETURN
Before or after playback...
PLAY
MODE
To add steps in the program:
Repeat step 2.
To exit from Program Play
Before or after playback...
PLAY
MODE
22
PROGRAM
RANDOM
Canceled
PROGRAM
RANDOM
Canceled
Playing Repeatedly
A-B Repeat
Remote
ONLY
• You can also select the repeat mode using the on-screen
bar (see page 25).
Repeat Play
You can repeat playback.
• For DVD Video:
While playing...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
English
AdvancedDisc.fm Page 23 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
You can repeat playback of a desired portion by specifying
the beginning (point A) and the ending (point B).
• A-B Repeat cannot be used for MP3/WMA and for some
DVDs.
• A-B Repeat can be used within the same title while playing
a DVD Video, and within the same track for the other
discs.
1
REP CHAP *
While playing (without PBC for SVCD/VCD), select
the start point (A).
REP TTL
REP OFF
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
(Canceled)
• For DVD Audio:
While playing or before playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
starts flashing on the
display.
A•
appears on the TV
if the TV is turned on.
(at the same time)
REP TRK *
REP GRP
REP OFF
2
Select the end point (B).
(Canceled)
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
• For MP3/WMA:
While playing or before playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP TRK *
REP GRP
REP OFF
REP ALL
(Canceled)
• For CD/SVCD/VCD:
While playing (without PBC for SVCD/VCD) or before
playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP TRK *
(at the same time)
•
stops flashing.
A-B appears on the
TV.
• You can search for the end
point using the ¡ button.
To cancel A-B Repeat, press REPEAT A-B again while
holding SHIFT.
• A-B Repeat will also be canceled when you stop play or
skip the chapter or track.
REP ALL
REP OFF
Prohibiting Disc Ejection—Child Lock
Main Unit
ONLY
(Canceled)
REP CHAP* Repeats the current chapter.
REP TTL
Repeats the current title.
REP TRK* Repeats the current track.
REP GRP
Repeats the current group.
REP ALL
Repeats the disc or program.
*During Program Play and Random Play, “REP STEP”
appears instead of these indications, and repeat modes
change as follows for all the discs.
REP STEP
REP ALL
REP OFF
You can lock the disc tray so that no one can eject the loaded
disc.
• This is possible while the System is on standby.
While the disc tray is closed...
(at the same time)
To cancel the prohibition, repeat the same procedure.
“UNLOCKED” appears on the display.
(Canceled)
23
OSDOperation.fm Page 24 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
English
On-Screen Disc Operations
On-screen Bar Information
Remote control
You can check the disc information (except for MP3/WMA/
JPEG disc) and use some functions through the on-screen
bar.
ZOOM
10 keys
1 Disc type
2 Playback information
ENTER
, , ,
ON SCREEN
CANCEL
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
7
REPEAT
¡
SHIFT
Indication
Mbps
Meanings
Current transfer rate
(Megabits per second)
TITLE 2
Current title
CHAP 3
Current chapter
GROUP 1
Current group
TRACK 14
Current track
TOTAL 1:25:58
Time indications
3 Operation modes
Indication
Meanings
Playback
On-screen bars
/
Forward/Reverse search
/
Forward/Reverse slow-motion
DVD Video
Pause
1
2
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
2
3
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
OFF
2
1/3
ST1
OFF
OFF
-/1/3
4
1/3
1
2
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/3
ST
OFF
OFF
1/3
4
CD
1
2
3
TIME 1:25:58
00:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE 14 CHAP
CD
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
4
24
3
TIME 1:25:58
00:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE 14 CHAP
VCD
1/3
1/3
Select for chapter search.
TRACK
Select for track search.
1/3
Select to change the audio language or
channel (see also page 19).
1/3
Select to change subtitle language
(see also page 18).
1/3
Select to change the view angle (see
also page 18).
1/3
4
VCD
1/3
Select to repeat playback.
CHAP.
3
TIME 1:25:58
00:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE 14 CHAP
SVCD
Meanings
Select to change the time indication.
Select for time search.
4
1
OFF
0:00:58
1/ 3 PAGE 1/ 3
TRACK
SVCD
TIME
TIME
Indication
TIME
1
DVD-AUDIO
Stop
4 Function icons (on the pull-down menu)
1/3
1/1
4
DVD Audio
TIME
3
PAGE 1 / 5
Select to change the page.
Remote
ONLY
Operations Using the On-screen Bar
Ex.: Selecting a subtitle (French) for DVD Video
English
OSDOperation.fm Page 25 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
For detailed operations of the following functions, see
also “Operations Using the On-screen Bar” on the left.
While a disc is selected as the source...
To change the time information
1
You can change the time information in the on-screen bar
and the display window on the main unit.
Display the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu.
ON SCREEN
TITLE 2 CHAP 3 TIME 0:00:58
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
Select (highlight) the item you want.
ENTER
TIME
0:00:58
T.REM 0:35:24
3
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
Display the pop-up window.
ENTER
REM
0:11:23
TOTAL 1:01:58
TIME
Elapsed playing time of the current
chapter/track.
REM
Remaining time of the current chapter/
track.
TOTAL
Elapsed disc time.
T.REM
Remaining disc time.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
ENGLISH
4
1/3
1/1
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
1/1/3
3
2 Make sure TIME is selected (highlighted).
3 Change the time indication.
Goes off
2
1 While playing, display the on-screen bar with the pulldown menu.
To erase the on-screen bar
Select the desired option in the pop-up window.
ON SCREEN
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/3
2/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
FRENCH
Repeat Play
5
• See also page 23.
Finish the setting.
ENTER
Pop-up window goes off.
To erase the on-screen bar
ON SCREEN
1 While playing a disc (without PBC for SVCD/VCD),
display the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu.
• Except for DVD Video: Repeat Play can be selected
before starting playback.
2 Select
OFF .
3 Display the pop-up window.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
CHAP.
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
OFF
25
English
OSDOperation.fm Page 26 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
Time Search
4 Select the repeat mode you want.
A-B
Repeats a desired portion (see below).
TITLE
Repeats the current title.
GROUP
Repeats the current group.
ALL
Repeats the disc (except for DVD) or
program.
CHAPTER*
Repeats the current chapter.
TRACK*
Repeats the current track.
OFF
Cancels Repeat Play.
You can move to a particular point by specifying the elapsed
playing time from the beginning.
1 While playing (without PBC for SVCD/VCD), display
the on-screen bar with the pull-down menu.
• Except for DVD: Time Search can be used before
starting playback.
2 Select
.
3 Display the pop-up window.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
* During Program Play and Random Play, “STEP”
appears.
5 Finish the setting.
ENTER
A-B Repeat
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
Examples:
To move to a point of 1
(hours): 02 (minutes): 00
(seconds), press 1, 0, 2, 0, then
0.
6
FM MODE
8
9
To move to a point of 54
(minutes): 00 (seconds), press
0, 5, 4, 0, then 0.
PROGRESSIVE
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
OFF
4 Select “A-B.”
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
0
• It is always required to enter the hour digit (even “0”
hour), but it is not required to enter trailing zeros (the
last two digits in the examples above).
• To correct a misentry, press Cursor < to erase the last
entry.
5 Finish the setting.
The System starts playing the disc
from the selected playing time.
ENTER
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
4 Enter the time.
You can specify the time in hours/minutes/seconds.
7
1 While playing, display the on-screen bar with the pulldown menu.
2 Select
OFF .
3 Display the pop-up window.
1/1/3
3
TIME _ : _ _ : _ _
REV. MODE
• See also page 23.
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/3
1/1
A–B
5 Select the start point (A).
Chapter/Track Search
ENTER
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHC
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
A-
CHAP.
1/3
1/3
6 Select the end point (B).
ENTER
A-B Repeat starts. The selected
portion plays repeatedly.
• Before pressing ENTER, you can
search for the end point using the
¡ button.
To cancel A-B Repeat, repeat steps 1 to 3, and select “OFF”
in step 4.
26
You can search for the chapter (DVD Video) or track (DVD
Audio) number to play.
1 While playing, display the on-screen bar with the pulldown menu.
2 Select CHAP.
or TRACK
.
3 Display the pop-up window.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
CHAPTER
_
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
4 Enter the desired chapter/track number.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
6
FM MODE
8
7
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
Operations on the CONTROL Screen
Examples:
To select chapter/track 5, press
5.
To select chapter/track 15,
press 1, then 5.
To select chapter/track 30,
press 3, then 0.
• To correct a misentry, press the 10 keys until the
desired number shown in the pop-up window.
5 Finish the setting.
The System starts playing the
searched chapter or track.
ENTER
Remote
ONLY
CONTROL screen
Ex.: When the MP3 disc is loaded.
1 While playing a DVD Audio, display the on-screen
bar with the pull-down menu.
2 Select PAGE 1 / 5 .
3 Display the pop-up window.
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
DVD-AUDIO
TIME
OFF
TRACK
2
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4 Select a still picture you want.
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
TIME
OFF
TRACK
Group : 2 / 3
Spring
Summer
Fall
Winter
Track Information
Title
Rain
Artist
0:00:58
Track : 5 / 14 (Total 41)
Cloudy.mp3
Fair.mp3
Fog.mp3
Hail.mp3
Indian summer.mp3
Rain.mp3
Shower.mp3
Snow.mp3
Thunder.mp3
Typhoon.mp3
Wind.mp3
Winter sky.mp3
6
7
8
9
0
-
5
0:00:58
1/ 3 PAGE 1/ 5
1
DVD-AUDIO
REPEAT TRACK Time : 00:00:14
1
Album
While playing back a track (of DVD Audio) linked to
browsable still pictures (BSP), you can select the still picture
(turn the page) to be shown on the TV.
• If a track is linked to browsable still pictures (BSP), they
are usually shown in turn automatically during playback.
Remote
ONLY
The CONTROL screen automatically appears on the TV
when you load an MP3, WMA, or JPEG disc.
You can search for and play the desired tracks through the
CONTROL screen.
• If both types of files (MP3/WMA files and JPEG files) are
recorded on a disc, select the file type to play (see page 35).
3
Selecting Browsable Still Pictures
English
OSDOperation.fm Page 27 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
0
-
Current group number/total group number
Current group (in blue)
Group list
Track information (ID3 Tag Version 1.0: only for
MP3/WMA)
Current track (in blue)
Repeat Play setting
Elapsed playing time of the current track
(only for MP3/WMA)
Operation mode icon
Current track number/total number of tracks in the
current group (total number of tracks on the loaded
disc)
Highlight (green) bar
Track list
1/ 3 PAGE 3/ 5
3
5 Finish the setting.
ENTER
27
English
OSDOperation.fm Page 28 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:42 AM
To move the highlight (green) bar between group list and
track list:
Moves the bar to the track
list.
To repeat slide-show for JPEG
While playing or before starting playback...
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP GRP
REP ALL
REP OFF
(Canceled)
Moves the bar to the group
list.
REP GRP Repeats the current group.
To select a group/track in the list:
Move the highlight bar to a desired
item.
• If you move the highlight bar
while playing back an MP3/
WMA disc, the selected track
starts playback automatically.
REP ALL Repeats the disc.
• For Repeat Play of MP3/WMA, see page 23.
To zoom in the still picture
• You cannot zoom in the still picture during slide-show.
1
To start playback
While playing back a still picture...
• During slide-show, press 8 to display the still picture,
then...
For MP3/WMA:
ENTER
ZOOM
4
Playback starts with the selected
track.
• Pressing DVD/CD 3 also starts
playback.
(at the same time)
ZOOM
For JPEG:
4
ENTER
The selected track (still picture)
is displayed until you change it.
GROUP/TITLE
28
Move the zoomed-in position.
Slide-show playback starts.
Each track (still picture) is
shown on the screen for about 3
seconds, then changes one after
another.
• Once you start playing back a JPEG track, the CONTROL
screen goes off.
• To cancel slide-show, and display the current still picture,
press 8.
To skip a track:
ZOOM 2
ZOOM OFF
2
DVD/CD
ZOOM 1
To stop playback:
To cancel Zoom, press ZOOM repeatedly (while holding
SHIFT) until “ZOOM OFF” appears on the TV.
AdvancedTape.fm Page 29 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:41 AM
English
Advanced Tape Operations
IMPORTANT
It may be unlawful to record or play back copyrighted
material without the consent of the copyright owner.
Remote control
Recording on a Tape
You can use type I tapes for recording.
• To play a tape, see page 12.
REV. MODE
1
Insert a recordable cassette.
Push
TAPE 2 3
DVD/CD 3
7
Insert
Close
FM/AM
AUX
With the tape side facing outside
2
SHIFT
Check the tape running direction and Reverse Mode
settings on the display.
Reverse mode indicator
Tape direction indicator
Main unit
Current source
To change the direction
3 (forward)
2 (reverse)
PUSH OPEN 0
To change the Reverse mode if necessary
REV. MODE
7
(at the same time)
TAPE 2 3
DVD/CD 3
REC
FM/AM
AUX
7
(
)
To record on both sides.
• When using Reverse Mode, start
recording in the forward (3) direction.
To record on only one side.
29
English
AdvancedTape.fm Page 30 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:41 AM
3
Select and start playing the source—“FM,” “AM,”
“DVD/CD,” or “AUX.”
• When recording a disc, you can also use “Synchronized
Disc Recording” (see below).
4
Start recording.
To record Program Play or Random Play
1 Select Program Play (and make a program) or Random
Play, but do not start playback.
2 Press REC to start recording.
• When disc play stops, recording continues. It is
required that recording be stopped manually.
REC
To record only your favorite track
On the main unit
You can specify tracks to be recorded on the tape while
listening to a disc (except for DVD Video).
1
To stop recording:
Start playing a disc.
DVD/CD
2
Synchronized Disc Recording
You can start and stop both disc play and tape recording at
the same time.
While a track you want to record on the tape is
playing...
REC
To record the entire disc
1
2
3
On the main unit
Load a disc and insert a recordable cassette.
• If the current playing source is not the disc player, press
DVD/CD 3, then 7.
Check the tape running direction and Reverse Mode
settings on the display.
• See step 2 of “Recording on a Tape” on page 29.
Start recording.
REC
Repeat steps 2 and 3 to record other tracks you want.
• You can exchange the discs if necessary.
To protect your recording
Cassettes have two small tabs on the back to protect
from unexpected erasure or re-recording.
To protect your recording, remove these tabs.
The System automatically
creates 4-second blanks between
the tunes recorded on the tapes.
On the main unit
• When either disc play* or recording ends, both disc player
and the cassette deck stop at the same time.
• If you press REC soon after the recording is stopped, “NO
REC” may appear.
* For DVD Video: When a title is finished playing.
To record a “Live” disc
It will not be desirable to put 4-second blank portions
between the tunes recorded on the tape.
To record the entire disc without any interruption
recorded, pause the disc play (press DVD/CD 3, then 8)
before pressing REC.
30
3
The disc player returns to the
beginning of that track and the
track is recorded on the tape.
After recording the track, the
disc player and cassette deck
automatically stop.
To re-record on a protected tape, cover the holes with
adhesive tape.
Timer.fm Page 31 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:41 AM
Setting the Timer
Remote control
STANDBY/ON
SET
CLOCK/
TIMER
,
CANCEL
English
Timer Operations
Remote
ONLY
Using Daily Timer, you can wake up with your favorite
song. On the other hand, with Recording Timer, you can
make a tape of a radio broadcast automatically.
• You can store three Daily Timer settings and one
Recording Timer setting; however, you can activate only
one of Daily Timers and Recording Timer at the same time.
• To exit from the timer setting, press CLOCK/TIMER as
required.
• To correct a misentry during the process, press CANCEL.
You can return to the previous step.
1
Select one of the timer setting modes you want to set—
Daily 1 ON time, Daily 2 ON time, Daily 3 ON time, or
Recording Timer ON time.
CLOCK/
TIMER
Daily 1 Timer
Daily 2 Timer
Daily 3 Timer
DAILY 1* ON (Time) DAILY 2* ON (Time) DAILY 3* ON (Time)
Canceled
Clock setting ON (Time) REC TMR
(see page 17)
Recording Timer
1
Ex. When Daily Timer 1 setting mode is selected
2
Make the timer setting as you want.
Repeat the following operations until you finish setting in
the following order—
SET
For Daily Timers:
1 Set the hour then the minute for on-time.
2 Set the hour then the minute for off-time.
3 Select the playback source—“TUNER FM,”
“TUNER AM,” “TAPE,” “DISC,” or “AUX.”
1
* Daily Timer initial settings when shipped from the
factory
• DAILY 1:ON Time (6:00)/OFF Time (8:00)/
Source (TUNER FM 1)/Volume level (– –)
• DAILY 2:ON Time (12:00)/OFF Time (14:00)/
Source (TUNER FM 1)/Volume level (– –)
• DAILY 3:ON Time (18:00)/OFF Time (20:00)/
Source (TUNER FM 1)/Volume level (– –)
4 For “TUNER FM” and “TUNER AM”: Select a
preset channel.
For “DISC”: Select the title/group number, then
the chapter/track number.
31
English
Timer.fm Page 32 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:41 AM
5 Select the volume level.
• You can select the volume level (“VOL 0” to
“VOL 50” and “VOL – –”).
If you select “VOL – –,” the volume is set to the last
level when the unit has been turned off.
Once settings are complete, the Timer setting information
appears in sequence.
For Recording Timer:
1 Set the hour then the minute for on-time.
2 Set the hour then the minute for off-time.
3 Select the playback source—“TUNER FM,”
“TUNER AM,” or “AUX.”
4 For “TUNER FM” and “TUNER AM”: Select a
preset channel.
Once settings are complete, the Timer setting information
appears in sequence.
3
Turn off the unit (on standby) if you have set the timer
with the System turned on.
STANDBY/ON
How Recording Timer actually works
When Recording Timer has been set, Timer (
)
indicator and the REC indicator are lit on the display.
Recording Timer works only once.
When the on-time comes
The System turns on, tunes in to the specified station or
changes the source to “AUX”, sets the volume level to the
preset level, and starts recording.
When the off-time comes
The System stops recording, and turns off (stands by).
• The timer setting remains in memory until you change
it.
To turn off the Timer after its setting is done
Since Daily Timer is activated at the same time everyday,
you may need to cancel it on some particular days.
• Recording Timer can also be canceled temporarily.
1 Select the Timer you want to cancel.
CLOCK/
TIMER
Daily 1 Timer
Daily 2 Timer
(see page 17)
How Daily Timer actually works
Once the Daily Timer has been set, the timer (
)
indicator and timer number indicator (1/2/3) are lit on the
display. Daily Timer is activated at the same time
everyday until the timer is turned off manually (see the
next column) or another timer is activated.
When the on-time comes
The System turns on, starts playing the specified source
(except “AUX”), and sets the volume level to the preset
level.
• While Daily Timer is working, the timer (
) indicator
and timer number indicator (1/2/3) flash on the display.
When the off-time comes
The System stops playback, and turns off (stands by)
automatically.
• The timer setting remains in memory until you change
it.
Daily 3 Timer
DAILY 1* ON (Time) DAILY 2* ON (Time) DAILY 3* ON (Time)
Canceled
Clock setting ON (Time) REC TMR
1
Recording Timer
Ex.To cancel Daily
Timer 1
2 Turn off the selected Timer.
CANCEL
RETURN
To turn on the Timer
1 Select the Timer (DAILY 1/2/3, and REC TMR) you
want to activate.
CLOCK/
TIMER
Daily 1 Timer
Daily 2 Timer
Daily 3 Timer
DAILY 1 ON (Time) DAILY 2 ON (Time) DAILY 3 ON (Time)
Canceled
Clock setting ON (Time) REC TMR
(see page 17)
Recording Timer
2 Activate the selected Timer.
SET
1
Ex. When Daily Timer 1 (DAILY 1) is
activated
3 Wait until the indication goes off.
32
ChoiceMenu.fm Page 33 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
English
Setup Menu Operations
.
Operating Procedure
Remote control
Remote
ONLY
You can use the Setup Menus only when a disc is selected
as the source and its playback is not yet started.
Ex.: Selecting “STILL PICTURE” for “FILE TYPE”:
1
Display the Setup Menu.
LANGUAGE
10 keys
MENU
SET UP
SET UP
, ,
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
,
ENTER
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
(at the same time)
2
Select one of the Setup Menus.
PICTURE
SHIFT
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
3
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Select the item you want to adjust.
PICTURE
Setup Menu Icons
The icon for the selected Setup Menu will be
highlighted.
Ex.: LANGUAGE Setup Menu is selected.
1
2
3
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
4
Display the pop-up window.
ENTER
4
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
5
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Select the desired option in the pop-up window.
PICTURE
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
1
2
3
4
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
LANGUAGE Setup Menu
PICTURE Setup Menu
AUDIO Setup Menu
OTHERS Setup Menu
33
English
ChoiceMenu.fm Page 34 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
6
SUBTITLE
Finish the setting.
ENTER
7
Some discs have multiple subtitle languages.
Select from—ENGLISH, SPANISH, FRENCH, CHINESE,
GERMAN, ITALIAN, JAPANESE, AA – ZU (see
“Language Code List” on page 43) or “OFF (no subtitle).”
Repeat steps 3 to 4 to set other items on the same
Setup Menu.
Repeat steps 2 to 4 to set other items on another Setup
Menu.
To exit from the Setup Menu
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
Select one of the languages shown on the TV from—
ENGLISH, SPANISH and CHINESE.
PICTURE Setup Menu
MENU
SET UP
You can select the desired options concerning a picture or
monitor screen.
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
(at the same time)
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
LANGUAGE Setup Menu
You can select the initial languages for disc playback. You
can also select the language shown on the TV screen while
operating this System.
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
MONITOR TYPE
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
MENU LANGUAGE
Some discs have multiple menu languages.
Select from—ENGLISH, SPANISH, FRENCH, CHINESE,
GERMAN, ITALIAN, JAPANESE, AA – ZU (see
“Language Code List” on page 43).
AUDIO LANGUAGE
Some discs have multiple audio languages.
Select from—ENGLISH, SPANISH, FRENCH, CHINESE,
GERMAN, ITALIAN, JAPANESE, AA – ZU (see
“Language Code List” on page 43).
Select the monitor type of your TV to play DVD Video
recorded with aspect ratio of 16:9.
For the multi-color system TV
When you use a multi-color system TV, you can change the
color system of the System automatically by selecting
“MULTI” options for the monitor type. In this case, the color
system of the System is changed to match to that of the
loaded disc regardless of the VIDEO OUT SELECT setting
(see page 6).
Select one of the following:
16:9 / 16:9 MULTI:
Select when the aspect ratio of your TV is 16:9 (wide
TV).
4:3 LB (Letter Box) / 4:3 MULTI LB:
Select when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3
(conventional TV). While viewing a wide screen
picture, the black bars appear on the top and the bottom
of the screen.
4:3 PS (Pan Scan) / 4:3 MULTI PS:
Select when the aspect ratio of your TV is 4:3. While
viewing a wide screen picture, the black bars do not
appear; however, the left and right edges of the pictures
will not be shown on the screen.
34
English
ChoiceMenu.fm Page 35 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
AUDIO Setup Menu
You can adjust the sound settings of the System.
AUDIO
Ex.: 16:9
Ex.: 4:3 LB
Ex: 4:3 PS
PICTURE SOURCE
Select one of the following:
AUTO: Normally select this.
When playing back a disc containing both video
and film sources, the System automatically
changes the processing to match it to the picture
type (film or video source) of the current chapter.
To play a film source disc.
VIDEO: To play a video source disc.
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
AUTO
You can activate or deactivate screen saver while operating
the built-in disc player.
Select one of the following:
The pictures on the TV becomes dark when no
operation is done for about 5 minutes.
To cancel the screen saver.
FILE TYPE
If both audio tracks (MP3 or WMA files) and still picture
(JPEG files) are recorded on a disc, you can select which to
play.
Select one of the following:
AUDIO:
To play MP3/WMA files.
STILL PICTURE:
To play JPEG files.
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
When using the digital output terminal on the rear, set this
correctly according to the connected component.
Select one of the following:
To connect to a linear PCM digital
equipment such as an MD recorder.
PCM ONLY:
DOLBY DIGITAL To connect to a Dolby Digital decoder
or an amplifier with a built-in Dolby
/PCM:
Digital decoder.
STREAM/PCM:
OFF:
DOLBY SURROUND
ENTER
SCREEN SAVER
ON:
STREAM/PCM
DOWN MIX
SELECT
You can obtain optimal picture quality by selecting an
appropriate option—picture source type (either video source
or film source).
FILM:
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
To connect to a DTS decoder or an
amplifier with a built-in DTS decoder.
• See also “DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals” on
page 45.
DOWN MIX
When playing a multi-channel DVD, the System converts
the signals into 2 channels.
Downmix setting is effective for the speaker output (and
digital audio output if “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” is set
to “PCM ONLY”) from this System.
Select one of the following:
DOLBY
To connect an amplifier with the Dolby
SURROUND: Pro Logic decoder.
STEREO:
To connect a conventional stereo
amplifier, receiver, MD player, TV, etc.
35
English
ChoiceMenu.fm Page 36 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
ON SCREEN GUIDE
You can compress the dynamic range (the difference
between the loudest sound and the softest sound) to enjoy a
powerful sound even at a low volume level when listening to
Dolby Digital software. This is useful at night.
• The effectiveness varies depends on software.
You can activate or deactivate the on-screen guide icons (see
page 13).
• When recording the picture on a VCR, select “OFF” to
avoid recording the guide icons on your video tape.
Select one of the following:
ON:
To activate the on-screen guide icons.
AUTO: To enjoy powerful sounds with full dynamic
range.
OFF:
To cancel the on-screen guide icons.
ON:
Select one of the following:
Best for watching a movie at a low volume level.
AV COMPULINK MODE
When connecting the System to a JVC’s TV with the AV
COMPU LINK remote control system, select the proper
setting.
OTHERS Setup Menu
You can change some other convenient functions.
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Select one of the following:
DVD1: To connect to the VIDEO-3 Input jacks on the
TV.
DVD2: To connect to the VIDEO-1 Input jacks on the
TV.
DVD3: To connect to the VIDEO-2 Input jacks on the
TV.
• For details, see “AV COMPU LINK remote control
system” on page 6.
RESUME
You can activate or deactivate Resume for disc playback
(see page 13).
Select one of the following:
ON:
To activate Resume.
OFF:
To cancel Resume.
36
PARENTAL LOCK
Select this to enter the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.
See the section that follows.
5
Restricting the Review
—Parental Lock
Select “COUNTRY CODE,” then display the pop-up
window.
Remote
ONLY
PARENTAL LOCK
ENTER
You can restrict playback of DVD Video containing violent
scenes and those unsuitable for your family members. Once
you have set the rating level, such violent scenes (for which
a higher level than you set is assigned) may be skipped or
changed to another scene (depending on how the disc is
programmed).
SA
PY
ONE
PASSWORD
_RO
___
QA
RE
RU
RW
SA
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
6
To set Parental Lock
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Select the country code of your area.
• See “Country/Area Codes List” on page 44 to find your
country code.
Set the rating level—Level 1 (most restrictive) to Level 8
(least restrictive).
1
COUNTRY CODE
SET LEVEL
ENTER
Display the Setup Menu.
LANGUAGE
MENU
SET UP
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
7
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
(at the same time)
2
The System automatically enters “SET LEVEL” mode.
Make sure “SET LEVEL” is selected, then display the
pop-up window.
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
Select the OTHERS Setup Menus.
SA
NONE
8
7
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
_6_ _ _
5
4
3
EXIT
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
SELECT
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
ENTER
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
8
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Set the rating level (NONE, 8 – 1).
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
3
Select “PARENTAL LOCK.”
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
4
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Enter the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.
ENTER
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
____
9
The System automatically enters “PASSWORD” entry
mode.
Make sure “PASSWORD” is selected, then enter any
4-digit number for your password.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
ENTER
EXIT
REV. MODE
7
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
FM MODE
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
10 Finish the setting.
ENTER
37
English
ChoiceMenu.fm Page 37 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
English
ChoiceMenu.fm Page 38 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
To change the setting
To release Parental Lock temporarily
1
When you set a strict rating level, some discs may not be
played back at all. When you try to play such a disc, the
following screen appears on the TV.
Display the PARENTAL LOCK submenu.
• Follow steps 1 to 4 of “To set Parental Lock.”
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
4
PASSWORD
____
PARENTAL LOCK
TEMPORARY RELEASE
EXIT
NOT RELEASE
____
PASSWORD
SELECT
PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEYS
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
2
“PASSWORD” is automatically selected.
• You cannot select any item other than “EXIT” until you
enter the correct password.
Enter your password.
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
USE 5∞ TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.
SELECT
ENTER
1
Select “TEMPORARY RELEASE,” then ENTER.
ENTER
ENTER
6
“PASSWORD” is
automatically selected.
FM MODE
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
3
4
• If you enter a wrong password, “– – – –” appears again.
If you missed three times, “EXIT” is automatically
selected. In this case, press ENTER to exit from the
PARENTAL LOCK submenu.
• If you forget your password, enter “8888.”
Change the settings.
• Follow steps 5 to 8 of “To set Parental Lock.”
Enter your password again (after selecting
“PASSWORD” manually if necessary).
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
3
VFP
4
5
6
ENTER
FM MODE
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
• If you want to change a password, enter a new four digit
number in this step.
38
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
7
ANGLE
ENTER
FM MODE
8
0
2
DVD LEVEL
8
SUB TITLE
1
PROGRESSIVE
1
7
AUDIO
ANGLE
ZOOM
REV. MODE
2
• If you do not play back such a disc, select “NOT
RELEASE,” then ENTER. Then eject the disc.
Enter your password.
9
• If you enter a wrong password three times, “NOT
RELEASE” is automatically selected. In this case, press
ENTER. Then eject the disc.
Additional Information
Learning More about This System
Getting Started (see pages 3 to 6)
Changing the Scanning Mode
• To enjoy the progressive video picture, connect a TV with the
progressive video input using component video cord.
Before Operating the System (see pages 7 to 9)
Playable Disc Types:
• If you play back an NTSC disc with this setting set to “PAL,”
you can watch the playback pictures (the disc will be
reproduced using “PAL 60” format), but the TV screen may
roll over upward and downward rapidly.
• If you play back a PAL disc with this setting set to “NTSC,”
you can watch the playback pictures, but the following
symptoms may occur:
– The items on the disc menu will be blurred, and be shown
slightly shifted when highlighted.
– The aspect ratio of the picture may differ from the original
aspect ratio.
– The picture movement is not smooth.
Daily Operations—Playback (see pages 10 to 14)
• When using an 8 cm disc, place it on the inner circle of the disc
tray.
• On some DVD, SVCD, or VCD discs, the actual operations
may be different from what is explained in this manual, due to
the programming and disc structure; such differences are not a
malfunction of this System.
• Some DVD Audio discs prohibit downmixed output. When
you play back such a disc, “LR ONLY” appears on the display
and the System plays back the left front and right front signals.
• 3D Phonic setting is also applied to the optical digital output
signals through the DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT terminal.
• When using Resume on SVCD or VCD with PBC, the
playback might start on a position slightly different from
where you have stopped.
• You can use Resume only for the DVD/SVCD/VCD except
for some discs—depending how the disc is programmed.
Daily Operations—Sound & Other Adjustments
(see pages 15 to 17)
Adjusting the Volume:
• Be sure to turn down the volume before connecting or putting
the headphones.
Adjusting the Sound:
Listening to the Radio:
• This function also affects the sound through the headphones.
• If you store a new station into an occupied preset number, the
previously stored station in that number will be erased.
• When you unplug the AC power cord or if a power failure
occurs, the preset stations will be erased in a few days. If this
happens, preset the stations again.
Setting the Clock:
Playing Back a Tape:
• It is not recommended to use the C-120 or longer tapes. These
tapes easily jams in the pinch rollers and the capstans, and may
cause characteristic deterioration.
Playing Back a Disc:
• For MP3/WMA playback...
– This System cannot play “packet write” discs.
– MP3/WMA discs are required a longer readout time than
regular CDs. (It depends on the complexity of the group/file
configuration.)
– Some MP3/WMA files cannot be played back and will be
skipped. This result from their recording processes and
conditions.
– When making MP3/WMA discs, use ISO 9660 Level 1 or
Level 2 for the disc format.
– This System can play back MP3/WMA files with the
extension code <.mp3> or <.wma> (regardless of the letter
case—upper/lower).
– It is recommended that you make each MP3 file at a
sampling rate of 44.1 kHz and at bit rate of 128 kbps. This
System cannot play back files made at bit rate of less than 64
kbps.
– This System can recognize the total of 1000 tracks and of 99
groups (each group can contain up to 150 tracks). Those
exceeding the maximum number cannot be recognized.
– Playback order of MP3/WMA tracks may be different from
the one you have intended while recording (see page 40). If
a folder does not include MP3/WMA tracks, they are
ignored.
• “0:00” will flash on the display until you set the clock.
• The clock may gain or lose 1 to 2 minutes per month. If this
happens, reset the clock.
Unique DVD/VCD Operations (see pages 18 to 20)
• During slow-motion playback, no sound will be reproduced.
• While zoomed in, the picture may look coarse.
Advanced Disc Operations (see pages 21 to 23)
Programming the Playing Order—Program Play:
• If you try to program a 100th track, “MEM FULL” appears on
the display.
• While programming steps...
Your entry will be ignored if you have tried to program an item
number that does not exist on the disc (for example, selecting
track 14 on a disc that only has 12 tracks).
Playing at Random—Random Play:
• The 4 button does not work for skipping chapters or tracks,
but only work for going back to the beginning of the current
chapter or track.
39
English
AdditonalInfo.fm Page 39 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
English
AdditonalInfo.fm Page 40 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
On-Screen Disc Operations (see pages 24 to 28)
Timer Operations (see pages 31 to 32)
• For JPEG files playback...
– It is recommended that you record a file at 640 x 480
resolution. (If a file has been recorded at a resolution of
more than 640 x 480, it will take a long time to be shown.)
– This System can play only baseline JPEG files. Progressive
JPEG files or lossless JPEG files cannot be played.
• When using an external component—“AUX” for the playback
source, set the timer built in the component at the same time.
• Before turning off the power, do not forget to prepare the
required materials—a disc or tape for playback and a
recordable tape for recording.
• When you unplug the AC power cord or if a power failure
occurs, the timer will be canceled. You need to set the clock
first, then the timer again.
• Without stopping the recording, you cannot change the source
after Recording Timer start recording.
• If you set the Sleep Timer after Daily Timer starts playing the
selected source, Daily Timer is canceled.
• If you set the Sleep Timer after Recording Timer starts
recording, Recording Timer is canceled, but recording
continues until Sleep Timer shuts off the power.
Baseline JPEG format:
Progressive JPEG format:
Lossless JPEG format:
Used for digital cameras, web,
etc.
Used for web.
An old type and rarely used
now.
– This System may not play back JPEG files properly which
are recorded by the devices other than digital still camera.
– If progressive or lossless JPEG files are played back, a black
screen appears. In this case, stop playback and select a
baseline JPEG file. Note that it may take a long time to
select another file.
Advanced Tape Operations (see pages 29 to 30)
Recording on a Tape:
• The recording level is automatically set correctly. Thus, you
can adjust the sound you are actually listening to without
affecting the recording level.
• There is leader tape which cannot be recorded onto at the start
and end of cassette tapes. Thus, when recording CDs or radio
broadcasts, wind the leader tape first to ensure that the
recording will be made without any music part lost.
• If you start recording with no cassette inserted, “NO TAPE”
appears on the display. If a protected tape has been inserted,
“NO REC” appears.
• When using Reverse Mode for recording, start recording in the
forward (3) direction first; otherwise, recording will stop
when only one side (reverse) of the tape is recorded.
• You can also change Reverse Mode setting (
and
)
after starting recording.
• You cannot open or close the disc tray while recording.
Synchronized Disc Recording:
• When the tape reaches its end in the forward direction (3)
during recording with Reverse Mode set to
, the last tune
will be re-recorded at the beginning of the reverse side.
Setup Menu Operations (see pages 33 to 38)
LANGUAGE:
• When the language you have selected for “MENU
LANGUAGE,” “AUDIO LANGUAGE,” or “SUBTITLE” is
not recorded on a disc, the original language is used as the
initial language.
PICTURE—MONITOR TYPE:
• Even if “4:3 PS” is selected, the screen size may become 4:3
letter box with some DVD Video discs. This depends on how
the discs are recorded.
• When you select “16:9” for a picture whose aspect ratio is 4:3,
the picture slightly changes due to the process for converting
the picture width.
AUDIO—DOWN MIX:
• This setting is not effective when DTS multi-channel software
is played back.
OTHERS—ON SCREEN GUIDE:
• Setup Menus and on-screen bar will be displayed (and
recorded) even though this function is set to “OFF.”
Subtitles and the information for zooming in always appear on
the display regardless of this setting.
MP3/WMA/JPEG groups/tracks configuration
This System plays back the tracks as follows.
Hierarchy
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Level 4
01
03
04
ROOT
01
1
40
4
1
5
2
6
9
7
3
02
Level 5
10
8
05
Group with its play order
Track with its play order
11
12
Maintenance
To get the best performance of the System, keep your discs,
tapes, and mechanism clean.
Handling discs
• When removing the disc from its case, hold it at the edge while
pressing the center hole lightly.
• Do not touch the shiny surface of the disc, or bend the disc.
• Put the disc back in its case after use to prevent warping.
• Be careful not to scratch the surface of the disc.
• Avoid exposure to direct sunlight, temperature extremes, and
moisture.
English
AdditonalInfo.fm Page 41 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
Cleaning the System
• Stains should be wiped off with a soft cloth. If the System is
heavily stained, wipe it with a cloth soaked in water-diluted
neutral detergent and wrung well, then wipe clean with a dry
cloth.
• Since the System may deteriorate in quality, become damaged
or get its paint peeled off, be careful about the following:
– DO NOT wipe it with a hard cloth.
– DO NOT wipe it strongly.
– DO NOT wipe it with thinner or benzine.
– DO NOT apply any volatile substance such as insecticides
to it.
• DO NOT allow any rubber or plastic to remain in contact for
a long time.
To clean the disc:
Wipe the disc with a soft cloth in a straight line from center to
edge.
Handling cassette tapes
• If the tape is loose in its cassette, take up the slack by inserting
a pencil in one of the reels and rotate it.
– If the tape is loose, it may get stretched, cut, or caught in the
cassette.
• Be careful not to touch the tape surface.
• Avoid the following places to store the tape—in dusty places,
in direct sunlight or heat, in moist areas, on a TV or speaker,
or near a magnet.
To keep the best recording and playback sound quality
• Use a cotton swab moistened with alcohol to clean the heads,
capstans, and pinch rollers.
• Use a head demagnetizer (available at electronics and audio
shops) to demagnetize the heads (when the System turned off).
41
English
AdditonalInfo.fm Page 42 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
Troubleshooting
MP3/WMA or JPEG tracks are not played back.
] The inserted disc may include both type of tracks (MP3/
If you are having a problem with your System, check this list
for a possible solution before calling for service.
WMA files and JPEG files). In this case, you can only play
back the files selected by the “FILE TYPE” setting (see
page 35).
] You have changed the “FILE TYPE” setting after you
inserted a disc. In this case, reload the disc.
General:
Adjustments or settings are suddenly canceled before
you finish.
] There is a time limit. Repeat the procedure again.
Operations are disabled.
] The built-in microprocessor may malfunction due to
external electrical interference. Unplug the AC power cord
and then plug it back in.
Unable to operate the System from the remote control.
] The path between the remote control and the remote sensor
on the System is blocked.
] The batteries are exhausted.
No sound is heard.
] Speaker connections are incorrect or loose.
] Headphones are connected.
No picture appears on the screen.
] The video cord connections are incorrect or loose.
No picture is displayed on the TV, the picture is blurred,
or the picture is divided into two parts.
] The System is connected to a TV which does not support
progressive scanning.
The left and right edges of the picture are missing on the
screen.
] Select “4:3 LB” for “MONITOR TYPE” (see page 34).
Radio Operations:
Hard to listen to broadcasts because of noise.
] Antennas connections are incorrect or loose.
] The AM loop antenna is too close to the System.
] The FM antenna is not properly extended and positioned.
Disc Operations:
The disc does not play.
] The disc is placed upside down. Place the disc with the label
side up.
ID3 Tag on an MP3/WMA disc cannot be shown.
] There are two types of ID3 Tag—Version 1 and Version 2.
This System can only show ID3 Tag Version 1.
MP3/WMA/JPEG groups and tracks are not played
back as you expect.
] The playing order is determined when the disc was
recorded. It depends on the writing application.
“NO AUDIO” appears.
] This System cannot play back illegally produced DVD
Audio discs.
“LR ONLY” appears.
] Some DVD Audio discs prohibit downmixed output. When
you play back such a disc, this System plays back the left
front and right front signals only.
The disc sound is discontinuous.
] The disc is scratched or dirty.
The disc tray does not open or close.
] The AC power cord is not plugged in.
] Child Lock is in use (see page 23).
Tape Operations:
The cassette holder cannot be opened.
] Power supply from the AC power cord has been cut off
while the tape was running. Turn on the System.
Recordings:
Impossible to record.
] Small tabs on the back of the cassette are removed. Cover
the holes with adhesive tape.
Timer Operations:
Daily Timer and Recording Timer do not work.
] The System has been turned on when the on-time comes.
Timer starts working only when the System is turned off.
Daily Timer does not start playback.
] The disc loaded is a DVD video. Change the disc.
] Title/group number and chapter/track number are not
entered while setting the Daily Timer. Do not skip these
steps when you want to play a disc using Daily Timer.
Setup Menu Operations:
No subtitle appears on the display though you have
selected the initial subtitle language.
] Some DVDs are programmed to always display no subtitle
initially. If this happens, select the subtitle after starting play
(see page 18).
Audio language is different from the one you have
selected as the initial audio language.
] Some DVDs are programmed to always use the original
language initially. If this happens, select the audio language
after starting play (see page 19).
42
English
AdditionlList.fm Page 43 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
Language Code List
AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
EL
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE
IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
Afar
Abkhazian
Afrikaans
Ameharic
Arabic
Assamese
Aymara
Azerbaijani
Bashkir
Byelorussian
Bulgarian
Bihari
Bislama
Bengali, Bangla
Tibetan
Breton
Catalan
Corsican
Czech
Welsh
Danish
Bhutani
Greek
Esperanto
Estonian
Basque
Persian
Finnish
Fiji
Faroese
Frisian
Irish
Scots Gaelic
Galician
Guarani
Gujarati
Hausa
Hindi
Croatian
Hungarian
Armenian
Interlingua
Interlingue
Inupiak
Indonesian
Icelandic
Hebrew
Yiddish
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
LN
LO
LT
Javanese
Georgian
Kazakh
Greenlandic
Cambodian
Kannada
Korean (KOR)
Kashmiri
Kurdish
Kirghiz
Latin
Lingala
Laothian
Lithuanian
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
TG
Slovenian
Samoan
Shona
Somali
Albanian
Serbian
Siswati
Sesotho
Sundanese
Swedish
Swahili
Tamil
Telugu
Tajik
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
MS
MT
MY
NA
NE
NL
NO
Latvian, Lettish
Malagasy
Maori
Macedonian
Malayalam
Mongolian
Moldavian
Marathi
Malay (MAY)
Maltese
Burmese
Nauru
Nepali
Dutch
Norwegian
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
TT
TW
UK
UR
UZ
VI
VO
Thai
Tigrinya
Turkmen
Tagalog
Setswana
Tonga
Turkish
Tsonga
Tatar
Twi
Ukrainian
Urdu
Uzbek
Vietnamese
Volapuk
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM
RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
Occitan
(Afan) Oromo
Oriya
Panjabi
Polish
Pashto, Pushto
Portuguese
Quechua
Rhaeto-Romance
Kirundi
Rumanian
Russian
Kinyarwanda
Sanskrit
Sindhi
Sangho
Serbo-Croatian
Singhalese
Slovak
WO
XH
YO
ZU
Wolof
Xhosa
Yoruba
Zulu
43
English
AdditionlList.fm Page 44 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
Country/Area Codes List
√
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
44
Andorra
United Arab Emirates
Afghanistan
Antigua and Barbuda
Anguilla
Albania
Armenia
Netherlands Antilles
Angola
Antarctica
Argentina
American Samoa
Austria
Australia
Aruba
Azerbaijan
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Barbados
Bangladesh
Belgium
Burkina Faso
Bulgaria
Bahrain
Burundi
Benin
Bermuda
Brunei Darussalam
Bolivia
Brazil
Bahamas
Bhutan
Bouvet Island
Botswana
Belarus
Belize
Canada
Cocos (Keeling) Islands
Central African Republic
Congo
Switzerland
Côte d’Ivoire
Cook Islands
Chile
Cameroon
China
Colombia
Costa Rica
Cuba
Cape Verde
Christmas Island
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Germany
Djibouti
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
Denmark
Dominica
Dominican Republic
Algeria
Ecuador
Estonia
Egypt
Western Sahara
Eritrea
Spain
Ethiopia
Finland
Fiji
Falkland Islands (Malvinas)
Micronesia (Federated States of)
Faroe Islands
France
France, Metropolitan
Gabon
United Kingdom
Grenada
Georgia
French Guiana
Ghana
Gibraltar
Greenland
Gambia
Guinea
Guadeloupe
Equatorial Guinea
Greece
South Georgia and the South
Sandwich
Guatemala
Guam
Guinea-Bissau
Guyana
Hong Kong
Heard Island and McDonald
Islands
Honduras
Croatia
Haiti
Hungary
Indonesia
Ireland
Israel
India
British Indian Ocean Territory
Iraq
Iran (Islamic Republic of)
Iceland
Italy
Jamaica
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
Jordan
Japan
Kenya
Kyrgyzstan
Cambodia
Kiribati
Comoros
Saint Kitts and Nevis
Korea, Democratic People’s
Republic of
Korea, Republic of
Kuwait
Cayman Islands
Kazakhstan
Lao People’s Democratic
Republic
Lebanon
Saint Lucia
Liechtenstein
Sri Lanka
Liberia
Lesotho
Lithuania
Luxembourg
Latvia
Libyan Arab Jamahiriya
Morocco
Monaco
Moldova, Republic of
Madagascar
Marshall Islands
Mali
Myanmar
Mongolia
Macau
Northern Mariana Islands
Martinique
Mauritania
Montserrat
Malta
Mauritius
Maldives
Malawi
Mexico
Malaysia
Mozambique
Namibia
New Caledonia
Niger
Norfolk Island
Nigeria
Nicaragua
Netherlands
Norway
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
SC
SD
Nepal
Nauru
Niue
New Zealand
Oman
Panama
Peru
French Polynesia
Papua New Guinea
Philippines
Pakistan
Poland
Saint Pierre and Miquelon
Pitcairn
Puerto Rico
Portugal
Palau
Paraguay
Qatar
Réunion
Romania
Russian Federation
Rwanda
Saudi Arabia
Solomon Islands
Seychelles
Sudan
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
Sweden
Singapore
Saint Helena
Slovenia
Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Slovakia
Sierra Leone
San Marino
Senegal
Somalia
Suriname
Sao Tome and Principe
El Salvador
Syrian Arab Republic
Swaziland
Turks and Caicos Islands
Chad
French Southern Territories
Togo
Thailand
Tajikistan
Tokelau
Turkmenistan
Tunisia
Tonga
East Timor
Turkey
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
Trinidad and Tobago
Tuvalu
Taiwan
Tanzania, United Republic of
Ukraine
Uganda
United States Minor Outlying
Islands
United States
Uruguay
Uzbekistan
Vatican City State (Holy See)
Saint Vincent and the Grenadines
Venezuela
Virgin Islands (British)
Virgin Islands (U.S.)
Vietnam
Vanuatu
Wallis and Futuna Islands
Samoa
Yemen
Mayotte
Yugoslavia
South Africa
Zambia
Zaire
Zimbabwe
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT Signals
DIGITAL AUDIO
OUTPUT
Playback disc
DVD Video
with 48 kHz, 16/20/24 bit
Linear PCM
with 96 kHz, Linear PCM
with Dolby Digital
with DTS
DVD Audio
with 48/96/192 kHz,
16/20/24 bit Linear PCM
with 44.1/88.2/176.4 kHz,
16/20/24 bit Linear PCM
with Dolby Digital
with DTS
SVCD, VCD, CD
CD with DTS
MP3/WMA disc
Output Signals
STREAM/PCM
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
PCM ONLY
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM*
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
Dolby Digital bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
DTS bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
Dolby Digital bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
DTS bitstream
48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
DTS bitstream
44.1 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
32 kHz/44.1 kHz/48 kHz, 16 bit Linear PCM
* While playing some DVDs, digital signals may be emitted at 20 bits or 24 bits (at their original bit rate) through the DVD
OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT terminal if the discs are not copy-protected.
45
English
AdditionlList.fm Page 45 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:40 AM
English
Spec&Index.fm Page 46 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 10:39 AM
Specifications
Parts Index
Amplifier section
Refer to the pages to see how to use the buttons and controls.
Output Power:
Audio Input
Digital output:
40 W (20 W + 20 W) at 4 Ω (10% THD)
AUX:
400 mV/50 kΩ
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT:
–21 dBm to –15 dBm (660 nm ±30 nm)
Video output:
Color system:
NTSC/PAL selectable
VIDEO (composite):
1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
S-VIDEO: Y (luminance)
1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
C (chrominance, burst)
0.286 V(p-p)/75 Ω
COMPONENT:
(Y)
1 V(p-p)/75 Ω
0.7 V(p-p)/75 Ω
(PB/PR)
Speakers/Impedance:
4 Ω – 16 Ω
Remote control
STANDBY/ON
11, 12, 14,
16, 18–21,
26, 37
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
7
17
CLOCK/
TIMER
17, 31
9
PROGRESSIVE
10
SET
10
0
TOP MENU
MENU
SET UP
14, 20,
25–31, 33
ENTER
Tuner section
10, 13, 22, 28
DVD/CD
CANCEL
RETURN
TAPE
GROUP/TITLE
DISPLAY
3D
PHONIC
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
PLAY
MODE
SLOW –
SLOW +
11, 13,
20–23, 28
BASS/
TREBLE RHYTHM AX
9, 17
Tape section
Frequency response:
Wow and flutter:
FM MODE
8
ON SCREEN
FM tuning range:
87.50 MHz – 108.00 MHz
AM (MW) tuning range:
531 kHz – 1 602 kHz (at 9 kHz intervals)
530 kHz – 1 600 kHz (at 10 kHz intervals)
10
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
DIMMER
60 Hz – 14 000 Hz
0.15% (WRMS)
Disc player section
Playable disc: DVD Video/DVD Audio
CD/VCD/SVCD
CD-R/CD-RW (CD/SVCD/VCD/MP3/
WMA/JPEG format)
DVD-R/DVD-RW (Video format)
Dynamic range:
90 dB
Horizontal resolution:
500 lines
Wow and flutter:
Immeasurable
14
10, 15
FADE
MUTING
11, 16–20,
23
VOLUME
16
RM-SUXP450U REMOTE CONTROL
15
20
Main unit
12
Speakers
Speaker units:
Full-range:
10 cm cone x 1
Impedance:
4Ω
Dimensions (approx.):
145 mm x 230 mm x 191 mm
(W/H/D)
Mass (approx.):
1.8 kg each
Supplied Accessories
See page 3.
8
46
14
Remote
sensor
10, 11
General
Power requirement:AC 110 V/AC 127 V/AC 220 V/
AC 230 V – AC 240 V
(adjustable
with the voltage selector), 50 Hz/60 Hz
Power consumption:
65 W (at operation)
4.1 W (on standby)
Dimensions (approx.):
170 mm x 230 mm x 311 mm
(W/H/D)
Mass (approx.):
4.8 kg
15
15
15
STANDBY/ON
DVD/CD
TAPE
3D
PHONIC
RHYTHM AX
FM/AM
AUX
VOLUME
10, 15
10–13,
22, 28
30
REC
DOWN
UP
13, 23
11, 13
10
PHONES
U¹u²;«
wÐdŽ
≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝö WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« öOGAð ≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WbI*«
≤¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý UuKF
≤µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ qOGA²«
≤∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷«dF²Ýö WKÐUI« W²ÐU¦« —uB« —UO²š«
≤∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ CONTROL rJײ« WýUý vKŽ öOGA²«
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UNO³Mð
≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ VO²J« «c¼ …¡«d WOHO
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ j¹dA« vKŽ qO− ²«
≥∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝô« s s«e²*« qO− ²«
¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« öOuð ∫≥ …uD)«
∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ u¹bOH« Ãdš V ²M j³C
∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ` *« l{Ë dOOGð
≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« VOdð ¡bÐ
≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½uðdJ« s “UN'« ëdš« ∫± …uD)«
≤π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uD*« j¹dA« öOGAð ≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË dÒCŠ ∫≤ …uD)«
≥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ XR*« öOGAð
≥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ XR*« j³{
∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« qOGAð q³
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ “UN'« «c¼ ‰uŠ d¦« WdF
¥± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½UOB«
¥≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y׳«
¥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł
¥¥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WIDM*«ØbK³« …dHý ‰Ëbł
¥µ ........ DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT w?Ld« ÍdB³« Ãd)« «—Uý«
¥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UH«u*«
¥∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ¡«ełô« ”dN
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
qOGA²K WKÐUI« U½«uDÝô« Ÿ«u½«
≥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð UOKLŽ ∑∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ
ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷dF« WýUý UMO³
≥≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²« ¡«dł«
±∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ qOGA²«—WOuO« öOGA²«
≥∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ q¼ô« qH—WFł«d*« bOOIð
ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ u¹œ«d« v« ŸUL²Ýô«
≥π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOU{ô« UuKF*« ±±
±≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ j¹dA« qOGAð
UÞu³C«Ë uB« UÞu³{—WOuO« öOGA²«
±µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Èdšô«
±µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« …u Èu² j³{
±µ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« q¹bFð
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wJOðUuðËô« DVD Video u …œU¹“ Èu² * o³ *« j³C«
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ÷dF« WýUý ŸuDÝ dOOGð
±∂ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uB« Êu Wł—œ dOOGð
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WŽU « j³{
±∑ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ UOJOðUuðË« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …b¹dH« DVD/VCD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ dEM*« W¹Ë«“ —UO²š«
±∏ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š«
±π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ uB« —U —UO²š«
±π ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOU{ô« WŽuL:« qOGA²
≤∞ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ WOuB)« WOUFH« ÷dŽ
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—uD*« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
≤± ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ Zd³*« qOGA²«—qOGA²« VOðdð W−dÐ
≤≤ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ wz«uAF« qOGA²«—WOz«uAŽ …—uBÐ qOGA²«
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ …—dJ² …—uBÐ qOGA²«
≤≥ ÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆÆ ‰UHÞô« b{ qHI«—W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM
±
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
1
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
WbI*«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○VO²J«
○ ○«c¼ ○…¡«d○WOHO○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○UNO³Mð○
r w UIŠô WŠËdA UEŠö*«Ë …bOH*« U×OLK²« iFÐ •
¨“Õöô«Ë ‰UDŽô« sŽ Y׳« ” r Ë “ WOU{ô« UuKF*« ”
œ—« «–« ÆqOGA²« UOKLŽ ÕdA¹ Íc« r I« fH½ w błuð ô sJË
v« V¼–« ¨nzUþu« ‰uŠ pý „bMŽ ÊU «–« Ë« ¨nzUþu« sŽ d¦« ·dFð Ê«
Æ„UM¼ WÐułô« b& ·uÝË ÂU ô« Ác¼
ÆnOHš qJAÐ jGC« V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
WO½UŁ ≤
•
•
•
WKK³ p¹b¹ ÊuJð UbMŽ AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ p 9 ô
Æ¡U*UÐ
WÐuÞd« nŁUJð
∫WOU²« ôU(« w “UN'« qš«œ UÝbF« vKŽ WÐuÞdK nŁUJð Àb×¹ Ê« sJ1
WdG« qš«œ W¾b²« ¡bÐ bFÐ •
W³Þ— Wdž qš«œ •
—UŠ ÊUJ v« œ—UÐ ÊUJ s …dýU³ “UN'« qI½ - «–« •
¨WU(« Ác¼ w Æ“UN'« W¹œQ²Ð hI½ qB×¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨p– q¦ qBŠ «–«
b¹Ëeð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨WÐuÞd« d ³²ð v²Š UŽUÝ …bF qOGAð WUŠ w “UN'« „dð«
ÆWO½UŁ …d WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð pKÝ qOuð bŽ« p– bFÐË ¨AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD«
ÁU&ôUÐ jÐUC« d¹Ëbð V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³¹
Ò
Æ…œb;« © U¼U&ô«®
WDÝ«uÐ jI WMJ2 WOKLF« Ác¼ Ê« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý«
WDÝ«uÐ jI WMJ2 WOKLF« Ác¼ Ê« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
“UN'« vKŽ …œułu*« jЫuC«Ë —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý«
Æw Ozd«
•
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« —œUB
p « ¨wzUÐdNJ« —UO²« Wײ s WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qB b¹dð UbMŽ
WUD« pKÝ fH½ V× ð ô ÆfÐUI« V×Ý«Ë fÐUI« s pK « ULz«œ
ÆAC WOzUÐdNJ«
Æ—«—“ô« bŠ« jG{ V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
Æ…œb× …b* jGC«
w® jGC« …b rN « qš«œ œułu*« œbF« sO³¹
Ò •
.©WO½UŁ ≤ ¨‰U¦*« «c¼
jG{« ¨rN « qš«œ r— œułË ÂbŽ WUŠ w •
Ë« ¡«dłô« q s ¡UN²½ô« r²¹ v²Š jGC« lÐUðË
ÆU¼b¹dð w²« W−O²M« vKŽ qB% v²Š
•
w Ë« ¨…—«d(« —œUB s W³¹d sU« w “UN'« Vdð ô
sUô« w Ë« ¨…dýU³*« fLA« WFýô W{dF sU«
Æ◊dH*« “«e²¼ô« Ë« —U³GK W{dF*«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« “UNłË “UN'« «c¼ 5Ð WOU WU „dð«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« l wðuB« qš«b²« lM* p–Ë Êu¹eHK²« “UNł sŽ UŽUL « bFЫ
nOHš qJAÐ jGC« V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« —UO²šô« —UO²š« r²¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐË
WFÐU²Ë jGC« V−¹ t½« …—Uýô« Ác¼ sO³ð
Ò
“UN'« VOdð
≥µ Ë µ 5З«dO¦ œ—UÐ Ë« —UŠ dOž ÊuJ¹ YO×Ð ·UłË j ³M ÊUJ d²š«
ÆW¹u¾ Wł—œ
…—«d(« lÒL& lM qł« s WOU W¹uNð vKŽ Íu²×¹ ÊUJ w “UN'« V—
Ò
Æ“UN'« qš«œ WOKš«b«
wÐdŽ
∫WOU²« ‚dD« U½QO¼ bI ¨ÊUJô« —bIÐ rNH« ≠ qNÝ VO²J« «c¼ qF'
w ‰Ëb'« w Wł—b w¼ UL WŠËdA jЫuC«Ë —«—“ô« qOGAð UOKLŽ •
ÆqHÝô«
Èdš« «d¹c%
Remote
ONLY
Main Unit
ONLY
WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨“UN'« qš«œ qz«uÝ Ë« WO½bF ÂU ł« ‰ušœ WUŠ w
ÆWO½UŁ …d “UN'« qOGAð q³ pKOLŽ dA²Ý«Ë AC WOzUÐdNJ«
•
WKÐU WOKš«œ ¡«eł« błu¹ ô t½ô “UN'« pOJHð ‰ËU% ô
Æ“UN'« «cN qLF² *« h A« q³ s W½UOBK
WUD« b¹Ëeð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨WK¹uÞ WOM“ …b* “UN'« qOGAð b¹dð ô p½« WUŠ w •
ÆjzU(« vKŽ …œułu*« WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð Wײ s AC WOzUÐdNJ«
p– bFÐË AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð pKÝ Ÿe½« ¨qDŽ Í« ‰uBŠ WUŠ w
ÆwK;« pKOLŽ dA²Ý«
≤
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
2
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
wÐdŽ
“UN'« VOdð ¡bÐ
○ ○ ○W½uðdJ«
○ ○s○“UN'«○ ëdš«
○ ○∫± …uD)«
○ ○ Æ UI×K*« h×«Ë W½uðdJ« `²« ∫± …uD)«
œułu*« rd« q¦1 ÆWOU²« œuM³« œułË s bQð ¨W½uðdJ« s “UN'« ëdš« bFÐ
Æ“UN'« «c¼ l WId*« lDI« œbŽ ”«uô« qš«œ
©±® FM Włu wz«u¼ •
©±® AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« •
©±® Vd u¹bO pKÝ •
©±® bFÐ sŽ rJ% …bŠË •
©≤® U¹—UDÐ •
©±® AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐU ¡v¹UN •
Æ«—u pKOLŽ dA²Ý« ¨WId*« lDI« ÁcNÐ hI½ œułË WUŠ w
○ ○ ○bFÐ○sŽ○rJײ«○…bŠË
○ d○ÒCŠ○∫≤ …uD)«
○○
…—uBÐ ©≠ Ë ´® »UDô« WIÐUD l bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË qš«œ U¹—UD³« qšœ«
ÆW×O×
±
R6(SUM-3)/AA(15F)
≤
≥
Æ…b¹bł W¹—UDÐ l W1b W¹—UDÐ qLF² ð ô
ÆiFÐ l WHK² Ÿ«u½« s U¹—UDÐ qLF² ð ô
ÆVNK« Ë« …—«d×K U¹—UD³« ÷ÒdFð ô
b¹dð ô UbMŽ U¹—UD³« …d−Š qš«œ U¹—UD³« „d²ð ô
·ö Ð ÆWK¹uÞ WOM“ …b* bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË ‰ULF²Ý«
»Òd ð V³ Ð rJײ« …bŠË —dC²ð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨p–
Æ U¹—UD³« qzUÝ
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË dCŠ
Ò ∫≤ …uD)«
UOz«u¼ q¦ ¡«ełô« qË« ∫≥ …uD)«
dE½«® Æa« ¨ UŽUL « ¨AM/FM
.©∂ v« ¥ W×H
•
•
•
•
«dOš«
ÆAC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qË«
WUD« fÐU l WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« cšQ Wײ o«uð ÂbŽ WUŠ w
l od*« AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« fÐU qLF²Ý« ¨AC WOzUÐdNJ«
Æ“UN'«
•
Æ“UN'« «c¼ qOGAð pMJ1 Êô«
≥
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
3
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○“UN'«○ ○öOuð
○ ○∫≥ …uD)«
○○
Æ∂ W×H dE½« ¨d¦« UuKF œ—« «–«
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN«
©“UN'« l od®
wÐdŽ
qC« vKŽ ‰uB(« v²Š wz«uN« —Ëœ
Ò
ƉU³I²Ý«
WOzUÐdNJ« WUDUÐ “UN'« qOuð q³
Æ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ œułu*« WODuH« V ²M WDÝ«uÐ p²IDM* W×O×B« WODuH« j³{«
vKŽ WODuH« WöŽ dýRð YO×Ð WODuH« V ²M d¹Ëbð qł« s wž«dÐ pH qLF²Ý«
·öG« W×H UC¹« dE½«® ÆtO “UN'« qOGAð b¹dð Íc« ÊUJ*« WODu fH½
©ÆWOHK)«
WODuH« WöŽ
FM Włu wz«u¼
©“UN'« l od®
‰uB(« v²Š wz«uN« œb
ƉU³I²Ý« qC« vKŽ
PU
SH
AU
TO
OP
EN
RE
VE
RS
E
VIDE
O OU
T VIDE
O
VIDE
OU O
SELET
CT
S-VIDE
O
PAL
NTSC
Y
PB
PR
j³{ q³ “UN−K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« quð
Ò ô
qOu²« «¡«dł« q qLŽË WODuH« V ²M
ÆqUË `O× qJAÐ WÐuKD*«
jzU(« w WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« Wײ v«
q qLŽ s ¡UN²½ô« bFÐ bFÐ jI AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ qË«
Æ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ …œułu*« WODuH« V ²M UÞu³{ qLŽË öOu²«
¥
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
4
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
wÐdŽ
○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○○
WK¦« w¼ qHÝô« w …œułu*« Ãd)«Øqšb« ·«dÞô WO×O{u²« UuÝd«
ÆWOł–u/
qOGAð ULOKFð U³O² v« lł—« ¨Èdšô« X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« qOuð bMŽ
WŽu³D*« WOKFH« qOu²« ·«dÞ« ¡ULÝ« nK² ð Ê« sJ1 W½ô …eNłô« Ác¼
ÆWOHK)« vKŽ
wLd« ÍdB³« pK « qOuð q³
qOuð ·dÞ s W¹UL(« WF³ Ÿe½«
DVD wLd« ÍdB³« Ãd)«
ÆOPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
ÆqOu²« q³ X½U½u³LJ« …eNł« q sŽ WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB«
FM/AM Włu* qC« ‰U³I²Ý« qł« s
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN«
Ɖuu Í—UÞô« wz«uN« „dð«
©“UN'« l od dOž® qOMOH« ‡ …œU0 vDG pKÝ
wł—Uš FM Włu wz«u¼
©“UN'« l od dOž®
ÆUOI« pK « œb
∑µ pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ wł—Uš FM Włu wz«u¼ qË«Ë ¨“UN'« l od*« FM Włu wz«u¼ qB«
Æ—u;« bײ Ÿu½ qu l ÂË«
VIDEO INPUT
dH«
Ë«
VIDEO INPUT
Êu¹eHKð
TV
Ë«
©“UN'« l od® Vd u¹bO pKÝ
©“UN'« l od dOž® S-video pKÝ
VIDEO INPUT
Y
‚—“«
dCš«
dLŠ√
PB
PR
©“UN'« l od dOž® X½U½u³L u¹bO pKÝ
©“UN'« l od dOž® AV COMPU LINK pKÝ
© uB« ÍœUŠ« dOG fÐU vKŽ Íu²×¹ pKÝ®
AV
COMPU LINK
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ÂUE½” r dE½« ¨qOUH²« qł« s
Æ∂ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “AV COMPU LINK
OPTICAL
DIGITAL IN
…dHý
qK×
DECODER
©“UN'« l od dOž® wL— ÍdBÐ pKÝ
AUDIO OUT
LEFT
AUX
RIGHT
iOЫ
dLŠ√
©“UN'« l od dOž® u pKÝ
Æa« ¨VCR u¹bO XOÝU q−
µ
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
5
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
•
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« qOu²
ÂU¼
AV COMPU LINK bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ÂUE½
ªWKNÝ qOGAð UOKLFÐ JVC WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð qOGAð s ÂUEM« «c¼ pMJ1
Ò
qšb« l{Ë dÒOG¹Ë UOJOðUuðË« Êu¹eHK²« qG²A¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡bÐ WDÝ«uÐ
Æ÷dF« …—u …b¼UA pMJ1 YOŠ rzö*« l{u« vKŽ
l “UN'« qOu² ÃU²% ¨AV COMPU LINK ÂUE½ ‰ULF²Ýô •
dOž® W¹œUŠ« …dOG ‡ fÐUI vKŽ Èu²×¹ pKÝ ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ Êu¹eHK²«
fÐUI ‰öš s u¹bOH« ÃdšØqšœ qOuð v« WU{ôUÐ ©“UN'« l od
©Vd® f³I Ë« S-VIDEO f³I ¨COMPONENT X½U½u³LJ«
Æ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ VIDEO
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ u¹bOH«
○ ○Ãdš○V ²M
○ ○j³C○
jG{« 1
—dŠ 3
qšœ« 2
¨qOMOH« …œU0 …UDG UŽUL « „öÝ« Ë« AM Włu* wz«uN« pKÝ X½U «–«
ÆqOMOH« …œU Íu WDÝ«uÐ pKÝ ·dÞ q W¹UN½ nAJ qOMOH« …œU Ÿe½«
qOu²« „öÝ«Ë Èdš« ·«dÞ« Íô wz«uN« öu W ö ÂbŽ s bQð
sŽË “UN−K WO½bF*« ¡«ełô« sŽ UOz«uN« bFЫ ¨UC¹« ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝË
p– V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 ÆAC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ sŽË qOu²« „öÝ«
ÆnOF{ ‰U³I²Ý«
·uÝ ¨œbF² ÂUE½ Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
ÆŸU{Ëô« Ác¼ s U¹« qG²A¹
VIDEO
OUT
SELECT
PAL
NTSC
•
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○` *«
○ ○l{Ë○dOOGð○
Remote
ONLY
Æw−¹—b²« ` *« ÂUE½ “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹
X½U½u³LJ« fÐUI ‰öš s w−¹—bð ` ÂUE½ Êu¹eHKð XKË« «–«
DVD qÒGA s WOUŽ …œuł …—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨COMPONENT
Æ“PROGRE” w−¹—b²« ` *« l{Ë —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ wKš«b«
PROGRESSIVE
PROGRE
INTER
0
•
•
UŽUL « „öÝ« qOu²
Èd O« WŽUL «Ë ¨RIGHT vMLO« qOu²« ·«dÞ« l vMLO« WŽUL « qË«
ÆLEFT Èd O« qOu²« ·«dÞ« l
ÆÊu¹eHK²« Êu ÂUE½ l ¡ö²O u¹bOH« qšœ —UO²š« pMJ1
ÆNTSC ÂUE½ Êu¹eHK² jI ∫NTSC
ÆPAL ÂUE½ Êu¹eHK² jI ∫PAL
wÐdŽ
WýUý vKŽ Ê«uô« ‘uAð VÒM−² UO OEMG WÐu−× UŽUL «
¨W×O× dOž …—uBÐ UŽUL « VOdð WUŠ w ¨p– lË ÆÊu¹eHK²«
VOdð bMŽ wK¹ U v« t³²½« ¨«cN ÆÊ«uö ‘uAð p– V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1
Æ UŽUL «
WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« ÕU²H qB« ¨Êu¹eHK²« »d UŽUL « l{Ë bMŽ •
VOdð q³ Êu¹eHK²K WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qOuð pKÝ Ÿe½« Ë« Êu¹eHK²K
WUD« ÕU²H qOuð q³ qô« vKŽ WIOœ ≥∞ …b* dE²½« Æ UŽUL «
ÆWO½UŁ …d Êu¹eHK²K WOzUÐdNJ«
«–« ÆvKŽô« w ¡«dłö pŽU³ð« s rždUÐ U½u¹eHK²« iFÐ dŁQ²ð Ê« sJ1
ÆÊUJô« —bIÐ Êu¹eHK²« sŽ UŽUL « bFЫ ¨p– qBŠ
jG{« 1
—dŠ 3
qšœ« 2
pK « ∫ UŽUL « qOuð ·«dÞ« »UD« Ê“«Ë ¨ UŽUL « „öÝ« qOuð bMŽ
Æ©≠® l œuÝô« pK «Ë ©´® l dLŠô«
•
Æ·dÞ qJÐ …bŠ«Ë WŽULÝ s d¦√ qOu²Ð rIðô •
WO½bF*« ¡«ełô« fö¹ WŽUL « „öÝ« qu qF& ô •
Æ“UN−K
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æw−¹—bð ` Êu¹eHK² Æw−¹—bð `
PROGRE
ÆÍœUO²Ž« Êu¹eHK² ÆpÐUA² `
INTER
∂
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
6
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
“UN'« qOGAð q³
○ ○WKÐUI«○ ○U½«uDÝô«
○ ○Ÿ«u½«○
W½«uDÝ« ○ ○ ○ ○qOGA²K
wÐdŽ
WOLd« uB« UðU—u—DVD Video
ÆWOU²« WOLd« uB« UðU—u qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹
U—uH« fH½ u¼Ë ¨◊uGC dOž wL— u ÂUE½ ∫wD)« PCM ÂUE½ •
ÆWOKô« u¹œu²Ýô« U½«uDÝ« rEFË CDs U½«uDÝô qLF² *«
Dolby q³ s —ÒuDË ◊uGC wL— u ÂUE½ ∫wLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ •
jO× u qLŽ qł« s …œbF² ‡ …UM dOHAð s sÒJ1Ë ¨Laboratories
.wIOIŠ
q³ s —ÒuD ◊uGC u ÂUE½ ∫©WOLd« Õd *« WLE½«® DTS ÂUE½ •
‡ …UM dOHAð s sÒJ1Ë ¨Digital Theater Systems, Inc. W ÝR
w³Ëœ ÂUE½ s q« jGC« W³ ½ Ê« V³ Ð ÆwLd« w³Ëœ ÂUE½ q¦ …œbF²
.qC« qBË lÝË« wJOUM¹œ Èb ÂUEM« «c¼ œËe¹ ¨wLd«
…UMI« «—Uý« “UN'« ‰u×¹ ¨…œbF² ‡ …UMIÐ …dHA DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
Æ UŽUL « s ÃËeL*« uB« Ãd ¹Ë W×O× …—uBÐ ¨…UM ≤ v« …œbF²*«
‡ …UMIÐ …dHA*« DVDs U½«uDÝô r C« uBUÐ ŸU²L²Ýö •
l wKš«œ qK× vKŽ Íu²×¹ VÝUM r C Ë« VÝUM qK× qË« ¨…œbF²
Æ“UN'« WOHKš vKŽ œułu*« ÍdB³« wLd« Ãd)« qOuð ·dÞ
r— U—u
…dHý u¹bOH«
*WIDM*«
∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGA² “UN'« «c¼ rOLBð - bI
©ed«® WöF«
W½«uDÝ«
≤
Ë«
DVD Video
W½«uDÝ«
ALL
DVD Audio
NTSC
Ë«
Video CD W½«uDÝ«
(VCD)
PAL
DIGITAL VIDEO
dÐuÝ W½«uDÝ«
CD (SVCD) u¹bO
SUPER VIDEO
ÆDolby Laboratories Wdý s WBš— Vłu0 Z²½√
w¼ ÃËœe*« D e—Ë “MLP Lossless” ¨“Pro Logic” ¨“Dolby” Ê≈
ÆDolby Laboratories «d³²< WK− U—U
UöŽ w¼ “DTS2.0+DIGITAL OUT” ÂUE½ Ë “DTS” ÂUE½
ÆDigital Theater Systems, Inc. W ÝR* WK− W¹—U&
oŠ ÂUE½ WDÝ«uÐ WOL×Ë dAM« ‚uI( W¹ULŠ WOMIð “UN'« «c¼ Èu²×¹
W ÝR UNJK²9 w²« W¹dJH« WOJK*« ‚uIŠË WOJ¹dô« Ÿ«d²šô« «¡«d³ W³UD*«
‰uB(« V−¹ ÆÈdšô« ‚uI(« 5JUË Macrovision Corporation
‰ULF²Ýô Macrovision Corporation W ÝR q³ s hOšdð vKŽ
Èdšô« «b¼UA*«Ë ‰eM*« w …b¼UA*« qł« s ¨dAM« ‚uIŠ W¹ULŠ WOMIð
W ÝR q³ s Èdš« ÷«džô hOšd²« - «–« ô≈ jI …œËb;«
Æ“UN'« «c¼ pOJHð Ë« WÝbMN« …œUŽ« lM1 ÆMacrovision Corporation
U½u¹eHKð q fO t½« “UN'« «cN 5KLF² *« ’U ýô« kŠö¹ Ê« V−¹
UłU²½« V³ ð Ê« sJ1Ë “UN'« «c¼ l UOK WI«u² wUF« qOKײ«
w−¹—b²« ` *« …—u qUA WUŠ w Æ…—uB« qš«œ UN{dF WOŽUMD«
vKŽ qOu²« q¹uײР“UN'« «cN qLF² *« h A« `BM¹ ¨625 Ë« 525
“UNł o«uð ’uB Ð «—U H²Ý« œułË WUŠ w Æ‘wÝUOI« qOKײ« Ãdš’
ed l ‰UBðô« vłd¹ ¨625p Ë DVD 525p qÒGA l Êu¹eHK²«
Æ5KLF² *« Ubš
•
Audio CD W½«uDÝ«
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDIO
•
•
W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½
Ë« CD-R W½«uDÝô« qOGAð “UN'« lOD² ¹
¨Audio CD u U—uHÐ WK− *« CD-RW
ÆJPEG Ë WMA ¨MP3 ¨SVCD ¨Video CD
Ë« DVD-R W½«uDÝô« qOGAð “UN'« lOD² ¹
Æu¹bO U—uHÐ WK− *« DVD-RW
CD-R W½«uDÝ«
CD-RW W½«uDÝ«
DVD-R W½«uDÝ«
DVD-RW W½«uDÝ«
UuKF qOGAð “UN'« lOD² ¹ ¨vKŽô« w …—uc*« U½«uDÝô« v« WU{ôUÐ
Ë ¨©CD WODOD ð ÂuÝ—® CD-G ¨CD h½ W½«uDÝ« vKŽ WK− *« uB«
ÆCD-Extra
∫WOU²« U½«uDÝô« qOGAð sJ1 ô •
CD-I ¨DVD+RW ¨DVD+R ¨DVD-RAM ¨DVD-ROM
Æa« ¨Photo CD ¨CD-ROM ¨(CD-I Ready)
Æ UŽUL « —dC²ð ·uÝË ZO−{ bÒu¹ ·uÝ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð
öOGA² ‰œU³²UÐ “—U ” Ë “nK” WLK qLF² ð ¨VO²J« «c¼ w •
ÆMP3/WMA/JPEG U½«uDÝ«
WIDM*« …dHý ‰uŠ WEŠö*
ÆrNÐ tUš WIDM …dHý ÂU—« DVDs U½«uDÝ«Ë DVD öGA pK²9
NTSC Êu ÂUEMÐ WK− *« DVD U½«uDÝ« jI qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹
Æ“≤” rd« UN²IDM …dHý ÂU—« sLC²ð w²«Ë PAL Ë«
∫WK¦«
…—Uýô« dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš WIDM …dHý ÂU—« vKŽ Íu²% DVD W½«uDÝ« qOL% - «–«
ÆqOGA²« √b³¹ ô ·uÝË ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “©WIDM*« …dHý QDš® RGN ERR”
∑
AR-01-11_UX-P450-f
7
3/6/04, 3:52 PM
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ÷dF«
○ ○WýUý
○ ○UMO³○
ÆÂUEM« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« …dO¦ ¡UOý« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ …œułu*« U½UOUÐ pLKFð
Ò
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ sO³*«
Ò ¡wC¹ v²Ë WOHO vKŽ ·dFð
Ò ¨“UN'« qOGAð q³
4
5
6
7
wÐdŽ
12 3
SLEEP MONO ST MP3 WMA 3DPHONIC REC
123 REC
RANDOM
PRGM ALL BONUS B.S.P.
8
9
! "
BONUS sO³
Ò !
ÆWOU{« WŽuL− l DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« ·UA²« r²¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
©÷«dF²Ýö WKÐUI« W²ÐU¦« …—uB«® B.S.P. sO³
Ò "
W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ÷«dF²Ýö WKÐU W²ÐUŁ —u ·UA²« bMŽ ¡wC¹ •
ÆDVD Audio
WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý #
œœdðË ©o³ *« j³C« r— Ë« ® Włu*« dNEð ∫ u¹œ«dK ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« •
ÆWD;«
Æ“AUX” …—Uýô« dNEð ∫ “AUX” wł—U)« “UN'« —UO²š« ¡UMŁ« •
Æ“TAPE” …—Uýô« dNEð ∫ j¹dA« —UO²š« ¡UMŁ« •
WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ UMO³*«” r dE½« ∫ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« •
Æπ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
©wzUIKð® AÆ STANDBY sO³
Ò $
ÆUDOA½ wzUIK²« œ«bF²Ýô« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
ÆUDOA½ wzUIK²« œ«bF²Ýô« Ë W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nu²¹ UbMŽ iu¹ •
A.STANDBY
#
$
Ax ŸUI¹ô« sO³
Ò 1
ÆAx ŸUI¹ô« jOAMð bMŽ ¡wC¹ •
wuO« XR*« UMO³ 2
ÆUI³ ◊u³C Ë« œ«bF²Ý« WUŠ w wuO« XR ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ •
ªœ«bF²Ý« WUŠ w ©3 Ë« 2 ¨1® wuO« XR*« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ 1/2/3 •
ÆqLF« Ë« j³C« ¡UMŁ« iu¹
¡UMŁ« iu¹ ªœ«bF²Ý« WUŠ w qO− ²« XR ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ REC •
ÆqLF« Ë« j³C«
SLEEP sO³
Ò 3
ÆUDOA½ ÂuM« XR ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
FM Włu ‰U³I²Ý« UMO³ 4
ÆÍœUŠ« uBÐ u¹dO²Ý FM WD× ‰U³I²Ý« ¡UMŁ« ¡wC¹ ∫MONO •
«– u¹dO²Ý FM WD× vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫©u¹dO²Ý® ST •
ÆWOU …—uBÐ W¹u «—Uý«
MP3/WMA UMO³ 5
ÆMP3 —U ·UA²« bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ MP3 •
ÆWMA —U ·UA²« bMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ WMA •
3D PHONIC sO³
Ò 6
ÆWDOA½ 3D Phonic WHOþË ÊuJð UbMŽ ¡wC¹ •
REC sO³
Ò 7
ÆqO− ²« ¡UMŁ« ¡wC¹ •
j¹dA« qOGAð UMO³ 8
∫©j¹dA« ÁU&«® 2 3 •
ÆwU(« j¹dA« Ê«—Ëœ ÁU&« sÒO³O ¡wC¹ ≠
ÆqO− ²«Ë qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ¡j³Ð iu¹ ≠
Æj¹dA« n ¡UMŁ« WŽd Ð iu¹ ≠
∫©fJF« l{Ë®
•
Æq«u² qJAÐ —«dL²ÝUÐ j¹dA« qG²A¹ ∫
≠
≠
ÆUOJOðUuðË« …bŠ«Ë …d j¹dA« fJF¹ ∫
ÆV½«u'« bŠ« W¹UN½ w j¹dA« qOGAð nu²¹ ∫ ≠
W½«uDÝô« qOGAð UMO³ 9
ÆUDOA½ wz«uAF« qOGA²« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ RANDOM •
ÆUDOA½ Zd³*« qOGA²« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ ©ZU½d³«® PRGM •
∫ ALLØ©—«dJ²«® •
ÆUDOA½ W½«uDÝô« —«dJð ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ ALL ≠
w —uc*« dOž —«dJð Í« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ ¡wC¹ ∫ ≠
ÆUDOA½ vKŽô«
∏
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
8
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
wÐdŽ
W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WO Ozd« ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ UMO³*«
∫W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ·UI¹« ¡UMŁ«
∫W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫DVD Video W½«uDÝ« •
∫DVD Video W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« Ê«uMF« r—
∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« •
—U *« r—
WŽuL:« r—
wKJ« UŽuL:« œbŽ
wU(« qBH« r—
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
r—Ë Ê«uMF« r— dNþ« pMJ1 ¨DISPLAY ÷dF« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ •
ÆÊ«uŁ …bF WOU(« qBH«
∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« —U *« r—
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
r—Ë WŽuL:« r— dNþ« pMJ1 ¨DISPLAY ÷dF« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ •
ÆÊ«uŁ …bF WOU(« —U *«
∫Audio CD W½«uDÝ« •
wKJ« «—U *« œbŽ
wKJ« qOGA²« XË
∫Audio CD W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« —U *« r—
∫SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝ« •
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
∫SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« —U *« r—
*wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
wKJ« «—U *« œbŽ
*wKJ« qOGA²« XË
ÆPBC WHOþË qOGAð ·UI¹« b?MŽ “PBC” qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË …—Uý« v« dOÒG²¹ * ÆPBC WHOþË l W½«uDÝ« qO?GAð ¡UMŁ« “PBC” qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË …—Uý« dNEð *
∫MP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« •
∫MP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« •
wU(« —U *« r—
wU(« —U *« r—
wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
r—Ë WŽuL:« r— dNþ« pMJ1 ¨DISPLAY ÷dF« —“ jG{ WDÝ«uÐ •
ÆÊ«uŁ …bF WOU(« —U *«
WOU(« WŽuL:« r—
∫JPEG W½«uDÝ« •
WOU(« WŽuL:« r—
wU(« nK*« r—
∫JPEG W½«uDÝ« •
WOU(« WŽuL:« r—
wU(« nK*« r—
ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« bMŽ “RESUME” ·UM¾²Ýô« …—Uý« dNE𠨩≥∂ W×H dE½«® “ON” qOGAð WUŠ w ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË X½U «–« •
π
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
9
1/6/04, 02:12 PM
öOGA²«
‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ qOGA²« UOKLŽ Õdý - bI ¨VO²J« «c¼ w
‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ¨p– lË ªWO Oz— …—uBÐ bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
qL% X½U «–« w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*« jЫuC«Ë —«—“ô«
Æ©tÐUA Ë«® UöF«Ë rÝô« fH½
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qË« 1
…œułu*« STANDBY/ON qOGA²«ØqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« W³* wCð
ÆdCšô« ÊuKUÐ w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ
WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« qG²A¹ ¨STANDBY/ON —e« jG{ ÊËbÐ •
ÆWOU²« …uD)« w —bB*« —UO²š« —«—“« bŠ« jG{
Æ—bB*« d²š« 2
ÆqOGA²« ¡b³ «e¼Uł —U²<« —bB*« ÊU «–« UOJOðUuðË« qOGA²« √b³¹
X½U½u³LJ« “UNł —bB vKŽ qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨AUX —e« XDG{ «–« •
Æwł—U)«
Æ uB« …u Èu² j³{« 3
ÆUIŠô ÕËdA u¼ UL ·bN² *« —bB*« qÏGý 4
±
10`OðUH
keys±∞
wÐdŽ
qOGA²«— WOuO«
SET
MENU
, , ,
RETURN
ENTER
TOP MENU
≤
8
7
1/¡
3D PHONIC
≥
GROUP/TITLE
4/¢
SHIFT
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô
STANDBY/ON qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« W³* ¡wCð
ÆdLŠô« ÊuKUÐ w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*«
l{Ë ¡UMŁ« v²ŠË WOzUÐdN WUÞ WOL „öN²Ý« ULz«œ r²¹ •
ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«
STANDBY/ON
STANDBY/ON
±
wB A« ŸUL²Ýö
vKŽ œułu*« PHONES UŽUL « f³I0 ”√d« UŽULÝ qË«
iHš s bQð Æ UŽUL « s u Ãd ¹ ô ·uÝ Æw Ozd« “UN'«
UŽULÝ l{Ë q³ Ë« ”«d« UŽULÝ qOuð q³ uB« …u Èu²
ÆpO½–« vKŽ ”«d«
ÆWO½UŁ …d UŽUL « jOAMð r²¹ ·uÝ ¨”«d« UŽULÝ Ÿe½ r²¹ UbMŽ •
≤
DVD/CD
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® “UN'« qOGAð nuð ô
‰UŽ l{Ë vKŽ UŽu{u uB« …u Èu² —“ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
TłUH*« nUF« uB« V³ ¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨p– ·ö Ð ª«bł
bMŽ ”«d« UŽUL Ë«ØË WO Ozd« UŽUL KË pFL —d{
ÆŸUL²Ýô« ¡bÐ bMŽ Ë« “UN'« qOGAð
≥
VOLUME
¥
±∞
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
10
1/6/04, 02:13 PM
UD×LK o³ *« j³C«
Æ Æ Æ …—U² AM Ë« FM Włu*« ÊuJð UbMŽ
∫w Ozd« “UN'«
WO½UŁ ≤
wÐdŽ
WO½UŁ ≤
UP
DOWN
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○u¹œ«d«○v«○ŸUL²Ýô«
○○
Main Unit
ONLY
AM Włu n«u
UD× 5Ð nOu²« qU —UO²šô
w qLF² *« rzö*« AM Włu nOuð qU —UO²š« »uKD ¨n«u*« qOGAð q³
Æp²IDM
ÆAM Włu d²š«
GROUP/TITLE
FM
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ dOOG²UÐ œœd²« √b³¹
Æœœd²« dOOGð nu²¹ ¨W¹u «—Uý« «– ©œœdð® WD× vKŽ nOu²« r²¹ UbMŽ
Æ…uDš bFÐ …uDš œœd²« dÒOG²¹ ¨lÐU²²UÐ —e« jGCð UbMŽ •
Æ—«—“ô« bŠ« jG{« ¨U¹Ëb¹ Y׳« ·UI¹ô
Remote
ONLY
±
AM
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB«
≤
STANDBY/ON
ŸUL²Ýô« W³F WK³I² *« FM WD× X½U «–«
FM MODE
Æp²IDM* rzö*« AM Włu nOuð qU d²š«
9
ÆWOUô« WŠuK« vKŽ …œułu*« jÐUC«Ë —e« ‰ULF²Ý« jI pMJ1
©Xu« fHMЮ
sÒ ×²¹ ·uÝ Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ MONO ÍœUŠô« uB« sÒO³ ¡wC¹
ÆÍœUŠ« u ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë—u¹dO² « WOUF Ê«bI s rždUÐ ‰U³I²Ýô«
uB« sÒO³ wH² ¹® Èdš« …d —e« jG{« ¨u¹dO² « WOUF …œUF²Ýô
Æ©MONO ÍœUŠô«
Remote
ONLY
•
≥
STANDBY/ON
DOWN
AM 9KHZ
©eðd¼ uKO π qU®
Æ Æ Æ jGC« WFÐU² ¡UMŁ«
UD×LK o³ *« j³C«
ÆAM WD× ±µ Ë FM WD× ≥∞ ‡ o³ j³{ qLŽ pMJ1
ÆUI³ UND³{ b¹dð w²« WD;« vKŽ n«Ë ±
WÞu³C*« FM UD; ÍœUŠô« uB« ‰U³I²Ý« l{Ë Êeš UC¹« pMJ1 •
ÆU¼—UO²š« - «–« UI³
Æo³ *« j³C« r— ‰Ušœ« l{Ë jA½
Ò ≤
STANDBY/ON
UP
AM 10KHZ
(10 kHz
interval)
©eðd¼
uKO ±∞
qU®
Æ Æ Æ jGC« WFÐU² ¡UMŁ«
SET
(AM Ë« FM) Włu*« —UO²šô
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ ÊUO³« iË ¡UIÐ ¡UMŁ« WOU²« WOKLF« wN½« •
FM
±±
AR-01-11_UX-P450-ff
11
1/6/04, 02:13 PM
AM
ÆW½Ëe<« WD×LK o³ *« j³C« r— d²š« ≥
∫WK¦«
∫¡b³K
∫ j¹dA« nK
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p– bFÐË
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
FM MODE
9
8
7
10
10
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
GROUP/TITLE
AUDIO
Æ1 Ë« ¡ —e« ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1
Æ5LO« WNł v« j¹dA« lłd¹
Ò
wÐdŽ
∫·UI¹ö
•
ÆWD;« Êeš« ¥
Æ—U O« WNł v« j¹dA« lłd¹
Ò
SET
j¹dA« Ê«—Ëœ ÁU&« dOOG²
Remote
ONLY
©wUô« V½U'« qOGAð® 3
©w JF« V½U'« qOGAð® 2
UI³ WÞu³C WD× vKŽ nOu²K
Æ©AM Ë« FM® Włu*« d²š« ±
UOJOðUuðË« j¹dA« fJF
FM
AM
REV. MODE
7
ÆW½Ëe<« WD×LK o³ *« j³C« r— d²š« ≤
Æ1 Ë« ¡ —e« ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1
©Xu« fHMЮ
V½U'« v« wUô« V½U'« s j¹dA« qOGAð r²¹
nu²¹ ¨w JF« V½U'« qOGAð s ¡UN²½ô« bMŽ Æw JF«
ÆqOGA²«
nuÔð v²Š qOGA²« —dJ²¹Ë ¨UOJOðUuðË« j¹dA« fJŽ r²¹
Æj¹dA« qOGAð
V½U'« W¹UN½ v« ‰uu« bMŽ Æj¹dA« fJŽ r²¹ ô ·uÝ
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹ ¨j¹dA« s wU(«
•
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
8
9
10
10
Æ Æ Æ wK¹ U2 bQð ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð q³ ∫ÂU¼
6
FM MODE
7
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○W½«uDÝô«
○ ○ ○qOGAð○
ANGLE
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○j¹dA«
○ ○qOGAð○
j¹dA« ‰Ušœô
oKž«
ÆIV Ë II ¨I Ÿu½ WÞdý« qOGAð pMJ1
qšœ«
lœ«
…b¼UA* Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ rzö*« qšb« l{Ë d²š«Ë Êu¹eHK²« qGý
Ò •
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ qOGA²« U{ËdŽ Ë« —uB«
dE½« Æp²³ž— V Š wËô« j³C« dOOGð pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGA² •
Æ≥≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð UOKLŽ” r
¨—“ jG{ bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ
“
” …—Uýô«
dNþ «–«
UuKF*« Ë« ¨tKLŽ XËUŠ Íc« qOGA²« q³Ið ô W½«uDÝô« Ê« wMF¹ «c¼
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž qOGA²« WOKLF WÐuKD*«
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
12
×U K UNł«u j¹dA« V½Uł ÊuJ¹ YO×Ð
±≤
1/6/04, 02:13 PM
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý«
wÐdŽ
WOU²« «—Uýô« dNEð Ê« sJ1 ¨DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ
‡ U¹«ËeÐ dþUM vKŽ Íu²×¹ bNA W¹«bÐ w …—Uýô« Ác¼ dNEð
Æ…œbF²
ÆœbF² ‡ «u« vKŽ Íu²×¹ bNA W¹«bÐ w …—Uýô« Ác¼ dNEð
‡ WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ vKŽ Íu²×¹ bNA W¹«bÐ w …—Uýô« Ác¼ dNEð
Æ…œbF²
qOGA²« sÒO³² Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« «—Uýô« UC¹« dNEð ·uÝ
ÆwU(«
¨ ¨ ¨ ¨ ¨
•
“
ÆW½«uDÝô« qO− ð WOHO vKŽ ·dFð
Ò ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð q³
¨“‰uB” sLC²ð w²«Ë “s¹ËUMŽ” s DVD Video W½«uDÝ« nQ²ð •
UŽuLł” s DVD Audio/MP3/WMA/JPEG U½«uDÝ« nQ²ðË
s CD/SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô« nQ²ðË ¨“ «—U ” sLC²ð w²«Ë
ÆjI “ «—U ”
rJײ« WýUý vKŽ öOGA²«” r dE½« ¨JPEG W½«uDÝ« qOGA² •
Æ≤∑ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “ CONTROL
U½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœô
•
Ædš« —bB qOGAð ¡UMŁ« W½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœ« pMJ1
WŽuL:«ØÊ«uMF« —UO²šô
Remote
ONLY
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
GROUP/TITLE
Æ0 ‚öžô«Ø`²H« —“ jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öžô
W½«uDÝô« WOMO oKGð ¨DVD/CD 3 —e« XDG{ «–« •
Æ©UOKš«œ W½«uDÝô« W−dÐ WOHO vKŽ «œUL²Ž«® qOGA²« √b³¹Ë UOJOðUuðË«
©Xu« fHMЮ
ÆMP3/WMA U½«uDÝô WŽuL:« rÝ« dNE¹
∫·UI¹ö
∫XR*« ·UI¹ö
•
DVD/CD
—U ØqB —UO²šô
pMJ1 ¨4 —e« UNÐ jGCð …d q w
ÆwU(« —U *«ØqBH« W¹«bÐ v« »U¼c«
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
•
Remote
ONLY
—e« jG{« ¨d¹dײK
ÆDVD/CD 3
GROUP/TITLE
sÒOF r œU−¹ô
Æ Æ Æ MP3/WMA U½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
SLOW –
SLOW +
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
x2
x5
x10
x20
x60
ÆDVD Video/SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ Y׳« ¡UMŁ« u Ãd ¹ ô
•
“UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ∫DVD/SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
—e« jG{ WDÝ«uÐ WO½UŁ …d qOGA²« √b³ð UbMŽË ¨nu²« WDI½ kHŠ
ÊUJ*« s qOGA²« √b³¹ ¨©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« v²ŠË® DVD/CD 3
·UM¾²Ýô« …—Uý« dNEð® Æ·UM¾²Ýô« qOGAð — qOGA²« ÁbMŽ nuð Íc«
©ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ “RESUME”
Æ5ðd 7 —e« jG{« ¨·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË jOAMð ¡UMŁ« UOK ·UI¹ö
vKŽ œułu*« “RESUME ·UM¾²Ýô«” r dE½« ¨·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ¡UGô®
©Æ≥∂ W×H
‰Ëb'« dE½«® WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« dNEð ¨ÂUEM« qOGAð bMŽ
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ ©wU²«
vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ” r dE½« ¨WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« jOAMð ·UI¹ô
Æ≥∂ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “ON SCREEN GUIDE WýUA«
ÆDVD/CD 3 —e« jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« v« ŸułdK
±≥
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
13
∫¡b³K
1/6/04, 02:13 PM
•
•
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ “PBC” …—Uýô« dNEð ¨PBC l W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆWLzUI« s bM³« d²š« ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W½«uDÝô« WLzU dNEð UbMŽ
Æ—U²<« bM³« s qOGA²« √b³¹
∫WK¦«
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p– bFÐË
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
6
FM MODE
8
9
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐË …dýU³ —U ØqBØÊ«uMŽ —UO²š« pMJ1
ULMOÐ ¨qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ Ê«uMŽ —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨DVD Video W½«uDÝô •
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ bFÐ qB —UO²š« pMJ1
∫WK¦«
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p– bFÐË
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ o³ *« j³C« r— —UO²šô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
ÆWIÐU « W×HB« v« ‰UI²½ö
∫WIÐU « WLzUI« v« ŸułdK
CANCEL
RETURN
3D
PHONIC
3D PHONIC
ACTION
OFF
3D PHONIC
(Canceled)
©¡UG«®
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
Æ—U *« d²š«
VFP
4
5
6
FM MODE
9
8
10
3D PHONIC
DRAMA
3D PHONIC
THEATER
•
ACTION
DRAMA
THEATER
W½«uDÝô« WLzU ‰ULF²ÝUÐ qOGA²K
∫DVD Video/DVD Audio U½«uDÝô 7
ÆW½«uDÝô« WLzU dNþ« ±
MENU
SET UP
TOP MENU
6
ÆW½«uDÝô« WLzU vKŽ bM³« d²š« ≤
9
10
10
DVD LEVEL
ÆW{U¹d« Z«dÐË …dO¦*« À«bŠô« Âöô VÝUM
ÆWŠ«d« l{Ë w ÂöôUÐ l²L²Ý« ÆT«œË wFO³Þ u oK ¹
Æw Ozd« Õd *« u q¦ u UOUFHÐ l²L²Ý«
FM MODE
8
3
ZOOM
7
PBC ¡UGô
ANGLE
ANGLE
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ —U²<« l{u« —UNþ« jI sJ1
©Xu« fHMЮ
SUB TITLE
2
3D Phonic WHOþË ‰ULF²Ýô
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
Remote
ONLY
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
10
∫WOU(« WLzUIK WIÐU « Ë« WOU²« W×HB« v« ‰UI²½ö
ÆWOU²« W×HB« v« ‰UI²½ö
AUDIO
REV. MODE
10
10
GROUP/TITLE
…dýU³ bMÐ —UO²šô
Remote
ONLY
wÐdŽ
∫PBC l SVCD/VCD U½uDÝô 7
ÆqOGA²« nË«
ENTER
Æ—U²<« —U *« s qOGA²« √b³¹
X½U «–« 5ðd® 7 —e« jG{« ¨PBC qOGA²« j³{ WHOþË jOAMð …œUŽô
—e« jG{« p– bFÐË ¨©“ON” qOGAð WUŠ w ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË
ÆDVD/CD 3
rd« ‰Ušœ« WDÝ«uÐ bM³« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨ U½«uDÝô« iFÐ vKŽ
Æ…dþUM*« ±∞ ‡« `OðUH*« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
•
±¥
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
14
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
Èdšô« UÞu³C«Ë uB« UÞu³{—WOuO«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○uB«○…u○Èu²
○ ○j³{○
öOGA²«
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
v« ©VOL MIN® ∞ dHB« Èu² s uB« …u Èu² j³{ pMJ1
Æ©VOL MAX® ¥∞ Èu²
wÐdŽ
∫w Ozd« “UN'«
∫bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
VFP
DVD LEVEL
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
SET
VOLUME
CLOCK/
TIMER
, ,
VOLUME
ENTER
,
U²R uB« …u Èu² iH)
Remote
ONLY
Ë« ¨WO½UŁ …d —e« jG{« ¨ uB« …u Èu² …œUF²Ýô
Æ uB« …u Èu² ‰bŽ
Ò
FADE
MUTING
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ uB«
○ ○q¹bFð○
BASS/TREBLE
RHYTHM AX
DISPLAY
DIMMER
SHIFT
VOLUME
+/–
FADE
MUTING
RHYTHM AX —ŸUI¹ô« —uFý bOQ²
dH¹u« WŽULÝ Èu² dÒOGð UC¹«Ë ¨’U³« Âu−¼ —uFý WHOþu« Ác¼ bRð
ÆWOŽdH«
RHYTHM AX
RHYTHMAX
w Ozd« “UN'«
OFF
©¡UG«®
(Canceled)
WLGM« q¹bF²
Ƶ´ v« µ≠ s qÐd²«Ë ’U³« Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1
’U³« Èu² q¹bF²
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS
¡UG«
TRE
RHYTHM AX
VOLUME +/–
VOLUME
qÐd²« Èu² q¹bF²
BASS/
TREBLE
BASS
¡UG«
TRE
VOLUME
±µ
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
15
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
○ ○u○…œU¹“○Èu² *
○ ○o³ *«
○ j³C«
○○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○…—uB«
○ ○Êu ○Wł—œ○dOOGð○ ○DVD○Video
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○wJOðUuðËô«
○○○
Remote
ONLY
UI³ WÞu³C*« …—uB« Êu Wł—œ —UO²šô
ÆVFP j³{ WýUý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
Remote
ONLY
Èu² vKŽ ö− DVD Video W½«uDÝ« u ÊuJ¹ ÊUOŠô« iFÐ w
uB« …œU¹“ Èu² j³{ pMJ1 ÆÈdšô« —œUB*«Ë U½«uDÝô« s q«
…u Èu² q¹bFð pOKŽ Vłu²¹ ô Y×Ð ¨WOUŠ WKL;« DVD Video W½«uDÝô
Æ—bB*« dOGð
Ò …d q w uB«
NORMAL
GAMMA
0
BRIGHTNESS
0
CONTRAST
0
SATURATION
0
TINT
0
SHARPNESS
0
DVD LEVEL
VFP
5
6
©Xu« fHMЮ
Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ
ÆUI³ WÞu³C*« …—uB« Êu Wł—œ d²š« ≤
NORMAL
CINEMA
USER2
USER1
Æl{u« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽ
NORMAL
ÆÂöô« —œUB* VÝUM
CINEMA
w dE½«® UÞu³C« Êeš pMJ1Ë «d²«—U³« q¹bFð pMJ1 USER1/USER2
Æ©qHÝô«
ÆSHIFT —e« vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ« WO½UŁ …d VFP —e« jG{« ¨WýUA« ¡UGô
…—uB« Êu Wł—œ q¹bF²
Æ“USER2” Ë« “USER1” l{Ë d²š« ±
Æd ¹ô« œuLF« vKŽ WŠËdA*« ≤ Ë ± «uD)« lOð« •
ÆtK¹bFð b¹dð Íc« d²«—U³« d²š« ≤
ENTER
Ë« W¾OC WOFO³D« Ê«uô« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{«
GAMMA
Æ©≥ ´ v« ≥ ≠ ® WL²F
WL²F Ë« W¾OC …—uB« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« BRIGHTNESS
Æ©∏ ´ v« ∏ ≠®
dOž W³¹dI«Ë …bOF³« ¡«ełô« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« CONTRAST
Æ©∑ ´ v« ∑ ≠® WOFO³Þ
÷UO³« v« WKzU …—uB« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« SATURATION
Æ©∑ ´ v« ∑ ≠® œ«u « Ë«
wFO³Þ dOž ÊU ½ô« bKł Êu ÊU «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{«
TINT
Æ©∑ ´ v« ∑ ≠®
W×{«Ë dOž …—uB« X½U «–« d²«—U³« «c¼ j³{« SHARPNESS
Æ©∏ ´ v« ∏ ≠®
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
16
wÐdŽ
Êu Wł—œ —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ ÷dF« …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ«
Æp²³ž— V Š UN½ešË UNK¹bFð Ë« ¨UI³ WÞu³C*« …—uB«
NORMAL MIDDLE
HIGH
©Xu« fHMЮ
ÆwKô« qO− ²« Èu²
wUF« Èu² s q«® Ãd)« Èu² …œU¹“ r²¹
Æ©“HIGH”
jÝu²*« Èu² s d¦«® Ãd)« Èu² …œU¹“ Æ©“MIDDLE”
NORMAL
MIDDLE
HIGH
j³C« r²¹Ë j³C« «c¼ ¡UG« r²¹ ¨WOU(« DVD W½«uDÝ« ëdš« bFÐ
Æ“NORMAL” ÍœUF« l{Ë vKŽ UOJOðUuðË«
•
○ ○ ○ ○ ○÷dF«
○ ○WýUý○ŸuDÝ
○ ○dOOGð○
Remote
ONLY
Æ÷dF« WýUý …cU½ …¡U{« XHš pMJ1
DIMMER
DIM1
DIM OFF
(Canceled)
©¡UG«®
DIM2
AUTO DIM
Æ÷dF« WýUý …¡U{« XH ¹
DIM1
Æ÷dF« WýUý …¡U{« wGK¹
DIM2
qOGAð √b³¹ UbMŽ ÷dF« WýUý …¡U{« wGK¹
AUTO DIM
*ÆW½«uDÝô«
ÆqOGA²« nu²¹ UbMŽ ÷dF« WýUý ¡wCð •
U½«uDÝô “AUTO DIM” wzUIK²« XH)« l{Ë qG²A¹ ô *
ÆCD/MP3/WMA
±∂
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
○ ○ ○ ○UOJOðUuðË«
○ ○WOzUÐdNJ«
○ ○ WUD«
○ ○qB○
Æd²«—U³« ‰ÒbŽ ≥
Remote
ONLY
flqOGA²« ¡UN²½« bFÐ “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô
UOzUIKð qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô«
qOGA²«
On
¡UG«
wÐdŽ
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
©Xu« fHMЮ
sO³*«
Ò ¡wC¹ ¨‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ w UOzUIKð qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ A.STANDBY
w ÆiuUÐ A.STANDBY sÒO³*« √b³¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nu²¹ XbMŽ
ÂUEM« nu²¹ ¨sO³*«
Ò iË ¡UMŁ« U³¹dIð ozUœ ≥ …b* WOKLŽ Í« ¡«dł« ÂbŽ WUŠ
ÆUOJOðUuðË« ©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ®
u¹œ«d« v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« UOzUIKð qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë qG²A¹ ô •
Æ(AUX) wł—U)« X½U½u³LJ« “UNłË (FM/AM)
ENTER
ÆÈdšô« «d²«—U³« q¹bF² ≥ v« ≤ «uD)« bŽ« ¥
ÆSHIFT —e« vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ« WO½UŁ …d VFP —e« jG{« ¨WýUA« ¡UGô
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WŽU «
○ ○j³{○
Remote
ONLY
qO− ²« XRË ¨WOuO« U²R*« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 ô ¨WOKš«b« WŽU « j³{ ÊËbÐ
Æ ÂuM« XRË ©≥± W×H dE½«®
¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨WŽU « j³{ WOKLŽ ¡UMŁ« TÞU)« ‰Ušœô« `O×B² •
Ÿułd« pMJ1 ÆCLOCK/TIMER XR*«ØWŽU « —“ Ë« CANCEL
ÆWIÐU « …uD)« v«
ÆWŽU « j³{ l{Ë jA½
Ò ±
XRflWMOF XË …d² bFÐ “UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹ô
ÂuM«
Æ©ozUbUЮ Xu« œbŠ ±
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
10
20
30
60
¡UG«
90
120 150
CLOCK/
TIMER
l{Ë —UO²š« r²¹ v²Š lÐU²²UÐ —e« jG{« ¨q³ s WŽU « XD³{ «–«
ÆWŽU « j³{
•
ÆWŽU « ‰ÒbŽ ≤
Æ◊u³C*« Xu« wH² ¹ v²Š dE²½« ≤
SET
qOGA²« ‡ ·UI¹« XË v²Š wI³²*« Xu« h×H
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
SLEEP
ÆWIOb« ‰ÒbŽ ≥
SET
ÆqOGA²« ·UI¹« ‡ XË dOOGð pMJ1 ¨lÐU²²UÐ —e« XDG{ «–« •
ÆWOKš«b« WŽU « qOGAð √b³¹ Êô«
qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« wU(« Xu« h×H
DISPLAY
WŽU «
—bB*« UuKF
WŽU « XË h× pMJ1 ô ¨MP3/WMA Ë DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
Æ©π W×H dE½«® wU(«
±∑
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
17
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
•
…b¹dH« DVD/VCD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○dEM*«○W¹Ë«“
○ ○—UO²š«○
Remote
ONLY
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
SUB TITLE
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
AUDIO
ZOOM
ANGLE
wÐdŽ
‡ dEM U¹«Ë“ vKŽ Íu²×¹ ©DVD Video W½«uDÝ« s® qB qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆWHK² U¹«Ë“ s dEM*« fH½ …b¼UA pMJ1 ¨…œbF²
‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ …œbF²*« ‡ dEM*« U¹«Ë“ —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ©≤¥ W×H dE½«® WýUA«
`OðUH
±∞
10
keys
ANGLE
3
, ,
,
ENTER
©Xu« fHMЮ
∫‰U¦
1/3
2/3
3/3
1
2
3
1/3
2/3
3/3
1
2
3
DVD/CD 3
8
7
SLOW –/+
SHIFT
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ wŽdH«
○ ○Ê«uMF«
○ ○WG ○—UO²š«○
Remote
ONLY
©DVD Video W½«uDÝ« s® qB qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô
wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨WHK² UGKÐ WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ vKŽ Íu²×¹
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ UN{dF
«–« v²ŠË WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ∫SVCD W½«uDÝô
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« X½U
‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ©≤¥ W×H dE½«® WýUA«
Æ Æ Æ DVD Video u¹bO W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆwŽdH« Ê«uMF« —UO²š« …cU½ dNþ« ±
1/3
1/3
SUB TITLE
ENGLISH
2
ENGLISH
©Xu« fHMЮ
±∏
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
18
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
ÆwŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG d²š« ≤
Æ Æ Æ DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫‰U¦
1/3
2/3
wÐdŽ
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
1/3
JAPANESE
∫‰U¦
3/3
2/3
ENGLISH
FRENCH
JAPANESE
1/3
2/3
ENGLISH
Æ Æ Æ DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
∫‰U¦
1/3
2/3
1
FRENCH
1/3
2/3
ENGLISH
3/3
FRENCH
JAPANESE
3
Æ Æ Æ SVCD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
Æ Æ Æ VCD Ë« SVCD tËË«d W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
SUB TITLE
SVCD
1
JAPANESE
3/3
2
AUDIO
3/3
ST1
R2
ST2
L2
L1
R1
ST
L
R
2
VCD
©Xu« fHMЮ
©Xu« fHMЮ
–/4
Æ©…UM ≤® ÍœUŽ u qOGAð v« ŸUL²Ýö ST1/ST2/ST
ÆÈd O« uB« …UM v« ŸUL²Ýö
L1/L2/L
ÆvMLO« uB« …UM v« ŸUL²Ýö
R1/R2/R
tËË«dJ« W½«uDÝ« qLF² ð Æ u «uM ¥ SVCD W½«uDÝ« pK²9 Ê« sJ1 •
Æ(ST1/ST2) …UM ‡ ≤ 5K− ð qLF ¥ ‡« «uMI« Ác¼ …œUŽ SVCD
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WOU{ô«
○ ○WŽuL:«
○ qOGA²
○○
Remote
ONLY
vL ð WUš WŽuL− DVD Audio uB« U½«uDÝ« iFÐ pK²9
Æ—uNL−K WŠu²H dOž WŽuL:« Ác¼ U¹u²× ÊuJðË “WOU{« WŽuL−”
s Ÿu½® œb× “ÕU²H r—” ‰Ušœ« pOKŽ V−¹ ¨WOU{ô« WŽuL:« qOGA² •
ÆWOU{ô« WŽuL−LK ©ÍÒd « rd«
ÆW½«uDÝô« vKŽ ÕU²H*« r— vKŽ ‰uB(« WI¹dÞ bL²Fð
ÆWOU{ô« WŽuL:« d²š«±
u²Š« «–« ¨ö¦® WŽuL− dšU WOU{ô« WŽuL:« qO− ð r²¹ …œUŽ •
“¥ WŽuL:«” ÊuJð ¨WOU{ô« WŽuL:« sLC²ð UŽuL− ¥ vKŽ W½«uDÝô«
Æ©WOU{ô« WŽuL:« w¼
œułu*« “WŽuL:«ØÊ«uMF« —UO²šô” r dE½« ¨WŽuL:« —UO²š« WOHOJ •
Ʊ≥ W×H vKŽ
OFF
19
2/4
1
2
4/4
3/4
4
3
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○uB«○ —U
○ ○—UO²š«○
Remote
ONLY
pMJ1 ¨ u UG vKŽ Íu²×¹ qB qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô
ÆUNO« ŸUL²Ýö WGK« —UO²š«
¨ u «uM vKŽ Íu²×¹ —U qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝô
ÆUNO« ŸUL²Ýö uB« …UM —UO²š« pMJ1
—UO²š« pMJ1 ¨—U qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ∫SVCD/VCD tËË«dJ« U½«uDÝô
ÆUNKOGA² uB« …UM
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ uB« —U —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 •
Æ©≤¥ W×H dE½«®
AUDIO
1
©Xu« fHMЮ
±π
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
1/4
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
ÆW¾OD³« Wd(« WŽdÝ d²š« ≤
SLOW +
ÆÂUö W¾OD³« Wd(« .bIð √b³¹
ENTER
*ÆnK K W¾OD³« Wd(« lOłdð √b³¹
SUB TITLE
1
2
ANGLE
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
FM MODE
9
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
0
SLOW +
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
ÆWýUA« vKŽ WMO³*« WOœU³²« ULOKF²« l³ð« ≥
1/32
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
Æ7 —e« jG{« ¨ÕU²H*« r— ‰Ušœ« ¡UGô
SLOW –
ÆSVCD/VCD W½«uDÝô du² dOž*
ÆDVD/CD 3 —e« jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
WIÐU « dþUM*« qOGAð …œUŽô
©…bŠ«Ë ‡ W LKÐ qOGAð …œUŽ«®
ÆDVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« jI WHOþu« Ác¼ qLF² ð •
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ WOuB)«
○ ○ ○WOUFH«
○ ○÷dŽ○
Remote
ONLY
∫ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ý
W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ
∫W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ ¡b³
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
DVD/CD
l{u« q³ Ê«uŁ ±∞ —«bI0 qOGA²« l{Ë qI²M¹
Æ©Ê«uMF« fH½ sL{ jI® wU(«
—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ« ÷dF«
ÂËËe«
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
Remote
ONLY
ÆW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ √b³¹
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
Æ—UÞ« ‡ bFÐ ‡ —UÞ« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« Âb
Ò ≤
ZOOM
4
©Xu« fHMЮ
ZOOM
4
ZOOM 1
ZOOM OFF
ZOOM 2
ZOOM 3
ZOOM 6
ÆDVD/CD 3 —e« jG{« ¨ÍœUF« qOGA²« ·UM¾²Ýô
W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(« ÷dŽ
ZOOM 4
ZOOM 5
ÆdÒ³J*« ÊUJ*« „dŠ
Ò ≤
ÆW²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽ √b³¹
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
—e« vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ«® lÐU²²UÐ ZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{« ¨.Ëe²« ¡UGô
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ “ZOOM OFF” ÂËËe« ·UI¹« …—Uý« dNEð v²Š ©SHIFT
≤∞
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
20
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
wÐdŽ
SLOW –
ÆÕU²H*« r— qšœ« ≤
AUDIO
…—uD*« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ qOGA²«
○ ○VOðdð
○ ○W−dÐ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○Zd³*«
○ ○qOGA²«
○○
Remote
ONLY
—
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
wÐdŽ
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ ©ππ W¹UG® «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« qOGAð VOðdð pMJ1
ÆZd³*« qOGA²« l{Ë jÒA½ ¨qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ ±
PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
RANDOM
¡UG«
`OðUH
±∞
10
keys
ENTER
,
CANCEL
7
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
PRGM
÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
PLAY
MODE
REPEAT
REPEAT A-B
PROGRAM
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Group/Title
Track/Chapter
SHIFT
USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS.
USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM.
Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ
ÆZd³*« qOGA²K U¼b¹dð w²« «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« d²š« ≤
∫DVD/MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô •
w Ozd« “UN'«
ÆWŽuL:« Ë« Ê«uMF« r— d²š«
Æ—U *« Ë« qBH« r— d²š«
ÆvKŽô« w 2 Ë 1 «uD)« bŽ«
1
2
3
∫SVCD/VCD/CD U½«uDÝô •
Æ «—U *« d²š« 1
∫…dýU³ ÂU—ô« ‰Ušœô
∫WK¦«
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ rd« ‰Ušœô
bFÐË ¨+10 jG{« ¨±µ rd« ‰Ušœô
Æ5 p–
¨+10 jG{« ¨≥∞ rd« ‰Ušœô
Æ10 p– bFÐË ¨+10
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
10
ANGLE
6
FM MODE
8
9
10
DVD/CD 3
4, 7, ¢
≤±
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
21
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
0
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WOz«uAŽ
○ ○…—uBÐ○qOGA²«
○○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ wz«uAF«
○ ○ ○qOGA²«
○—○
Æt²−dÐ Íc« VOðd²« w qOGA²« “b³¹
Remote
ONLY
ÆqOGA²« √bЫ ≥
DVD/CD
ÆWOz«uAŽ …—uBÐ «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« qOGAð pMJ1
ÆDVDs U½«uDÝ« iF³ wz«uAF« qOGA²« ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ô •
PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
∫·UI¹ö
∫XR*« ·UI¹ö
∫—U *« wD ²
wÐdŽ
Æwz«uAF« qOGA²« l{Ë jÒA½ ¨qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ ±
GROUP/TITLE
RANDOM
¡UG«
·UI¹ô« d¹dײ
—e« jG{« ¨XR*«
ÆDVD/CD 3
RANDOM
qOGA²« wN²M¹ Æwz«uAŽ VOðd²Ð qOGA²« √b³¹
ÆW½«uDÝô« q qOGAð r²¹ UbMŽ wz«uAF«
ZU½d³« U¹u²× h×H
ÆqOGA²« √bЫ ≤
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
Æw JF« VOðd²« w
DVD/CD
ÆZd³*« VOðd²« w
∫·UI¹ö
∫XR*« ·UI¹ö
∫—U ØqB wD ²K
ÆW−d³*« U¹u²;« h×H 4 Ë« ¢ —e« ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1
•
ZU½d³« q¹bF²
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
·UI¹ô« d¹dײ
—e« jG{« ¨XR*«
ÆDVD/CD 3
∫ZU½d³« q ¡UGô
∫…uDš dš« ¡UGô
CANCEL
RETURN
wz«uAF« qOGA²« l{Ë s ÃËd K
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
∫ZU½d³« w «uDš WU{ô
Æ≤ …uD)« bŽ«
RANDOM
¡UG«
Zd³*« qOGA²« l{Ë s ÃËd K
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« bFÐ Ë« q³
PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
RANDOM
¡UG«
≤≤
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
22
1/6/04, 02:14 PM
wÐdŽ
A-B r I« —«dJð
W¹UNM«Ë ©A WDIM«® W¹«b³« b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ »uKD r qOGAð —«dJð pMJ1
Æ©B WDIM«®
iF³Ë MP3/WMA W½«uDÝô A-B r I« —«dJð WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ô •
ÆDVDs U½«uDÝ«
qOGAð ¡UMŁ« Ê«uMF« fH½ sL{ A-B r I« —«dJð WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 •
ÆÈdšô« U½«uDÝö —U *« fH½ sL{Ë ¨DVD Video W½«uDÝ«
¨©SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
Æ©A® WDIM« d²š«
…—Uýô« √b³ð
Æ÷dF« WýUý
vKŽ A- …—UAŽô« dNEð •
w Êu¹eHK²« ÊU «–« Êu¹eHK²«
ÆqOGAð WUŠ
vKŽ iuUÐ
vKŽ
Æ
…—Uýô« iË nu²¹
…—Uýô« dNEð •
ÆÊu¹eHK²«
A-B
W¹UNM« WDI½ sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
Æ¡ —e« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○…—dJ²
○ ○…—uBÐ○qOGA²«
○○
Remote
ONLY
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ —«dJ²« l{Ë —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1
Æ©≤µ W×H dE½«®
—dJ²*« qOGA²«
ÆqOGA²« —«dJð pMJ1
∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô
•
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP CHAP *
REP TTL
REP OFF
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
(¡UG«)
∫DVD Audio W½«uDÝô •
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æ(B) W¹UNM« WDI½ d²š« ≤
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP TRK *
REP GRP
REP OFF
(¡UG«)
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
∫MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô
•
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
•
©Xu« fHMЮ
¡UMŁ« WO½UŁ …d REPEAT A-B —e« jG{« ¨A-B r I« —«dJð ¡UGô
ÆSHIFT —e« vKŽ jGC«
Ë« qBH« wD ð Ë« qOGA²« ·UI¹« bMŽ A-B r I« —«dJð UC¹« wG²K¹ ·uÝ •
Æ—U *«
○ ○ ‰UHÞô«
○ ○b{○qHI«○—W½«uDÝô«
○ ○ ○ëdš«○lM○
Main Unit
ONLY
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP TRK *
REP GRP
REP OFF
REP ALL
(¡UG«)
Æ Æ Æ WIKG W½«uDÝô« WOMO ÊuJð UbMŽ
©Xu« fHMЮ
…—Uýô« dNEð Æ¡«dłô« fH½ bŽ« ¨W½«uDÝô« ëdš« lM ¡UGô
Æ“UNLOCKED”
∫CD/SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP TRK *
REP ALL
REP OFF
(¡UG«)
ÆwU(« qBH« —dJ¹
ÆwU(« Ê«uMF« —dJ¹
REP CHAP*
REP TTL
ÆwU(« —U *« —dJ¹
REP TRK*
ÆWOU(« WŽdL:« —dJ¹
REP GRP
ÆZU½d³« Ë« W½«uDÝô« —dJ¹
REP ALL
“REP STEP” …—Uýô« dNEð ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²«Ë —dJ²*« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« *
Æ U½«uDÝô« qJ wK¹ UL —«dJ²« ŸU{Ë« dOG²ðË ¨ UMO³*« Ác¼ s ôbÐ
REP STEP
REP ALL
REP OFF
(¡UG«)
≤≥
23
•
q³ Ë« ©SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²«
ÆWKL;« W½«uDÝô« ëdš« bŠ« lOD² ¹ ô YO×Ð WOMOB« qH pMJ1
ÆqOGA²K œ«bF²Ý« WUŠ w ÂUEM« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ W½«uDÝô« WOMO qH sJ1 •
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
•
1/6/04, 02:15 PM
W½«uDÝö WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« öOGAð
○ ○ ○WýUA«
○ ○‡ vKŽ○÷dF«
○ ○j¹dý○ UuKF
○○
W½«uDÝô« Ÿu½ 1
w½UF*«
WOU(« ‰UI²½ô« W³ ½
©WO½U¦UÐ XÐUGO®
wU(« Ê«uMF«
wU(« qBH«
WOU(« WŽuL:«
wU(« —U *«
Xu« UMO³
w½UF*«
qOGA²«
nK KØÂUö Y׳«
nK KØÂUö W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(«
XR*« ·UI¹ô«
·UI¹ô«
qOGA²« UuKF 2
ÊUO³«
Mbps
TITLE 2
CHAP 3
GROUP 1
TRACK 14
TOTAL 1:25:58
qOGA²« ŸU{Ë« 3
ÊUO³«
w½UF*«
ENTER
, , ,
ON SCREEN
CANCEL
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
7
REPEAT
¡
SHIFT
Ø
Ø
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« WÞdý«
©qHÝö ‡ V× « WLzU vKŽ® WHOþu« «—Uý« 4
ÆXu« UuKF dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
ÆqOGA²« —«dJ² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
ÆXu« Y׳ …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
ÆqBH« Y׳ …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ—U *« Y×Ð …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
…UMI« Ë« uB« WG dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ©±π W×H UC¹« dE½«®
wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WG dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ©±∏ W×H UC¹« dE½«®
dEM*« W¹Ë«“ dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
Æ©±∏ W×H UC¹« dE½«®
ÆW×HB« dOOG² …—Uýô« Ác¼ d²š«
`OðUHkeys
±∞
10
ZOOM
ÊUO³«
TIME
1
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
4
OFF
TRACK
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
DVD-AUDIO
TIME
OFF
4
2
1/3
ST1
OFF
OFF
-/1/3
4
1/3
1
TIME 1:25:58
00:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE 14 CHAP
VCD
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/3
ST
OFF
OFF
1/3
CD W½«uDÝ«
3
2
4
1
TIME 1:25:58
00:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE 14 CHAP
CD
TIME
TIME
1/3
VCD W½«uDÝ«
2
3
4
PAGE 1 / 5
3
TIME 1:25:58
00:58
TRACK
233 TOTAL
TITLE 14 CHAP
SVCD
1/3
0:00:58
SVCD W½«uDÝ«
1
TIME
TIME
1/3
1/1
1/ 3 PAGE 1/ 3
TRACK
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
DVD Audio W½«uDÝ«
2
3
1
CHAP.
DVD Video W½«uDÝ«
3
2
1/3
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
4
≤¥
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
24
1/6/04, 02:15 PM
wÐdŽ
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
©MP3/WMA/JPEG W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ W½«uDÝô« UuKF h× pMJ1
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ‰öš s UuKF*« Ác¼ iFÐ ‰ULF²Ý«Ë
○ ○ W○ýUA○« ‡ vKŽ○÷d○F?« j○¹dý ○‰ULF²○ÝUÐ q○OGA²○«
‰ULF²ÝUÐ qOGA²«” r dE½« ¨WOU²« nzUþuK WKBH qOGAð UOKLŽ qł« s
ÆvMLO« WN'« vKŽ “WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý
Remote
ONLY
DVD Video W½«uDÝô ©w ½d® wŽdH« Ê«uMF« —UO²š« ∫‰U¦
wÐdŽ
Xu« UuKF dOOGð
÷dF« …cU½Ë WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý qš«œ Xu« UuKF dOOGð pMJ1
Æw Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ …œułu*«
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
OFF
OFF
TIME
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
Æ©…dýR® …—U²
ENTER
‡ V× « WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ±
ÆqHÝö
ON SCREEN
TIME
0:00:58
T.REM 0:35:24
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
1/3
1/1
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
…—Uýô« Ê« s bQð« ≤
ÆXu« ÊUOÐ dOž
Ò ≥
REM
TITLE 2 CHAP 3 TIME 0:00:58
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
Æ Æ Æ —bBL W½«uDÝô« —UO²š« ¡UMŁ«
eHI«
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/3
1/1
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« bM³« ©dÒý«® d²š« ≤
0:11:23
TOTAL 1:01:58
ÆwU(« —U *«ØqBHK wCIM*« qOGA²« Xu«
ÆwU(« —U *«ØqBHK wI³²*« Xu«
ÆW½«uDÝö wCIM*« Xu«
ÆW½«uDÝö wI³²*« Xu«
TIME
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
REM
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
TOTAL
T.REM
ENTER
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ¡UGô
1/3
1/3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ qš«œ s »uKD*« —UO²šô« d²š« ¥
—dJ²*« qOGA²«
Æ≤≥ W?×?H UC¹« dE½«
•
U½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ±
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨©SVCD/VCD
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
¡bÐ q³ —dJ²*« qOGA²« —UO²š« sJ1 ∫ DVD Video W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ
ÆqOGA²«
Æ
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
2/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
FRENCH
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ wH² ð
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
…—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
OFF
1/1/3
3
WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ¡UGô
1/3
1/1
ON SCREEN
OFF
≤µ
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
Æj³C« wN½« µ
ENTER
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
•
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
25
1/6/04, 02:15 PM
Xu« Y×Ð
¨©SVCD/VCD U½«uDÝô PBC WHOþË ÊËbЮ qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× « WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ«
ÆqOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ Xu« Y×Ð ‰ULF²Ý« sJ1 ∫ DVD W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ
Æ
OFF
OFF
…—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
•
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/3
1/1
TIME _ : _ _ : _ _
ÆXu« qšœ« ¥
ÆÁb¹dð Íc« —«dJ²« l{Ë d²š« ¥
Æ©qHÝô« w dE½«® »uKD*« r I« —dJ¹
ÆwU(« Ê«uMF« —dJ¹
ÆWOU(« WŽdL:« —dJ¹
ÆZU½d³« Ë« ©DVD W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ W½«uDÝô« —dJ¹
ÆwU(« qBH« —dJ¹
ÆwU(« —U *« —dJ¹
Æ—dJ²*« qOGA²« wGK¹
A-B
TITLE
GROUP
ALL
CHAPTER*
∫WK¦«
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
TRACK*
OFF
Æ“STEP” …uD)« …—Uý« wH² ð ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²«ØZd³*« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« *
Æj³C« wN½« µ
Æw½«u¦«ØozUb«Ø UŽU UÐ Xu« b¹b% pMJ1
∫ 02 ©WIOœ® ∫ 00 ©WO½UŁ® WDIM« v« ‰UI²½ö
Æ0 p– bFÐË ¨0 ¨2 ¨0 ¨1 jG{« ¨1 ©WŽUÝ®
¨54 ©WIOœ® ∫ 00 ©WO½UŁ® WDIM« v« ‰UI²½ö
Æ0 p– bFÐË 0 ¨4 ¨5 ¨0 jG{«
wÐdŽ
ÆW¹«b³« s wCIM*« qOGA²« XË b¹b% WDÝ«uÐ WMOF WDI½ v« ‰UI²½ô« pMJ1
ENTER
6
REV. MODE
FM MODE
9
8
7
A-B r I« —«dJð
PROGRESSIVE
0
»uKD dOž sJË ¨©“0” dHB« v²ŠË® WŽU « œbŽ ‰Ušœ« ULz«œ »uKD
Æ©vKŽô« w —uc*« ‰U¦*« w s¹dOšô« s¹œbF«® uK²ð w²« —UHô« ‰Ušœ«
ƉUšœ« dš« ¡UGô 2 dýR*« ¡UGô« —“ jG{« ¨TÞUš ‰Ušœ« `O×B²
Æ≤≥ W?×?H UC¹« dE½«
•
•
Æj³C« wN½« µ
Æ—U²<« qOGA²« XË s W½«uDÝô« qOGAð ÂUEM« √b³¹
ENTER
•
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
Æ OFF …—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/3
1/1
OFF
—U *«ØqBH« Y×Ð
—U *« r— Ë« ©DVD Video W½«uDÝô® qBH« r— sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
ÆtKOGA² ©DVD Audio W½«uDÝô®
WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× «
Æ TRACK Ë« CHAP. …—Uýô« d²š« ≤
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
OFF
OFF
TIME
TIME
OFF
OFF
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
CHAPTER
_
1/1/3
3
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
CHAP.
1/3
1/1
A–B
Æ(A) W¹«b³« WDI½ d²š« µ
ENTER
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHC
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
A-
CHAP.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME
TIME
Æ“A-B” d²š« ¥
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
1/3
1/3
Æ(B) W¹UNM« WDI½ d²š« ∂
1/3
1/1
…—uBÐ —U²<« r I« qOGAð r²¹ ÆA-B r I« qOGAð √b³¹
Æ…—dJ²
WDI½ sŽ Y׳« pMJ1 ¨ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{ q³ •
Æ¡ —e« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ W¹UNM«
ENTER
w “OFF” ·UI¹« d²š«Ë ¨≥ v« ± «uD)« bŽ« ¨A-B r I« —«dJð ¡UGô
Æ¥ …uE)«
≤∂
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
26
1/6/04, 02:15 PM
○ ○ CONTROL
○ ○ ○rJײ«
○ ○WýUý○vKŽ○öOGA²«
○○
Æ»uKD*« —U *«ØqBH« r— qšœ« ¥
∫WK¦«
Remote
ONLY
wÐdŽ
qOL% bMŽ Êu¹eHK²« vKŽ UOJOðUuðË« CONTROL rJײ« WýUý dNEð
ÆJPEG Ë« WMA ¨MP3 W½«uDÝ«
rJײ« WýUý ‰öš s UNKOGAðË WÐuKD*« «—U *« sŽ Y׳« pMJ1
ÆCONTROL
UHKË MP3/WMA UHK® UHK*« s 5Žu½ s d¦√ qO− ð - «–« •
W×H dE½«® tKOGAð b¹dð Íc« nK*« Ÿu½ d²š« ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ ©JPEG
Æ©≥µ
CONTROL rJײ« WýUý
ÆWKL× MP3 W½«uDÝ« ÊuJð UbMŽ ∫‰U¦
Track : 5 / 14 (Total 41)
Cloudy.mp3
Fair.mp3
Fog.mp3
Hail.mp3
Indian summer.mp3
Rain.mp3
Shower.mp3
Snow.mp3
Thunder.mp3
Typhoon.mp3
Wind.mp3
Winter sky.mp3
Track Information
Title
Rain
Artist
Album
WOKJ« UŽuL:« œbŽØWOU(« WŽuL:« r—
©‚—“ôUЮ WOU(« WŽuL:«
WŽuL:« ‰Ëbł
U½«uDÝô jI ∫1.0 W ½ ID3 WUDЮ —U *« UuKF
©MP3/WMA
©‚—“ôUЮ wU(« —U *«
qOGA²« —«dJð j³{
©MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô jI® wU(« —U LK wCIM*« qOGA²« XË
qOGA²« l{Ë …—Uý«
œbF«® WOU(« WŽuL:« w «—U LK wKJ« œbF«ØwU(« —U *« r—
©WKL;« W½«uDÝô« vKŽ …œułu*« «—U LK wKJ«
dOýQ²« ©dCš«® j¹dý
«—U *« ‰Ëbł
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
ANGLE
6
REV. MODE
FM MODE
9
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
0
»uKD*« rd« ÷dŽ r²¹ v²Š `OðUH ±∞ ‡« jG{« ¨TÞUš ‰Ušœ« `O×B²
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ qš«œ
ÆtMŽ Y׳« - Íc« —U *«ØqBH« qOGAð “UN'« √b³¹
REPEAT TRACK Time : 00:00:14
Group : 2 / 3
Spring
Summer
Fall
Winter
Æ5 jG{« ¨µ —U *«ØqBH« r— —UO²šô
bFÐË ¨1 jG{« ¨±µ —U *«ØqBH« r— —UO²šô
Æ5 p–
¨3 jG{« ¨≥∞ —U *«ØqBH« r— —UO²šô
Æ0 p– bFÐË
•
Æj³C« wN½« µ
ENTER
○ ○ ○÷«dF²Ýö
○ ○ WKÐUI«
○ ○W²ÐU¦«○—uB«
○ ○—UO²š«○
Remote
ONLY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
WKÐU W²ÐUŁ —u l qB² ©DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« s® —U qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
œ«d*« ©W×HB« VK® W²ÐU¦« …—uB« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨(BSP) ÷«dF²Ýö
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ U¼—UNþ«
r²¹ …œUŽ ¨(BSP) ÷«dF²Ýö WKÐU W²ÐUŁ —u l qB² —U *« ÊU «–« •
ÆqOGA²« ¡UMŁ« UOJOðUuðË« —uB« —UNþ«
‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dý ÷dŽ« ¨DVD Audio W½«uDÝ« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ±
ÆqHÝö ‡ V× « WLzU WDÝ«uÐ WýUA«
Æ PAGE 1 / 5 d²š« ≤
ÆvKŽö ‡ eHI« …cU½ ÷dŽ« ≥
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
DVD-AUDIO
TIME
OFF
0:00:58
1/ 3 PAGE 1/ 5
TRACK
1
ÆU¼b¹dð w²« …—uB« d²š« ¥
A
B
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
DVD-AUDIO
TIME
OFF
TRACK
0:00:58
1/ 3 PAGE 3/ 5
3
Æj³C« wN½« µ
ENTER
≤∑
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
27
1/6/04, 02:15 PM
«b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ —«dJ²
Æ Æ Æ qOGA²« ¡bÐ q³ Ë« qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
REP GRP
∫—U *« ‰Ëbł Ë WŽuL:« ‰Ëbł 5Ð dOýQ²« ©dCš«® j¹dý p¹dײ
Æ—U *« ‰Ëbł v« j¹dA« „dײ¹
REP ALL
REP OFF
ÆWŽuL:« ‰Ëbł v« j¹dA« „dײ¹
©¡UG«®
ÆWOU(« WŽuL:« —dJ¹
ÆW½«uDÝô« q —dJ¹
∫‰Ëb'« w —U ØWŽuL− —UO²šô
REP GRP
REP ALL
Æ≤≥ U×HB« dE½« ¨MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô qOGA²« —«dJð qł« s
•
W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .Ëe²
Æ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ ¡UMŁ« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« .Ëeð pMJ1 ô
Æ»uKD*« bM³« vKŽ dOýQ²« j¹dý „ Ò d Š
qOGAð ¡UMŁ« dOýQ²« j¹dý XÒdŠ «–« •
qOGAð √b³¹ ¨MP3/WMA U½«uDÝ«
ÆUOJOðUuðË« —U²<« —U *«
•
Æ Æ Æ W²ÐU¦« …—uB« qOGAð ¡UMŁ«±
Æ Æ Æ p– bFÐË ¨W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dF 8 —e« jG{« ¨ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ ¡UMŁ«
qOGA²« ¡b³
•
∫MP3/WMA U½«uDÝô
ZOOM
Æ—U²<« —U *UÐ qOGA²« √b³¹
UC¹« √b³¹ DVD/CD 3 —e« jG{ bMŽ •
ÆqOGA²«
4
©Xu« fHMЮ
ZOOM
4
ZOOM 1
ENTER
∫JPEG W½«uDÝô
ZOOM 2
ZOOM OFF
ÆdÒ³J*« ÊUJ*« „dŠ
Ò ≤
—e« vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ«® lÐU²²UÐ ZOOM ÂËËe« —“ jG{« ¨.Ëe²« ¡UGô
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ “ZOOM OFF” ÂËËe« ·UI¹« …—Uý« dNEð v²Š ©SHIFT
r²¹ v²Š —U²<« ©W²ÐUŁ …—u® —U *« ÷dŽ r²¹
ÆÁdOOGð
Æ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ √b³¹
…b* WýUA« vKŽ ©W²ÐUŁ …—u® —U *« q ÷dŽ r²¹
bFÐ bŠ«Ë «—U *« dÒOG²ð p– bFÐË ¨U³¹dIð Ê«uŁ ≥
Ædšô«
ENTER
DVD/CD
ÆCONTROL rJײ« WýUý wH² ð ¨JPEG —U qOGAð ¡bÐ bFÐ
‰ušb« —“ jG{« ¨WOU(« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« ÷dŽË ¨ «b¹ö « ‡ ÷dŽ ¡UGô
Æ8
∫qOGA²« ·UI¹ô
•
•
∫—U *« wD ²
GROUP/TITLE
≤∏
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
28
1/6/04, 02:15 PM
wÐdŽ
JPEG W½«uDÝô
…—uD*« j¹dA« öOGAð
ÂU¼
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
wÐdŽ
ÊËbÐ ¨WþuH;« ‚uI(« «– œ«u*« qOGAð Ë« qO− ð WOKLŽ ÊuJð Ê« sJ1
ÆWO½u½U dOž WOKLŽ ¨dAM« ‚uIŠ pU WI«u
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ j¹dA«
○ ○vKŽ○qO− ²«
○○
ÆqO− ²K I Ÿu½ WÞdý« ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
Ʊ≤ W?×?H dE½« ¨j¹dA« qOGA² •
ÆWOKŽ qO− ²« sJ1 XOÝU qšœ« ±
oKž«
qšœ«
REV. MODE
lœ«
TAPE 2 3
DVD/CD 3
7
FM/AM
AUX
×U K UNł«u j¹dA« V½Uł ÊuJ¹ YO×Ð
WýUý vKŽ fJF« l{Ë Ë j¹dA« Ê«—Ëœ ÁU&« UÞu³{ h׫ ≤
Æ÷dF«
SHIFT
fJF« l{Ë sO³
Ò
j¹dA« ÁU&« sO³
Ò
w Ozd« “UN'«
wU(« —bB*«
ÁU&ô« dOOG²
PUSH OPEN 0
©ÂUô«® 3
©fJF«® 2
U¹—Ëd{ p– ÊU «–« fJF« l{Ë dOž
Ò
TAPE 2 3
DVD/CD 3
REV. MODE
7
REC
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æj¹dA« w³½Uł vKŽ qO− ²K
w qO− ²« √bЫ ¨fJF« l{Ë ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
ÆwUô« (3) ÁU&ô«
ÆbŠ«Ë V½Uł vKŽ jI qO− ²K
(
)
≤π
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
29
1/6/04, 02:15 PM
FM/AM
AUX
7
ô sJË ¨wz«uAF« qOGA²« Ë« ©ZU½d³« qLŽ«Ë® ZU½d³« qOGAð d²š« ±
ÆqOGA²« √b³ð
ÆqO− ²« ¡b³ REC qO− ²« —“ jG{« ≤
qO− ²« ·UI¹« »uKD ÆqO− ²« lÐU²¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nu²¹ UbMŽ •
ÆU¹Ëb¹
qCH*« —U *« jI qO− ²
v« ŸUL²Ýô« ¡UMŁ« j¹dA« vKŽ UNKO− 𠜫d*« «—U *« b¹b% pMJ1
Æ©DVD Video W½«uDÝ« ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ W½«uDÝô«
Ë« “DVD/CD” ¨“AM” ¨“FM” ——bB*« qOGAð √bÐ«Ë d²š« ≥
Æ“AUX”
s s«e²*« qO− ²«” ‰ULF²Ý« UC¹« pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« s qO− ²« bMŽ
Æ©qHÝô« w dE½«® “W½«uDÝô«
•
ÆqO− ²« √bЫ ¥
REC
wÐdŽ
wz«uAF« qOGA²« Ë« Zd³*« qOGA²« qO− ²
w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ
∫qO− ²« ·UI¹ô
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGAð √bЫ±
DVD/CD
Æ Æ Æ j¹dA« vKŽ tKO− ð b¹dð Íc« —U *« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« ≤
—U *« p– W¹«bÐ v« W½«uDÝô« qÒGA lłd¹
qO− ð bFÐ Æj¹dA« vKŽ —U *« qO− ð r²¹Ë
XOÝUJ« „œË W½«uDÝô« qÒGA nu²¹ ¨—U *«
ÆUOJOðUuðË«
REC
ÆXu« fHMÐ j¹dA« qO− ðË W½«uDÝô« qOGAð s ö ·UI¹«Ë ¡bÐ pMJ1
W½«uDÝô« q qO− ²
ÆtOKŽ qO− ²K qÐUI« j¹dA« qšœ«Ë W½«uDÝô« qLŠ
Ò ±
w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ
ÆU¼b¹dð w²« Èdšô« «—U *« qO− ² ≥ Ë ≤ «uD)« bŽ« ≥
ÆU¹—Ëd{ p– ÊU «–« U½«uDÝô« q¹b³ð pMJ1
○ ○ ○ ○ W½«uDÝô«
○ ○ ○s s«e²*«
○ ○qO− ²«
○○
•
pðöO− ð W¹UL(
` *« lM* nK)« vKŽ …œułu s¹dOG 5½U vKŽ U²OÝUJ« Íu²%
ÆXOÝUJ« vKŽ qO− ²« …œUŽ« lM* Ë« XOÝUJ« vKŽ WK− *« œ«uLK ÍuHF«
ÆWM ô« Ác¼ Ÿe½« ¨pðöO− ð W¹UL(
j¹dAÐ »uI¦« WODGð ôË« V−¹ ¨wL× XOÝU vKŽ qO− ²« …œUŽô
Æoô
—e« jG{« ¨W½«uDÝô« qÒGA fO wU(« qOGA²« —bB ÊU «–«
Æ7 —e« jG{« p– bFÐË ¨DVD/CD 3
•
WýUý vKŽ fJF« l{Ë Ë j¹dA« Ê«—Ëœ ÁU&« UÞu³{ h׫ ≤
Æ÷dF«
Æ≤π W×H vKŽ œułu*« “j?¹dA« vKŽ qO− ²«” r? w ≤ …uD)« dE½« •
ÆqO− ²« √bЫ ≥
UOJOðUuðË« Ê«uŁ ‡ ¥ —«bI0 Už«d “UN'« qLF¹
ÆWÞdýô« vKŽ WK− *« w½Užô« 5Ð
REC
w Ozd« “UN'« vKŽ
qÒGA s ö nu²¹ ¨qO− ²« j¹dý Ë« *W½«uDÝô« qOGAð wN²M¹ UbMŽ •
ÆXu« fHMÐ XOÝUJ« „œË W½«uDÝô«
dNEð Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨qO− ²« nuð bFÐ ôUŠ REC qO− ²« —“ XDG{ «–« •
Æ“NO REC” …—Uýô«
ÆÊ«uMF« qOGAð ¡UN²½« bMŽ ∫DVD Video W½«uDÝô *
“WOŠ
Ò ” W½«uDÝ« qO− ²
lÞUI*« 5Ð Ê«uŁ ‡ ¥ …b* Wž—U ÂU « ‰Ušœ« »džd*« s ÊuJ¹ ô ·uÝ
Æj¹dA« vKŽ WK− *« WOIOÝu*«
W½«uDÝô« qOGAð nË« ¨qO− ²K lÞUIð Í« ÊËbÐ W½«uDÝô« q qO− ²
—“ jG{ q³ ©8 —e« p– bFÐ ¨DVD/CD 3 —e« jG{«® W²R …—uBÐ
ÆREC qO− ²«
≥∞
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
30
1/6/04, 02:16 PM
XR*« öOGAð
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ XR*«
○ ○j³{○
wÐdŽ
Remote
ONLY
ÆpO« W³³;« WOMžô« vKŽ ÂuM« s ÷UIO²Ýô« pMJ1 ¨wuO« XR*« ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
u¹œ«d« YÐ s j¹dý qLŽ pMJ1 ¨qO− ²« XR WDÝ«uÐ ¨Èdš« WNł s
ÆUOJOðUuðË«
lË ªqO− ²« XR* bŠ«Ë j³{Ë wuO« XRLK UÞu³{ WŁöŁ Êeš pMJ1 •
qO− ²« XR j³{Ë wuO« XR*« UÞu³{ bŠ« jOAMð jI pMJ1 ¨p–
ÆXu« fHMÐ
CLOCK/TIMER XR*«ØWŽU « —“ jG{« ¨XR*« j³{ s ÃËd K •
Æ»uKD*« V Š
ÆCANCEL ÷«dF²Ýô« —“ jG{« ¨WOKLF« ¡UMŁ« TÞUš ‰Ušœ« `O×B² •
ÆWIÐU « …uD)« v« Ÿułd« pMJ1
Xu ± wuO«—tD³{ b¹dð Íc« XR*« j³{ ŸU{Ë« bŠ« d²š« ±
Xu ≥ wuO« ¨ON qOGA²« Xu ≤ wuO« ¨ON qOGA²«
ÆqO− ²« XR ON qOGAð XË Ë« ¨ON qOGA²«
CLOCK/
TIMER
± wuO« X R*«
≤ wuO« X R*«
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
STANDBY/ON
CLOCK/
TIMER
SET
,
CANCEL
≥ wuO« X R*«
DAILY 1* ON (X u« ) DAILY 2* ON ( X u« ) DAILY 3* ON ( X u« )
¡UG«
WŽU« W¾ONð
ON ( X u« ) REC TMR
©±∑ W×H dE½«®
qO−²« X R
1
wuO« XRLK ± j³{ l{Ë —UO²š« bŽ« ∫‰U¦
Æb¹dð UL XR*« j³{ qLŽ« ≤
—wU²« VOðd²UÐ j³C« ¡UN½« v²Š WOU²«
UOKLF« bŽ«
SET
∫WOuO« U²RLK
ÆqOGA²« ‡ Xu WIOb« p– bFÐË WŽU « j³{« 1
Æ·UI¹ô« ‡ Xu WIOb« p– bFÐË WŽU « j³{« 2
¨“TUNER AM” ¨“TUNER FM” —qOGA²« —bB d²š« 3
Æ“AUX” Ë« ¨“DISC” ¨“TAPE”
1
d²š« ∫“TUNER AM” Ë “TUNER FM” Włu*« n«u* 4
ÆUI³ WÞu³C*« …UMI«
r— p– bFÐË ¨WŽuL:«ØÊ«uMF« r— d²š« ∫“DISC” W½«uDÝö
Æ—U *«ØqBH«
lMB*« s s×A« bMŽ wuO« XRLK WOËô« UÞu³C« *
OFF ·UI¹ô« XËØ(6:00) ON qOGA²« XË ∫DAILY 1 •
(– –) uB« …u Èu² Ø(TUNER FM 1) —bB*«Ø(8:00)
OFF ·UI¹ô« XËØ(12:00) ON qOGA²« XË ∫DAILY 2 •
(– –) uB« …u Èu² Ø(TUNER FM 1) —bB*«Ø(14:00)
OFF ·UI¹ô« XËØ(18:00) ON qOGA²« XË ∫DAILY 3 •
(– –) uB« …u Èu² Ø(TUNER FM 1) —bB*«Ø(20:00)
≥±
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
31
1/6/04, 02:16 PM
XR*« j³{ r²¹ Ê« bFÐ XR*« ·UI¹ô
ÃU²% Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨Âu¹ q s Xu« fHMÐ wuO« XR*« jOAMð r²¹ t½« U0
ÆWU)« ÂU¹ô« iFÐ w XR*«¡UGô
ÆW²R …—uBÐ qO− ²« XR ¡UG« UC¹« sJ1 •
∫qO− ²« XR*
ÆqOGA²« ‡ Xu WIOb« j³{« p– bFÐË WŽU « j³{« 1
Æ·UI¹ô« ‡ Xu WIOb« j³{« p– bFÐË WŽU « j³{« 2
¨“TUNER AM” ¨“TUNER FM” —qOGA²« —bB d²š« 3
Æ“AUX” Ë«
d²š« ∫“TUNER AM” Ë “TUNER FM” Włu*« n«u* 4
ÆUI³ WÞu³C*« …UMI«
ÆVOðd²UÐ XR*« j³{ UuKF dNEð ¨ UÞu³C« s ¡UN²½ô« bFÐ
j³{ - «–« ©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® “UN'« qOGAð nË« ≥
Æ“UN'« qOGAð ¡UMŁ« XR*«
ÆÁ¡UG« b¹dð Íc« XR*« d²š« ±
CLOCK/
TIMER
± wuO« X R*«
≤ wuO« X R*«
STANDBY/ON
≥ wuO« X R*«
DAILY 1 ON (X u« ) DAILY 2 ON ( X u« ) DAILY 3 ON ( X u« )
¡UG«
W¾ONð WŽU«
ON ( X u« ) REC TMR
©±∑ W×H dE½«®
XR*« ¡UGô ∫‰U¦
± wuO« XR*«
WOKF …—uBÐ wuO« XR*« qG²A¹ nO
qO−²« X R
XR*« r— sO³Ë
Ò ( ) XR*« sÒO³ ¡wC¹ ¨wuO« XR*« j³{ r²¹ Ê« bFÐ
q s Xu« fHMÐ wuO« XR*« jOAMð r²¹ Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ (1/2/3)
jOAMð r²¹ v²Š Ë« ©wU²« œuLF« dE½«® U¹Ëb¹ XR*« ·UI¹« r²¹ v²Š Âu¹
Ædš« XR
1
Æ—U²<« XR*« qOGAð nË« ≤
CANCEL
RETURN
XR*« qOGA²
±
REC q− ²« XR Ë« DAILY 1/2/3® tDOAMð b¹dð Íc« XR*« d²š«
Æ©TMR
CLOCK/
TIMER
5
Ë “VOL 50” v« “VOL 0”® uB« …u Èu² —UO²š« pMJ1 •
Æ©“VOL ≠ ≠”
vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{ r²¹ ¨“VOL ≠ ≠” l{u« d²š« «–«
Æ“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« - UbMŽ Èu² dš«
ÆVOðd²UÐ XR*« j³{ UuKF dNEð ¨ UÞu³C« s ¡UN²½ô« bFÐ
± wuO« X R*«
≤ wuO« X R*«
≥ wuO« X R*«
DAILY 1 ON ( X u« ) DAILY 2 ON ( X u« ) DAILY 3 ON ( X u« )
¡UG«
W¾ONð WŽU«
ON ( X u« ) REC TMR
©±∑ W×H dE½«®
qOGA²« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
r²¹Ë ¨©“AUX” ¡UM¦²ÝUЮ œb;« —bB*« s qOGA²« √b³¹Ë ¨“UN'« qG²A¹
ÆUI³ ◊u³C*« Èu² *« vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³{
r— sO³Ë
Ò ( ) XR*« sÒO³ iu¹ ¨wuO« XR*« qLŽ ¡UMŁ« •
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ (1/2/3) XR*«
·UI¹ô« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® ·UI¹ô« l{Ë vKŽ ‰uײ¹Ë ¨“UN'« qOGAð nu²¹
ÆUOJOðUuðË« ©qOGA²K
ÆU¼dOOGð r²¹ v²Š …d«c« w W½Ëe XR*« UÞu³{ vI³ð •
qO−²« X R
Æ—U²<« XR*« jA½
Ò ≤
SET
1
(DAILY 1) ± wuO« XR*« jOAMð bMŽ ∫‰U¦
ÆÊUO³« wH² ¹ v²Š dE²½« ≥
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
32
≥≤
1/6/04, 02:16 PM
wÐdŽ
Æ uB« …u Èu² d²š«
WOKF …—uBÐ qO− ²« XR qG²A¹ nO
qO− ²« sO³Ë
Ò © ® XR*« sÒO³ ¡wC¹ ¨wuO« XR*« j³{ r²¹ Ê« bFÐ
Æ…bŠ«Ë …d jI qO− ²« XR qG²A¹ Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ REC
qOGA²« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
v« —bB*« dOG¹
Ò Ë« …œb;« WD;« vKŽ nOu²« r²¹Ë ¨“UN'« qG²A¹
√b³¹Ë ¨UI³ ◊u³C*« Èu² *« vKŽ uB« …u Èu² j³C¹Ë ¨“AUX”
ÆqO− ²«
·UI¹ô« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ
œ«bF²Ýô« l{Ë vKŽ® ·UI¹ô« l{Ë vKŽ ‰uײ¹Ë ¨qO− ²« “UN'« nu¹Ô
Æ©qOGA²K
ÆU¼eOOGð r²¹ v²Š …d«c« w W½Ëe XR*« UÞu³{ vI³ð •
œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð UOKLŽ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○qOGA²«
○ ○¡«dł«○
Remote
ONLY
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
…—U² W½«uDÝô« ÊuJð UbMŽ jI œ«bŽô« WLzU ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1
ÆbFÐ √b³¹ r UNKOGAðË —bBL
nK*« ŸuM “STILL PICTURE” W²ÐU¦« …—uB« —UO²š« ∫‰U¦
∫“FILE TYPE”
wÐdŽ
Æœ«bŽô« WLzU ÷dŽ« ±
`OðUH
±∞
10
keys
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
MENU
SET UP
SET UP
, ,
SELECT
ENTER
,
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
©Xu« fHMЮ
Æœ«bŽô« rz«u ÈbŠ« d²š« ≤
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
SHIFT
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆtK¹bFð b¹dð Íc« bM³« d²š« ≥
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
œ«bŽô« WLzU «—Uý«
Æ…—U²<« œ«bŽô« WLzU …—Uý« dOýQð r²¹ ·uÝ
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« ¥
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
ENTER
1 2 3 4
ENTER
PICTURE
SELECT
Æ…—U² LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU ∫‰U¦
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆeHI« ‡ …cU½ s »uKD*« —UO²šô« d²š« µ
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU 1
PICTURE …—uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU 2
AUDIO uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU 3
OTHERS Èdšô« UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« WLzU 4
≥≥
AR-12-33_UX-P450-ff
33
1/6/04, 02:16 PM
SUBTITLE wŽdH« Ê«uMF«
Æ…œbF² WOŽd s¹ËUMŽ UG U½«uDÝ« iFÐ pK²9
FRENCH , SPANISH, ENGLISH —5Ð s WGK« d²š«
Æj³C« wN½«
∂
ENTER
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« WG
¨ENGLISH—5Ð s Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WMO³*« UGK« ÈbŠ« d²š«
ÆCHINESE Ë SPANISH
Æœ«bŽô« WLzU fH½ vKŽ Èdšô« œuM³« j³C ¥ v« ≥ «uD)« bŽ«
ÆÈdš« œ«bŽ« WLzU vKŽ Èdšô« œuM³« j³C ¥ v« ≤ «uD)« bŽ«
∑
œ«bŽô« WLzU s ÃËd K
PICTURE …—uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU
ÆV«d*« WýUý Ë« …—uBUÐ oKF²¹ ULO WÐuKD*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« pMJ1
MENU
SET UP
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
MONITOR TYPE V«d*« Ÿu½
‰uÞ W³ MÐ WK− DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGA² Êu¹eHK²« V«d Ÿu½ d²š«
Æ16:9 …—u ÷dŽ v«
œbF² ‡ Êu ÂUE½ Êu¹eHK²
“UN'« Êu ÂUE½ dOOGð pMJ1 ¨œbF² ‡ Êu ÂUE½ Êu¹eHKð ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
w ÆV«d*« ŸuM “MULTI” …œbF²*« «—UO²šô« —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ UOJOðUuðË«
iGÐ WKL;« W½«uDÝô« Êu ÂUE½ l ¡ö²O “UN'« Êu ÂUE½ dÒOG²¹ ¨WU(« Ác¼
ÆVIDEO OUT SELECT u¹bOH« Ãdš —UO²š« ÕU²H j³{ sŽ dEM«
Æ©∂ W×H dE½«®
∫WOU²« UÞu³C« bŠ« d²š«
©Xu« fHMЮ
LANGUAGE WGK« œ«bŽ« WLzU
WMO³*« WGK« —UO²š« UC¹« pMJ1 ÆW½«uDÝô« qOGA² WOËô« WGK« —UO²š« pMJ1
Æ“UN'« «c¼ qOGAð ¡UMŁ« Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
MENU LANGUAGE WLzUI« WG
Æ…œbF² rz«u UG U½«uDÝô« iFÐ pK²9
FRENCH , SPANISH, ENGLISH —5Ð s WGK« d²š«
∫16:9 MULTI Ø 16:9
16:9 Êu¹eHK²« WýUý ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
AA≠ZU , JAPANESE, ITALIAN, GERMAN, CHINESE
Æ©¥≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«®
∫4:3 MULTI LB Ø 4:3 LB (Letter Box)
4:3 Êu¹eHK²« WýUý ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
AUDIO LANGUAGE uB« WG
ÆœbF² u UG U½«uDÝô« iFÐ pK²9
FRENCH , SPANISH, ENGLISH —5Ð s WGK« d²š«
Æ©lÝ«Ë ÷dŽ Êu¹eHKð®
¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ¨WC¹dŽ WýUý …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ« Æ©ÍœUO²Ž« Êu¹eHKð®
ÆWýUA« s wKH «Ë ÍuKF« ¡e'« w
∫4:3 MULTI PS Ø 4:3 PS (Pan Scan)
Æ4:3 Êu¹eHK²« WýUý ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ ÊuJð UbMŽ l{u« «c¼ d²š«
ÍuKF« ¡e'« w ¡«œuÝ …bLŽ« dNEð ô ¨WC¹dŽ WýUý …—u …b¼UA ¡UMŁ«
vMLO«Ë Èd O« ·«u(« ÷dŽ r²¹ ô ·uÝ ¨p– lË ¨WýUA« s wKH «Ë
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ …—uBK
AA≠ZU , JAPANESE, ITALIAN, GERMAN, CHINESE
Æ©¥≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«®
≥¥
AR-34-38_UX-P450-ff
34
1/6/04, 02:20 PM
wÐdŽ
AA≠ZU , JAPANESE, ITALIAN, GERMAN, CHINESE
Æ“©Ê«uMF«ô® OFF” Ë« ©¥≥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WGK« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«®
AUDIO uB« œ«bŽ« WLzU
Æ“UN'« u UÞu³{ q¹bFð pMJ1
4:3 PS :ƉU¦
AUDIO
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
STREAM/PCM
DOWN MIX
DOLBY SURROUND
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
AUTO
ENTER
—UO²šô« —UO²š« WDÝ«uÐ sJ1 U qCUÐ …—u …œuł vKŽ ‰uB(« pMJ1
Æ©rK —bB Ë« u¹bO —bB U«® …—uB« —bB Ÿu½—rzö*«
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT wLd?«
uB« Ãdš
…—uBÐ «c¼ j³{« ¨WOHK)« vKŽ œułu*« wLd« Ãd)« ·dÞ ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
Ɖuu*« X½U½u³LJ« V Š W×O×
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
∫PCM ONLY
q¦ wDš PCM wL— “UNł l qOu²K
ÆMD q−
r C Ë« wLd« w³Ëœ qK× l qOu²K
ÆwKš«œ wLd« w³Ëœ qK× vKŽ Íu²×¹
vKŽ Íu²×¹ r C Ë« DTS qK× l qOu²K
ÆwKš«œ DTS
DOLBY DIGITAL
∫PCM/
∫STREAM/PCM
wLd« ÍdB³« Ãd)« «—Uý«” r UC¹« dE½«
Æ¥µ W×H vKŽ œułu“ DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
DOWN MIX
æ
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆpOłu ËdÐ w³Ëœ qK× vKŽ Íu²×¹ r C qOu²
¨MD qÒGA ¨q³I² ¨ÍœUO²Ž« u¹dO²Ý r C qOu²
Æa« ¨Êu¹eHKð
Æl{u« «c¼ d²š« …œUŽ ∫AUTO
¨rK —bBË u¹bO —bB s ö vKŽ Íu²% W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
rK —bB® …—uB« Ÿu½ l VÝUM²O UOJOðUuðË« W'UF*« “UN'« dOG¹
Ò
ÆwU(« qBHK ©u¹bO Ë«
ÆrK —bB W½«uDÝ« qOGA² ∫FILM
Æu¹bO —bB W½«uDÝ« qOGA² ∫VIDEO
SCREEN SAVER WýUA« du
ÆwKš«b« W½«uDÝô« qGA
Ò qOGAð ¡UMŁ« WýUA« du ·UI¹«Ë jOAMð pMJ1
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
WOKLŽ qLŽ ÂbŽ WUŠ w WL²F Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ —uB« `³Bð ∫ON
ÆozUœ µ s d¦« …b* qOGAð
ÆWýUA« du ¡UGô ∫OFF
uB« Ãe
Æ…UM ≤ v« «—Uýô« “UN'« ‰u×¹ ¨…UMI« ‡ …œbF² DVD W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bMŽ
ÊU «–« wLd« uB« ÃdšË® WŽUL « Ãd) ôUF uB« Ãe j³{ ÊuJ¹
vKŽ UÞu³C “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT” wLd« uB« Ãdš
Æ“UN'« «c¼ s ©“PCM ONLY” l{Ë
DOLBY
∫SURROUND
FILE TYPE nK*« Ÿu½
W²ÐU¦« —uB«Ë ©WMA Ë« MP3 UHK® uB« «—U s ö X½U «–«
ÆqOGA²K ULNM U¹« —UO²š« pMJ1 ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− ©JPEG UHK®
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆMP3/WMA UHK qOGA²
∫AUDIO
ÆJPEG UHK ÷dF ∫STILL PICTURE
∫STEREO
≥µ
AR-34-38_UX-P450-ff
35
16:9 :ƉU¦
PICTURE SOURCE …—uB« —bB
wÐdŽ
SELECT
4:3 LB :ƉU¦
1/6/04, 02:20 PM
WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« jOAM² ∫ON
ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« ¡UGô ∫OFF
AV COMPULINK MODE bFÐ sŽ rJײ« l{Ë
bFÐ sŽ rJ% ÂUE½ vKŽ Íu²×¹ JVC WŽUM s Êu¹eHKð l “UN'« qOuð bMŽ
Æ`O×B« j³C« d²š« ¨AV COMPU LINK
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ …œułu*« VIDEO-3 qšœ fÐUI l qOu²K ∫DVD1
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« VIDEO-1 qšœ fÐUI l qOu²K ∫DVD2
ÆÊu¹eHK²« vKŽ œułu*« VIDEO-2 qšœ fÐUI l qOu²K ∫DVD3
“AV COMPU LINK bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ÂUE½” r dE½« ¨qOUH²« qł« s
Æ∂ W×H vKŽ œułu*«
æ
PARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qH
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« ‰Ušœô «c¼ d²š«
ÆwU²« r I« dE½«
D. RANGE COMPRESSION wJOUM¹b?« Èb*« j³{
uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýö © u √b¼«Ë u vKŽ« 5Ð ‚dH«® wJOUM¹b« Èb*« jG{ sJ1
w³Ëœ ZU½dÐ v« ŸUL²Ýô« bMŽ iH M u …u Èu² vKŽ v²ŠË r {
ÆqOK« w bOH «c¼ ÆwLd«
ÆZU½d³« vKŽ «œUL²Ž« dOŁQ²« nK² ¹ æ
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
ÆqU wJOUM¹œ Èb0 WL { «uUÐ ŸU²L²Ýö ∫AUTO
ÆiH M u Èu² vKŽ Âöô« …b¼UA* qCô«
OTHERS Èdšô«
∫ON
UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« WLzU
ÆÈdšô« nzUþu« iFÐ dOOGð pMJ1
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
RESUME ·UM¾²Ýô«
Æ©±≥ W×H dE½«® W½«uDÝô« qOGA² ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ·UI¹« Ë« qOGAð pMJ1
∫wK¹ U bŠ« d²š«
Æ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË jOAM² ∫ON
Æ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË jOAMð ·UI¹ô ∫OFF
≥∂
AR-34-38_UX-P450-ff
36
1/6/04, 02:20 PM
wÐdŽ
ON SCREEN GUIDE
Æ©±≥ W×H dE½«® ÆWýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ «—Uý« ·UI¹« Ë« qOGAð pMJ1
“OFF” ·UI¹« d²š« ¨VCR u¹bO XOÝU q− vKŽ …—uB« qO− ð bMŽ æ
Æu¹bOH« j¹dý vKŽ qOb« «—Uý« qO− ð VM−²
‡ …cU½ ÷dŽ« p– bFÐË ¨“COUNTRY CODE” bK³« …dHý d²š«
ÆeHI«
µ
COUNTRY CODE
SA
PY
ONE
PASSWORD
_RO
___
wÐdŽ
SELECT
ENTER
ENTER
QA
RE
RU
RW
SA
EXIT
Remote
ONLY
VŽ— dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« DVD Video W½«uDÝ« qOGAð bOOIð pMJ1
j³{ bFÐ Æp²KzUŽ œ«dô W³ÝUM dOž dþUM vKŽ Íu²% w²« U½«uDÝô«Ë
s vKŽ« nOMBð UN sOF*«
Ò dþUM*«® W³Žd*« dþUM*« Ác¼ q¦ ¨nOMB²« Èu²
WHOHO vKŽ «œUL²Ž« p–Ë® dš« dEM vKŽ dOOG²« Ë« UNMŽ eHI« sJ1 ¨©pD³{
Æ©W½«uDÝô« W−dÐ
PARENTAL LOCK
SET LEVEL
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○q¼ô«○qH—○WFł«d*«
○ ○bOOIð○
q¼ô« qH j³C
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Æp²IDM* bK³« …dHý d²š« ∂
…dHý œU−¹ô ¥¥ W×H vKŽ œułu*« “WIDM*«ØbK³« …dHý ‰Ëbł” dE½«
Æ„bKÐ
Æ©«bOIð qô«® ∏ Èu² v« ©«bOOIð d¦ô«® ± Èu² —nOMB²« Èu² j³{«
Æœ«bŽô« WLzU ÷dŽ« ±
æ
LANGUAGE
ENTER
±
COUNTRY CODE
PASSWORD
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
8
7
_6_ _ _
5
4
3
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
MENU
SET UP
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
≤
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
Æ“PARENTAL LOCK” q¼ô« qH d²š«
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
≥
OTHERS
Æ©1 ≠ 8 ¨NONE ÊËbЮ nOMB²« Èu² d²š«
∏
ENTER
ON
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
ENTER
≥
qšœ« p– bFÐË ¨…—U² “PASSWORD” d « WLK Ê« s bQð π
Æd « WLKJ ÂU—« ‡ ¥ Í«
ENTER
RESUME
ON SCREEN GUIDE
SELECT
Æ“PASSWORD” d « WLK ‰Ušœ« l{Ë UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« qšb¹
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
7
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« v« qšœ«
ENTER
PA R E N TA L L O C K
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
____
EXIT
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
6
REV. MODE
FM MODE
9
8
PROGRESSIVE
0
Æj³C« wN½« ±∞
ENTER
≥∑
AR-34-38_UX-P450-ff
©Xu« fHMЮ
ÆOTHERS Èdšô« UÞu³C« œ«bŽ« rz«u d²š«
≤
ENTER
SA
NONE
NONE
SUBTITLE
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENTER
p– bFÐË ¨«—U² “SET LEVEL” j³C« Èu² Ê« s bQð ∑
ÆvKŽö ‡ eHI« …cU½ ÷dŽ«
SET LEVEL
ENGLISH
ENGLISH
SELECT
Æ“SET LEVEL” j³C« Èu² ‰Ušœ« l{Ë UOJOðUuðË« “UN'« qšb¹
PARENTAL LOCK
MENU LANGUAGE
AUDIO LANGUAGE
37
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
¥
W²R …—uBÐ q¼ô« qH d¹dײ
iFÐ qG²Að ô Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨Â—U nOMBð Èu² vKŽ j³C« bMŽ
dNEð ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð ‰ËU% UbMŽ Æ‚öÞô« vKŽ U½«uDÝô«
ÆÊu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ WOU²« WýUA«
j³C« dOOG²
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« ÷dŽ«
Æ“q¼ô« qH j³C” r s ¥ v« ± «uD)« l³ð« •
±
TEMPORARY RELEASE
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
4
PASSWORD
____
wÐdŽ
PA R E N TA L L O C K
PARENTAL LOCK
EXIT
NOT RELEASE
____
PASSWORD
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
USE 5∞
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.
ENTER
p– bFÐË ¨“TEMPORARY RELEASE” XR*« d¹dײ« d²š« ±
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{«
d « WLK —UO²š« r²¹
“PASSWORD”
PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEYS
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ÆUOJOðUuðË« “PASSWORD” d « WLK —UO²š« r²¹
WLK ‰Ušœ« r²¹ v²Š “EXIT ” ÃËd)« bMÐ dOž bMÐ Í« —UO²š« pMJ1 ô •
ÆW×O×B« d «
Æd « WLK qšœ« ≤
ENTER
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
ENTER
ÆUOJOðUuðË«
ANGLE
6
REV. MODE
7
FM MODE
9
8
PROGRESSIVE
0
d¹d% ÂbŽ d²š« ¨W½«uDÝô« Ác¼ q¦ qOGAð ÂbŽ œ—« «–«
ÆENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« p– bFÐË ¨“NOT RELEASE”
ÆW½«uDÝô« Ãdš« p– bFÐ
•
Æd « WLK qšœ« ≤
ENTER
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
7
ANGLE
FM MODE
8
9
ÆÈdš« …d “– – – –” …—Uýô« dNEð ¨W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ d « WLK XKšœ« «–« •
ÃËd)« —UO²š« r²¹ ¨ «d ÀöŁ W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ d « WLK XKšœ« «–«
ENTER ‰ušb« —“ jG{« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆUOJOðUuðË« “EXIT”
ÆPARENTAL LOCK q¼ô« qHI WOŽdH« WLzUI« s ÃËd K
Æ“8888” rd« qšœ« ¨Íd « rd« dÒcð ÂbŽ WUŠ w •
Æ UÞu³C« dOž
Ò ≥
Æ“q¼ô« qH j³C” r s ∏ v« µ «uD)« l³ð«
“PASSWORD” d « WLK —UO²š« bFЮ WO½UŁ …d d « WLK qšœ«
Æ©U¹—Ëd{ ÊU «–« U¹Ëb¹
PROGRESSIVE
0
d¹dײ« ÂbŽ —UO²š« r²¹ ¨ «d ÀöŁ W¾ÞUš …—uBÐ d « WLK XKšœ« «–« •
‰ušb« —“ jG{« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w ÆUOJOðUuðË« “NOT RELEASE”
ÆW½«uDÝô« Ãdš« p– bFÐ ÆENTER
•
ENTER
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
¥
ANGLE
6
FM MODE
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
Æ…uD)« Ác¼ w …b¹bł ÂU—« WFЗ« qšœ« ¨d « WLK dOOG𠜗« «–« •
≥∏
AR-34-38_UX-P450-ff
38
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
WOMOB WOKš«b« …dz«b« vKŽ W½«uDÝô« l{ ¨rÝ ∏
WOU{ô« UuKF*«
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○“UN'«○«c¼○‰uŠ○d¦«○WdF○
U½«uDÝ« ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ
•
©∂ v« ≥ U×HB« dE½«® “UN'« VOdð ¡bÐ
ÆW½«uDÝô«
UOKLŽ nK² ð Ê« sJ1 ¨VCD Ë« ¨SVCD ¨DVD
VOdðË W−d³« V³ Ð ¨VO²J« «c¼ w WŠËdA*«
Æ“UN'« W¹œQ²Ð hI½ X O
U½«uDÝ« iFÐ vKŽ
•
∫ ` *« l{Ë dOOGð
UOKLF« sŽ WOKFH« qOGA²«
u¹bOH« qšœ l Êu¹eHK²« qË« ¨WO−¹—b²« u¹bOH« …—uBÐ ŸU²L²Ýö
Uö²šô« Ác¼ q¦ ÆW½«uDÝô«
DVD Audio U½«uDÝ« iFÐ lM9 •
“LR ONLY” …—Uýô« dNEð ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼
wÐdŽ
q¦ qOGAð bMŽ Æ uB« Ãe Ãdš
qÒGA¹Ë ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
ÆvMLO« WOUô«Ë Èd O« WOUô«
©π v« ∑ U×HB« dE½«® “UN'« qOGAð q³
«—Uýô« “UN'«
3D Phonic oO³Dð UC¹« r²¹ •
ÆDVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT qOu²« ·dÞ
WHOþË l VCD Ë« SVCD W½«uDÝ« vKŽ ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
sŽ öOK nK² ÊUJ s qOGA²« √b³¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨PBC qOGA²« j³{
‰öš s wLd« ÍdB³« Ãd)«
«—Uý« vKŽ
ÆÁbMŽ XHuð Íc« ÊUJ*«
DVD/SVCD/VCD W½«uDÝô jI ·UM¾²Ýô« WHOþË ‰ULF²Ý« pMJ1 •
ÆW½«dDÝô« W−dÐ WOHO vKŽ «œUL²Ž«— U½«uDÝô« iFÐ ¡UM¦²ÝUÐ
UÞu³C«Ë uB« UÞu³{—WOuO« öOGA²«
©±∑ v« ±µ U×HB« dE½«® Èdšô«
∫qOGA²K WKÐUI«
UŽULÝ l{Ë Ë« qOuð q³
.”«d«
UŽULÝ d³Ž
uB« …u Èu² iHš s bQð
•
uB« vKŽ UC¹« WHOþu« Ác¼ dŁRð
•
∫ uB« …u Èu² j³{
∫WŽU « j³{
“0:00” …—Uýô« iuð ·uÝ •
bŽ« ¨p– qBŠ «–« ÆdNAUÐ WIOœ ≤ v« ± WŽU « dšRð Ë« ÂbIð Ê« sJ1 •
Æl¹dÝ qJAÐ qHÝô«Ë
PAL ÂUE½ W½«uDÝ« XKÒGý «–« •
∫WOU²« ÷«dŽô« Àb% Ê« sJ1 sJË ¨÷dF« —u …b¼UA pMJ1 ¨“NTSC”
l{Ë vKŽ UÞu³C j³C« «c¼ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
UN{dŽ r²¹ ·uÝË ¨W½«uDÝô« WLzU vKŽ …œułu*« œuM³« aDK²ð ·uÝ ≠
ÆdOýQ²« bMŽ WOHOHš …—uBÐ ‰Òb³ qJAÐ
÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ sŽ …—uB« ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ ½ nK² ð Ê« sJ ≠
ÆWOKô« …—uB«
ÆWLŽU½ dOž …—uB« WdŠ ÊuJð ≠
©±¥ v« ±∞ U×HB« dE½«® qOGA²«—WOuO«
…b¹dH« DVD/VCD U½«uDÝ« öOGAð
©≤∞ v« ±∏ U×HB« dE½«®
Æ «u« s¹uJð r²¹ ô ·uÝ ¨W¾OD³« ‡ Wd(« ÷dŽ ¡UMŁ«
Æ…—uB« ÁuA²ð Ê« sJ1 ¨qš«bK .Ëe²« ¡UMŁ«
•
•
©≤≥ v« ≤± U×HB« dE½«® …—uD*« W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
∫ Zd³*« qOGA²«—qOGA²« VOðdð W−dÐ
…d«c« ¡ö²« …—Uý« dNE𠨱∞∞ —U *« W−dÐ XËUŠ «–«
Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
“MEM FULL”
Æ Æ Æ
«uD)« W−dÐ ¡UMŁ«
•
•
W½«uDÝô« vKŽ œułu dOž bMÐ r— W−dÐ XËUŠ «–« pUšœ« ‰UL¼« r²¹ ·uÝ
.©—U ±≤ vKŽ jI Íu²% W½«uDÝ« vKŽ ±¥ —U *« —UO²š« ¨ö¦®
∫wz«uAF« qOGA²«—WOz«uAŽ …—uBÐ qOGA²«
»U¼cK jI qG²A¹ sJË ¨ «—U *« Ë« ‰uBH« wD ² 4 —e« qG²A¹ ô •
ÆwU(« —U *« Ë« qBH« W¹«bÐ v«
öOGA²«
∫u¹œ«d« v« ŸUL²Ýô«
r²¹ ·uÝ ¨…UM tOKŽ ◊u³C o³ j³{ r— vKŽ …b¹bł WD× X½eš «–«
ÆWŽU « j³{ r²¹ v²Š ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
ÆWŽU « j³{
U½«uDÝô« Ÿ«u½«
NTSC ÂUE½ W½«uDÝ« XKÒGý «–« •
W½«uDÝô« ÷dŽ r²¹ ·uÝ® ÷dF« —u …b¼UA pMJ1 ¨“PAL”
vKŽö Êu¹eHK²« WýUý VKIð Ê« sJ1 sJË ¨©“PAL 60” U—u ‰ULF²ÝUÐ
l{Ë vKŽ UÞu³C j³C« «c¼ ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
∫ uB« …u Èu² j³{
Æ”«d«
WUDUÐ qDŽ ‰uBŠ WUŠ w Ë«
«–« ÆÂU¹« …bŽ ‰öš UI³ WÞu³C*«
ÆWO½UŁ …d
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½ bMŽ •
UD;« q ` r²¹ ·uÝ ¨WOzUÐdNJ«
UD×LK o³ *« j³C« qLŽ« ¨p– qBŠ
∫ j¹dA« qOGAð
Ác¼ q²³J²ð Ê« sJ1 ƉuÞ« WÞdý« Ë«
C-120 j¹dý ‰ULF²ÝUÐ `BM¹ ô •
ÆeO2 nKð V³ ð Ê« sJ1Ë ¨ÊU² ÐUJ«Ë …—«Ëb«
Æ Æ Æ
«dJ³« vKŽ WuN Ð WÞdýô«
∫W½«uDÝô« qOGAð
MP3/WMA
U½«uDÝ« qOGA²
Æ“packet
write” œbF²*« a M« U½«uDÝ« “UN'« «c¼ rŽb¹ ô ≠
W¹œUF« U½«uDÝô«. s ‰uÞ« …¡«d XË MP3/WMA U½«uDÝ« VKD²ð ≠
©ÆnK*«ØWŽuL:« qOJAð bOIFð vKŽ p– bL²F¹® ÆCDs
«c¼ ÆUNMŽ wD ²« r²¹ ·uÝË MP3/WMA UHK iFÐ qOGAð sJ1 ô ≠
ÆqO− ²«
Ë« ± Èu²
ôUŠË
ÆW½«uDÝö
lOÝu²«
U'UF sŽ Z²M¹
ISO 9660 qLF²Ý« ¨MP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« qLŽ bMŽ
UHK l
MP3/WMA
≠
U—uH ≤ Èu²
UHK qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ≠
Ø…dOGB«—·Ëd(« WŽuL− sŽ dEM« iGЮ ¨<.wma> Ë«
<.mp3>
Æ©…dO³J«
MP3
UHK s nK q qLFÐ `BM½ ≠
“UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ô ÆWO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO ±≤∏
ÆWO½U¦UÐ XÐ uKO ∂¥ s q«
UuKF qI½ W³ ½Ë eðd¼
UuKF qI½ W³ MÐ WuLF
UHK qOGAð
sJ1® WŽuL− ππ Ë —U ±∞∞∞ ŸuL− vKŽ ·dF²« “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ≠
«—U *« vKŽ ·dF²« sJ1 ô Æ©—U ±µ∞ W¹UG WŽuL− q Íu²% Ê«
ÆUN vBô« œbF« ÈbF²ð w²«
»uKD*« VOðd²« sŽ
MP3/WMA
UŽuL:«Ë
«—U qOGAð VOðdð nK² ¹ Ê« sJ1 ≠
«—U sLC²ð ô WEU(« Ê« WUŠ w Æ©¥∞ W×H dE½«® qO− ²« ¡UMŁ«
ÆUNUL¼« r²¹ ¨MP3/WMA
≥π
39
•
ÆoÐU « w W½Ëe<« WD;« ·cŠ
uKO ¥¥[± WMOŽ W³ ½ vKŽ
AR-39-44_UX-P450-ff
•
ÆX½U½u³L u¹bO pKÝ ‰ULF²ÝUÐ w−¹—b²«
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
•
öOGAð
“AUX”—wł—Uš X½U½u³L “UNł ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
ÆXu« fH½ vKŽ X½U½u³LJ« “UN' wKš«b« XR*«
Ë« W½«uDÝ«—WÐuKD*« œ«u*« dOC% v Mð ô ¨WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« qB q³
Æ Æ Æ
•
.s tOKŽ qO− ²« sJ1 j¹dýË qOGA²K j¹dý
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½ bMŽ •
WUDUÐ qDŽ ‰uBŠ WUŠ w Ë«
V−¹ p– bFÐË ¨WŽU « j³{ ôË« V−¹ ÆXR*« ¡UG« r²¹ ·uÝ ¨WOzUÐdNJ«
•
ÆqO− ²UÐ
¡UG« r²¹ ¨—U²<« —bB*« qOGAð wuO« XR*« ¡bÐ bFÐ ÂuM« XR XD³{ «–«
•
•
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« ÂuM« XR qBH¹ v²Š qO− ²« WFÐU² r²¹ sJË ¨qO− ²«
©≥∏ v« ≥≥ U×HB« dE½«® œ«bŽô« WLzU qOGAð
UOKLŽ
∫LANGUAGE WGK«
LANGUAGE” WLzUI« WGK UNðd²š« w²« WGK« X½U «–« •
wŽdH« Ê«uMF« WGK Ë« ¨“AUDIO LANGUAGE” uB« WGK
WOKô« WGK« ‰ULF²Ý« r²¹ ¨W½«uDÝô« vKŽ WK− dOž “SUBTITLE”
Ë« ¨“MENU
ÆWOË« WGK
TYPE V«d*« Ÿu½ — PICTURE …—uB«
4:3 WýUA« ”UI `³B¹ Ê« sJ1 ¨“4:3 PS” l{u« d²š« «–« v²Š •
vKŽ p– bL²F¹ ÆDVD Video u¹bOH« U½«uDÝ« iFÐ l letter box
∫MONITOR
Æ U½«uDÝô« qO− ð WOHO
dÒOG²ð ¨4:3 ÷dŽ v« ‰uÞ W³ MÐ …—uB
“16:9” l{u« —U² ð UbMŽ •
Æ…—uB« ÷dŽ q¹uײ W'UF*« V³ Ð nOHš qJAÐ …—uB«
∫DOWN MIX uB« Ãe — AUDIO uB«
Æ…UMI« ‡ œbF² DTS ZU½dÐ qOGAð r²¹ UbMŽ ‰UF dOž j³C« «c¼ •
ON WýUA« vKŽ ÷dF« qOœ—OTHERS Èdšô« UÞu³C«
SCREEN GUIDE
©UNKO− ð r²¹Ë® WýUA« ‡ vKŽ ÷dF« j¹dýË œ«bŽô« rz«u ÷dŽ r²¹ ·uÝ •
Æ“OFF” ·UI¹« l{Ë vKŽ WÞu³C WHOþu« Ác¼ Ê« s rždUÐ
∫
dEM« iGÐ ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ dO³J²«
UŽuL−Ø «—U qOJAð
MP3/WMA/JPEG
ÆwK¹ UL
± Èu²
≤ Èu²
01
wdN« q K ²«
≥ Èu²
JPEG UHK ÷dŽ jI “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ≠
JPEG UHK Ë« WO−¹—b²« JPEG UHK qOGAð
Æa« ¨V¹u« ¨WOLd« «dOUJK qLF² ¹ ∫ÍbŽU j Ð JPEG U—u
ÆV¹uK qLF² ¹ ∫w−¹—b²« JPEG U—u
ÆÊô« tULF²Ý« —bM¹ Ë .b Ÿu½ ∫Ê«bI ÊËbÐ JPEG U—u
WDÝ«uÐ WK− *« JPEG UHK W×O× …—uBÐ “UN'« qÒGA¹ ô Ê« sJ1 ≠
03
ROOT
t½« kŠô ÆÍbŽUI«
JPEG UHK qOGAð - «–« ≠
JPEG nK d²š«Ë qOGA²« nË« ¨WU(« Ác¼ w
Ædš« nK —UO²šô ‰uÞ« XË qLײ¹ Ê« sJ1
©≥∞ v« ≤π U×HB« dE½«® …—uD*« j¹dA« öOGAð
∫ j¹dA« vKŽ qO− ²«
‰öš ¨«cN ÆUOJOðUuðË« W×O× …—uBÐ qO− ²«
dŁQ²¹ Ê« ÊËbÐ tO« lL² ð Íc«
7
4
1
5
2
6
u Èu² j³{ r²¹
ÆqO− ²«
u Èu²
Ác¼ vKŽ qO− ²« sJ1 ôË XOÝUJ« WÞdý« W¹UN½Ë W¹«bÐ w r błu¹
ÂU ô« Ác¼ n ¨u¹œ«d« YÐ Ë«
•
uB« …u Èu² q¹bFð pMJ1 qO− ²«
•
U½«uDÝô« s qO− ²« bMŽ ¨«cN ÆÂU ô«
ÆvIOÝu*« s ¡eł Í« Ê«bI ÊËbÐ r²¹ ·uÝ qO− ²« Ê« s bQ²K
j¹dý œułË ÂbŽ …—Uý« dNEð ¨qšb XOÝU œułË ÊËbÐ qO− ²«
dNEð ¨wL× j¹dý ‰Ušœ« - «–« Æ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ
ªwUô«
√bÐ «–«
•
“NO TAPE”
Æ“NO REC” qO− ²« ÂbŽ …—Uý«
(3) ÁU&ô« w qO− ²« ôË« √bЫ ¨fJF« l{Ë ‰ULF²Ý« bMŽ •
bŠ«Ë V½Uł jI qO− ð r²¹ UbMŽ qO− ²« nu²¹ ·uÝ ¨p– ·ö Ð
Æj¹dA« s ©fJF«®
(
) fJF« l{Ë dOOGð UC¹« pMJ1 •
ÆqO− ²« ¡UMŁ« W½«uDÝô« WOMO ‚öž«Ë `² pMJ1 ô •
ÆqO− ²« ¡bÐ bFÐ
Ë
∫W½«uDÝô« s s«e²*« qO− ²«
l qO− ²« ¡UMŁ«
(3) wUô« ÁU&ô« w t²¹UN½ v« j¹dA« qB¹ UbMŽ •
vKŽ WOMž« dš« qO− ð …œUŽ« r²¹ ·uÝ ¨
l{Ë vKŽ fJF« l{Ë j³{
Æw JF« V½U'« W¹«bÐ
Æ
µ Èu²
9
04
3
02
ÆWOLd« W²ÐU¦« …—uB« «dOU dOž …eNł«
ÆWž—U WýUý dNEð ¨Ê«bI ÊËbÐ Ë« WO−¹—b²«
«—U *« “UN'« «c¼ qGA¹
Ò
¥ Èu²
•
©Æt{dF ‰uÞ« XË ‚dG² ¹ ·uÝ ¨¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞ s vKŽ«
UuKFË WOŽdH« s¹ËUMF« ULz«œ dNEð
Æj³C« «c¼ sŽ
UHK qOGA²
sJ1 ô ÆÍbŽU j Ð
ÆwuO« XR*«
XR ¡UG« r²¹ ¨qO− ²UÐ qO− ²« XR ¡bÐ bFÐ ÂuM« XR XD³{ «–«
JPEG
qOKײРnK*« qO− ð - «–«® Æ¥∏∞ ™ ∂¥∞ qOKײРnK*« qO− ²Ð `BM½ ≠
ÆÊ«bI ÊËbÐ
ÆWO½UŁ …d XR*« j³{
qO− ²« XR ¡bÐ bFÐ —bB*« dOOGð pMJ1 ô ¨qO− ²« ·UI¹« ÊËbÐ
dE½«® W½«uDÝö WýUA« - vKŽ ÷dF« öOGAð
©≤∏ v« ≤¥ U×HB«
wÐdŽ
©≥≤ v« ≥± U×HB« dE½«® XR*«
j³{« ¨qOGA²« —bB*
10
8
05
UNKOGAð VOðdð l WŽuL:«
tKOGAð VOðdð l —U *«
11
12
01
1
¥∞
AR-39-44_UX-P450-ff
40
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
“UN'« nOEMð
…œułu*« lI³« X½U «–« ÆWLŽU½ ‘UL WFD ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ lI³« W«“« V−¹
•
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○W½UOB«
○○
Ë WÞdý« ¨W−b*«
‰œUF² nEM0 WKK³ ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ UN× « ¨W«“ô« W³F “UN'« vKŽ
U½«uDÝô« kHŠ« ¨“UN'« «c¼ s ¡«œ« qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K
ÆWHOE½ …—uBÐ ULz«œ qOGA²« WO¬
Ò
ÆWUł ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« nÒE½Ë ` « p– bFÐ ¨¡U*UÐ nH Ë
‰«Ë“ Ë« “UN−K —d{ ‰uBŠË ¨Ã—U)« s “UN'« …œuł dŁQ²ð Ê« sJ1 t½« U0
•
W−b*« U½«uDÝôUÐ W¹UMF«
wÐdŽ
∫WOU²« —uö ÁU³²½ô« vłd¹ ¨tMŽ ÊuK«
ÆW¹dA(«
ÆWMAš ‘UL WFD WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô ≠
VI¦« vKŽ jGC« ¡UMŁ« ·«u(« s UNJ ¨WEU(« s W½«uDÝô« Ÿe½ bMŽ
Æ…uIÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô ≠
ÆnOHš qJAÐ Íed*«
Æs¹eM³« Ë« dM¦« ‰ULF²Ý« WDÝ«uÐ “UN'« ` 9 ô ≠
ÆW½«uDÝô« wMŁ ‰ËU% ôË ¨W½«uDÝô« s lö« `D « fLKð ô
«bO³*« q¦ …d¹UD² œ«u Í« “UN'« vKŽ lCð ô ≠
W½«uDÝô« ŸbBðË ¡«u²« lM* ‰ULF²Ýô« bFÐ UN²EUŠ v« W½«uDÝô« bŽ«
ÆWK¹uÞ …b* “UN−K W ö WOJO²ÝöÐ Ë« WOÞUD œ«u Í« ¡UI³Ð `L ð ô
•
•
•
ÆW−b*«
•
ÆW½«uDÝô« `DÝ ‘bš ÂbŽ qł« s t³²½«
Uł—œ v« Ë« …dýU³*« fLA« WFý« v« W−b*«
U½«uDÝô« ÷dFð
ô
Ò
•
•
ÆWOUF« WÐuÞd« v« Ë« WOUF« …—«d(«
∫W½«uDÝô« nOEM²
UN²UŠ v« W½«uDÝô« ed s rOI² j Ð WLŽU½ ‘UL WFDIÐ UN× «
ÆWOł—U)«
XOÝUJ« WÞdý« l qUF²«
ÈbŠ« qš«œ rK ‰Ušœ« WDÝ«uÐ j¹dA« bý
¨j¹dA« w ¡U ð—« „UM¼ ÊU «–«
Ò
Æj¹dA« s ¡U ð—ô« ‰Ëe¹ v²Š j¹dA« nË j¹dA«
•
«dJÐ
Ë« j¹dA« WÒO¬ qš«œ q²³J²¹ Ê« sJ1 t½U ¨j¹dA« w ¡U ð—« „UM¼ ÊU «–« ≠
Æj¹dA« qš«œ q²³Jð qB×¹ Ë« lDIM¹ Ê« sJ1
Æj¹dA« `DÝ f* ÂbŽ qł« s t³²½«
sUô« w ¨—U³G«
«– sUô« w—WÞdýô« s¹e ² WOU²« sUô« VÒM&
•
•
vKŽ ¨W³Þd« sUô« ¨…dýU³*« …—«d(« Ë« …dýU³*« fLA« WFýô W{dF*«
ÆWO ODMG*« ÂU łô« »dIÐ Ë« ¨WŽUL « Ë« Êu¹eHK²«
qO− ²«Ë qOGA²« ¡UMŁ« u …œuł qC« vKŽ ‰uB×K
¨ U½U² ÐUJ«Ë ¨”˃d« nOEM² ‰u×JUÐ öOK WKK³ WOMD W× 2 qLF²Ý«
Æ…—«Ëb«
WO½Ëd²Jô« …eNłô« lOÐ
ö× w du²® WDMG*« W«“« ”«— qLF²Ý«
Æ©“UN'« qOGAð ·UI¹« ¡UMŁ«® ”˃d« WDMG W«“ô ©WOðuB«Ë
¥±
AR-39-44_UX-P450-ff
41
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
•
«dJ³«Ë
•
Ë« MP3/WMA «—U qOGAð ô
«—U *« Ÿ«u½« s ö WKšb*« W½«uDÝô« sLC²ð Ê« sJ1
}
qOGAð jI pMJ1 ¨WU(« Ác¼ w Æ©JPEG
UHK Ë MP3/WMA
“FILE TYPE” nK*« Ÿu½ j³{ WDÝ«uÐ …—U²<« UHK*«
w ÆW½«uDÝô« ‰Ušœ« bFÐ “FILE TYPE” nK*« Ÿu½ j³{ dÒOž bI }
○ ○ ○ ○ ○Õöô«Ë
○ ○‰UDŽô«
○ ○sŽ Y׳«
○○
qł« s wU²« ‰Ëb'« h׫ ¨“UN'« w ‰UDŽ« Ë« qUA œułË WUŠ w
ÆW½UOB« Wbš ¡UŽb²Ý« q³ ¨‰UDŽô«Ë qUA*« ÁcN WMJ2 ‰uKŠ
Æ©≥µ W×H dE½«®
∫ÂUŽ
ÆW½«uDÝô« qOL% bŽ« ¨WU(« Ác¼
ÆUNKLŽ s ¡UN²½ô« q³ UÞu³C« Ë« ö¹bF²« ¡UG« r²¹
AUDIO” …—Uýô« dNEð
…—uBÐ W−²M*« DVD Audio U½«uDÝô« qOGAð “UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ ô }
Æ“NO
ÆWO½UŁ …d ¡«dłô« bŽ« Æœb× XË błu¹
}
wzUÐdN g¹uAð V³ Ð —u OÝËdÐ ËdJO*« W¹œQ²Ð hI½ qB×¹ Ê« sJ1
}
ÆWKDF qOGA²« UOKLŽ
ÆWO½u½U dOž
ONLY” …—Uýô« dNEð
uB« Ãe Ãdš DVD Audio U½«uDÝ« iFÐ lM9 }
Æ “LR
q¦ qOGAð bMŽ Æ
vMLO« WOUô«Ë Èd O« WOUô«
ÆWOUŁ …d tKË« p– bFÐË
ÆbFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË s “UN'« qOGAð sJ1 ô
«—Uýô« “UN'« qÒGA¹ ¨ U½«uDÝô« Ác¼
ÆjI
ÆlDI² W½«uDÝô« u
ÆW ÝË Ë« WýËb W½«uDÝô«
vKŽ œułu*« bFÐ sŽ rJײ« ”U ŠË bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË 5Ð ozUŽ błu¹
}
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ }
}
ÆXOÝUJ« qUŠ `² sJ1 ô
Ê«—Ëœ ¡UMŁ«
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ s WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« b¹Ëeð qB - }
∫ öO− ²«
≤
oô j¹dý l{ ÆWŽËeM XOÝUJ« WOHKš vKŽ …œułu*« …dOGB« WM ô«
∫XR*« öOGAð
ÆqO− ²« XRË wuO« XR*« qG²A¹ ô
jI XR*« qG²A¹ ÆXR*UÐ qOGA²« ‡ XË 5×¹ UbMŽ “UN'« qOGAð -
}
öOuð
}
Æw−¹—b²« u¹bOH« qšœ rŽb¹ ô Êu¹eHKð l ‰uu “UN'«
}
ÆWýUA« vKŽ …—uB« dNEð ô
ÆWOšd Ë« W×O× dOž u¹bOH« pKÝ
Ë« ¨W DK …—uB« ¨Êu¹eHK²« WýUý vKŽ W{ËdF …—u błu¹ ô
Æ5L v« Wu I …—uB«
ÆWýUA« vKŽ …œuIH …—uBK vMLO«Ë Èd O« ·«u(«
W×H dE½«®
“MONITOR TYPE” V«d*« ŸuM “4:3 LB” d²š« }
Æ©≥¥
∫u¹œ«d« öOGAð
ÆZO−C« V³ Ð Y³« v« ŸUL²Ýô« VFB¹
UOz«uN« öOuð }
AM Włu* Í—UÞô« wz«uN« }
ÆW×O× …—uBÐ tÒłu Ë« œb2 dOž FM Włu wz«u¼ }
ÆWOšd Ë« W×O× dOž
ÆÊu¹eHK²« s «bł V¹d
∫W½«uDÝô« öOGAð
ÆqOGA²« √b³¹ ô wuO« XR*«
ÆW½«uDÝô« qG²Að ô
ÆW½«uDÝô« dÒOž ÆDVD
‰ULF²ÝUÐ W½«uDÝô« qOGAð b¹dð UbMŽ
«uD)« Ác¼ vD ²ð ô ÆwuO«
∫œ«bŽô« WLzU öOGAð
WG —UO²š« s rždUÐ ÷dF« WýUý vKŽ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« dNE¹ ô
ÆWOËô« wŽdH« Ê«uMF«
DVDs
U½«uDÝ« iFÐ
V½Uł ÊuJ¹ Ê« …UŽ«d l W½«uDÝô« l{ Æ»uKI qJAÐ WŽu{u W½«uDÝô«
}
ÆMP3/WMA W½«uDÝ« vKŽ ID3 WUD³« —UNþ« sJ1 ô
“UN'« «c¼ lOD² ¹ Æ≤ W ½ Ë ± W ½— ID3 WUDÐ s 5Žu½ błu¹
Ʊ W ½
ZU½dÐ p– bL²F¹ ÆW½«uDÝô« qO− ð - UbMŽ qOGA²« VOðdð d¹dIð - bI
DVDs
U½«uDÝ« iFÐ
}
ÆWÐU²J«
ÆWOË« u WGK UNðd²š« w²« WGK« sŽ WHK² uB« WG
Æ©±π W×H dE½«® qOGA²« ¡bÐ bFÐ
}
ID3 WUDÐ jI —UNþ«
u¼ UL MP3/WMA/JPEG «—U Ë UŽuL− qOGAð r²¹ ô
Ælu²
Æ©±∏ W×H dE½«® qOGA²« ¡bÐ bFÐ wŽdH« Ê«uMF« d²š« ¨p– qBŠ «–«
ÆWOË« WGK WOKô« WGK« ‰ULF²Ýô ULz«œ W−d³
}
ÆvKŽö UN−² q³OK«
ÆwuO« XR*«
ÆwËô« wŽdH« Ê«uMF« ÊËbÐ ÷dFK ULz«œ W−d³
öOuð
}
}
}
Æ·UI¹« WUŠ w “UN'« ÊuJ¹ UbMŽ
Video W½«uDÝ« w¼ WKL;« W½«uDÝô« }
XR*« j³{ ¡UMŁ« WKšb dOž —U *«ØqBH« r—Ë WŽuL:«ØÊ«uMF« r— }
UŽUL «
ÆWuu ”«d«
}
Æ»uI¦« vKŽ
U¹—UD³«
UŽULÝ
ÆWOšd Ë« W×O× dOž
Æ“UN'« qÒGý Æj¹dA«
ÆqO− ²« sJ1 ô
ÆWJKN²
Æ u ŸULÝ r²¹ ô
Æ©≤≥ W×H dE½«® ‰ULF²Ý« WUŠ w ‰UHÞô« b{ qHI« WHOþË
∫ j¹dA« öOGAð
}
Æ“UN'«
ÆoKGð ôË `²Hð ô W½«uDÝô« WOMO
ÆWOzUÐdNJ« WUD« WײHÐ ‰uu dOž
AC WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« pKÝ Ÿe½« Æwł—Uš
}
uB« WG d²š« ¨p– qBŠ «–«
¥≤
AR-39-44_UX-P450-ff
42
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
wÐdŽ
ÆJPEG
UHK®
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WGK«
○ …dHý
○ ○‰Ëbł○
WOMOuKÝ
WO½«uUÝ
U½uý
wÐdŽ
WOUu
WO½U³«
WOÐd
WOð«u OÝ
WOŁu OÝ
WO½«œuÝ
W¹b¹uÝ
WOKOŠ«uÝ
WOKOUð
WOžuKOð
WO½U² JOłUÞ
W¹b½ö¹Uð
WOM¹dGð
WO½ULdð
WOžuUGð
WO½«u ²Ý
WOUGMð
WOdð
WOG½u ð
W¹—U²ð
W¹uð
WO½«dË«
Ëœ—«
WO½U² JOГ˫
WOUM²O
WOuÐôu
WOuË
WOÝuš
WOÐË—«
W¹uË“
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
TG
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
TT
TW
UK
UR
UZ
VI
VO
WO
XH
YO
ZU
W¹ËUł
WOł—uOł
WO½U² š«e
WOJ¹b½öM¹dž
W¹œu³L
W¹bM
(KOR) W¹—u
W¹dOLýU
W¹œd
WO½Uðed
WOMOðô
WOöGM
WOÝËô
WO½«uŁuO
WO²O ¨WOHðô
WOÝUžôU
W¹—ËU
WO½ËbI
WOôU¹ö
WOuGM
WO«bu
WOŁ«—U
(MAY) W¹eOU
WODU
WOdÐ
W¹—ËU½
WOU³O½
W¹b½ôu¼
WO−¹Ëd½
WO½U² Ë«
WOË—Ë« ©Ê«dHŽ®
W¹—Ë«
WOÐU−MÐ
W¹b½ôuÐ
u²ýuÐ ¨u²ýUÐ
WOUGðdÐ
W¹—uA²O
WO MË— ≠ uð«—
W¹b½ËdO
WO½UË—
WOÝË—
W¹b½ËUOMO
WO²¹dJO MÝ
W¹bMÝ
WOuGMÝ
WOð«Ëd ≠ WOÐd
W¹eOUGMÝ
WOUuKÝ
¥≥
AR-39-44_UX-P450-ff
43
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
LN
LO
LT
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
MS
MT
MY
NA
NE
NL
NO
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM
RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
W¹—UHŽ
W¹“U Ы
W¹e½UJ¹d«
W¹dN«
WOÐdŽ
W¹eOUÝ«
W¹—U1«
WO½U−OЗ–«
W¹dOJAÐ
WOÝË—öOÐ
W¹—UGKÐ
W¹—UNÐ
WOö Ð
öGMÐ ¨WOUGMÐ
WO²³ð
WO½u²¹dÐ
WO½ôU²
WO½UJOÝ—u
WOJOý
W¹eK¹Ë
WO—U/œ
WO½UðuÐ
WO½U½u¹
WO²½d³Ý«
WO½«u²Ý«
WOJOÝUÐ
WOÝ—U
W¹b½öMO
WO−O
WOÝË—U
WO½U¹e¹d
W¹bMd¹«
W¹bMKðuJÝ
WO½UO OUž
WO½«—«už
WOð«—Ułuž
WOÝËU¼
W¹bM¼
WOð«Ëd
W¹—UGM¼
WOM—«
WO«uGMd²½«
WOuGMd²½«
WOJOÐu½«
WO O½Ëb½«
W¹b½ö ¹«
W¹d³Ž
WOA¹œU¹
AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
EL
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE
IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
Êœ—ô«
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
ÊUÐUO«
UOMO
ÊU²ÝeOžd
U¹œu³L
wðUO³¹dO
©dLI« —eł® ”Ë—uuJ«
fOHO½ Ë f²O X½UÝ
WOÞ«dI1b« U¹—u W¹—uNLł ¨U¹—u
WO³FA
„—U/b«
UJOMOËb«
ÊUJOMOËb« W¹—uNLł
dz«e'«
—Ëœ«u≈
UO½u²Ý≈
dB
WOÐdG« ¡«d×B«
U¹d²¹—≈
UO½U³Ý≈
U¹—u W¹—uNLł ¨U¹—u
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
X¹uJ«
ÊU1U —eł
ÊU² š«e
WOÞ«dI1b« ”Ëô W¹—uNLł
UOÐuOŁ≈
«bMKM
w−O
©”UMOHU® b½öuH« —eł
© …bײ*«
WO³FA«
«——Ëb½«
…bײ*« WOÐdF«
ÊUM³
LB
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
5² M²AO
UJ½ö¹dÝ
U¹dO³O
uðu O
UO½«u¦O
⁄—u³L u
UOHðô
WO³OK« WOÐdF« W¹d¼UL'«
»dG*«
uU½u
UO«bu W¹—uNLł ¨UO«bu
dIAžb
‰Uý—U —eł
wU
—U/UO
UOuGM
ËUU
WOULA« U½U¹—U —eł
pOMOð—U
UO½U²¹—u
«dO ²½u
Ò
UDU
”uOA¹—u
n¹bU
ÍËôU
pO J*«
U¹eOU
oO³«“u
UO³OU½
UO½ËbOU uO½
d−OM«
pu—u½ …d¹eł
U¹dO−O½
«už«—UJO½
«b½ôu¼
Z¹ËdM«
44
Ë—UH« —eł
U ½d
WLUF« ¨U ½d
ÊuÐUG«
…bײ*« WJKL*«
≤
«œUM¹dž
UOł—uł
WO ½dH« U½UOž
U½Už
‚—UÞ q³ł
b½öM¹dž
UO³Už
UOMOž
wÐuK¹œ«už
WOz«u²Ýô« UOMOž
ÊU½uO«
g²¹Ëb½UÝ —ełË UOł—uł »uMł
ÊU² ½UG«
öOG½«
UO½U³«
UOMO—«
bMu¼ eOKO²½«
ôuG½«
wÐuM'« VDI«
5²Mł—ô«
WOJ¹dô« «ËuUÝ
U LM«
UO«d²Ý«
UÐË—Ë«
ÊU−OЗ–«
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
pÝdN«Ë WMÝu³«
”ËœUЗUÐ
‘œöGMÐ
UJO−KÐ
uÝU UMO—uÐ
U¹—UGKÐ
s¹d׳«
Íb½Ë—uÐ
5MOÐ
«œudOÐ
Âö « —«œ w½ËdÐ
UOHOuÐ
q¹“«d³«
UUN³«
ÊUðuÐ
XOuÐ …d¹eł
U½«u ðuÐ
WOÐuM'
ôULOð«už
«už
ËU OÐ UOMOž
U½UOž
m½u m½u¼
bU½Ëœ „U —eł Ë œdO¼ …d¹eł
”«—Ëb½u¼
UOð«Ëd
w²¹U¼
U¹—UGM¼
UO O½Ëb½«
«bMd¹«
qOz«dÝ«
bMN«
ÍbMN« jO;« w WO½UD¹d³« w{«—ô«
‚«dF«
©WOöÝô« Ê«d¹« W¹—uNLł® Ê«d¹«
«bMK ¹¬
UOUD¹≈
UJ¹UUł
«—Uù«
«œuЗUÐ Ë «uGO²½«
W¹eO½ËdJ¹U*
UOýu X½UÝ
AR-39-44_UX-P450-ff
U¹ôu«® U¹eO½ËdJ¹U
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
UOÝË—öOÐ
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
eOKOÐ
«bM
©mMKO® ”uuJ« —eł
vDÝu« UOI¹d« W¹—uNLł
uG½uJ«
«d ¹uÝ
ÃUF« qŠUÝ
„u —eł
wKOAð
ÊËdOUJ«
5B«
UO³uu
UJ¹—U²Ýu
UÐu
dCšô« ”“d«
”UL ¹dJ« —eł
’d³
pOA²« W¹—uNLł
UO½U*«
wðu³Oł
1/6/04, 02:21 PM
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
¥¥
wÐdŽ
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○WIDM*«ØbK³«
○ ○ …dHý
○ ○‰Ëbł○
wÐdŽ
užUÐuðË œ«bOM¹dð
uUuð
Ê«u¹Uð
…bײ*« UO½«eMð W¹—uNLł ¨UOð«eMð
UO½«dË«
«bMžË«
U¹ôuK WFÐU²« …dOGB« —e'«
…bײ*«
…bײ*« U¹ôu«
Í«užË—Ë«
ÊU² JГ˫
©ÊUJOðUH«® ÊUJOðUH« WM¹b WËœ
s¹œUM¹dž Ë XM M ÊUÝ
ôËeM
©WO½UD¹d³«® 5łdO —eł
©WOJ¹dô«® 5łdO —eł
ÂUM²O
uð«u½U
U½uðu Ë fO«Ë —eł
«ËuUÝ
sLO«
u¹U
UOö žu¹
UOI¹d« »uMł
UO³«“
dOz«“
ÍuÐU³1“
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
b¹u «
…—uÐUGMÝ
UMOKO¼ X½UÝ
UOMOuKÝ
5¹U ÊUłË œ—U³UHÝ
UOUuKÝ
ÊuO«dOOÝ
uM¹—U ÊUÝ
‰UGM «
‰UuB«
ÂUM¹—uÝ
w³O M¹dÐË wuð ËUÝ
—ËœUHK «
W¹—u « WOÐdF« W¹—uNL'«
bMK¹“«uÝ
uUOAðË „d²« —eł
œUAð
WOÐuM'« WO ½dH« w{«—ô«
užuð
bMK¹Uð
ÊU² JOłUÞ
ËöOuð
sK² MLdð
f½uð
UG½uð
WOdA« —uLOð
UOdð
‰U³O½
Ë—ƒU½
ÍuO½
«b½ô“uO½
ÊULŽÔ
ULMÐÓ
ËdOÐ
WO ½dH« UO OMOuÐ
UOMOž uO½ «uÐUÐ
5³KH«
ÊU² UÐ
«bMuÐ
ÊuKJO Ë dOOÐ ÊUÝ
ÊdOJ²OÐ
uJ¹— uðd¹uÐ
‰UGðd³«
ËôUÐ
Íuž«—UÐ
dD
ÊuO½u¹—
UO½UË—
wÝËd« œU%ù«
«b½«Ë—
W¹œuF «
ÊuuuÝ —eł
qOAOÝ
Ê«œu «
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
SC
SD
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○DVD○OPTICAL
○ ○ ○DIGITAL
○ ○ ○OUT○wLd«
○ ○ÍdB³«
○ ○Ãd)«○ ○«—Uý«○
Ãd)« «—Uý«
PCM ONLY
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
qOGA²« W½«uDÝ«
STREAM/PCM
DVD Video W½«uDÝ«
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM* ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
XÐ ≤¥Ø≤∞ر∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏ l
wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO π∂ l
wLd« w³Ëœ l
DTS wL— jO× u l
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
bitstream wLd« w³Ëœ
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
DTS bitstream
DVD Audio W½«uDÝ«
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥¥[±
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
bitstream wLd« w³Ëœ
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏
DTS bitstream
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏ØXÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥¥[±
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥¥[±
DTS bitstream
XÐ ±∂ wDš PCM ¨eðd¼ uKO ¥∏Ø¥¥[±Ø≥≤
¨eðd¼ uKO ±π≤Øπ∂Ø¥∏ l
XÐ ≤¥Ø≤∞ر∂ wDš PCM
¨eðd¼ uKO ±∑∂[¥Ø∏∏[≤Ø¥¥[± l
XÐ ≤¥Ø≤∞ر∂ wDš PCM
wLd« w³Ëœ l
DTS wL— jO× u l
CD ¨VCD ¨SVCD U½«uDÝ«
DTS wL— jO×
u l CD W½«uDÝ«
MP3/WMA U½«uDÝ«
Ãd)« ·dÞ ‰öš s © «—Uýö WOKô« qIM« W³ ½ vKŽ® XÐ ≤¥ Ë« XÐ ≤∞ qI½ W³ MÐ WOLd« «—Uýô« Ãd ð Ê« sJ1 ¨DVDs U½«uDÝ« iFÐ qOGAð ¡UMŁ«
ÆWþuH× ‡ a ½ ‚uIŠ «– U½«uDÝô« X½U «–« DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT wLd« ÍdB³«
¥µ
AR-45-46_UX-P450-ff
45
1/6/04, 02:22 PM
*
○○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○¡«ełô«
○ ○”dN○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○UH«u*«
uB« r C r
ÆjЫuC«Ë —«—“ô« ‰ULF²Ý« WOHO WOdF* U×HB« v« lł—«
STANDBY/ON
¨ ±¥ ¨ ±≤ ¨ ±±
¨≤±≠±∏ ¨ ±∂
≥∑ ¨ ≤∂
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
6
REV. MODE
FM MODE
PROGRESSIVE
10
CLOCK/
TIMER
9
8
7
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
SET
10
0
TOP MENU
MENU
SET UP
≤∞ ¨ ±¥
≥≥ ¨ ≥±≠≤µ
ENTER
ON SCREEN
¨ ≤≤ ¨ ±≥ ¨ ±∞
≤∏
DVD/CD
CANCEL
RETURN
TAPE
GROUP/TITLE
±∑ ¨ π
±¥
¨≤∞≠±∂ ¨ ±±
≤≥
DISPLAY
±∞
±∑
≥± ¨ ±∑
3D
PHONIC
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
PLAY
MODE
SLOW –
SLOW +
BASS/
TREBLE RHYTHM AX
DIMMER
FADE
MUTING
VOLUME
RM-SUXP450U REMOTE CONTROL
≤∞
±≥ ¨ ±±
≤∏ ¨ ≤≥≠≤∞
±µ
±µ
±µ ¨ ±∞
±∂
±µ
w Ozd« “UN'«
±≤
∏
”U Š
rJײ«
bFÐ sŽ
±± ¨ ±∞
¨±≥≠±∞
≤∏ ¨ ≤≤
≥∞
±¥
±µ
STANDBY/ON
DVD/CD
REC
TAPE
DOWN
3D
PHONIC
RHYTHM AX
FM/AM
AUX
VOLUME
±µ ¨ ±∞
UP
≤≥ ¨ ±≥
±≥ ¨ ±±
PHONES
n«u*« r
dðd¼ U−O±∞∏[∞∞ ≠ eðd¼U−O ∏∑[µ∞
∫FM Włu nOuð Èb
∫AM (MW) Włu nOuð Èb
©eðd¼ uKO π nOuð q«u vKŽ® eðd¼ uKO ±∂∞≤ ≠ eðd¼ uKO µ≥±
©eðd¼ uKO ±∞ nOuð q«u vKŽ® eðd¼ uKO ±∂∞∞ ≠ eðd¼ uKO µ≥∞
j¹dA« r
eðd¼ ±¥ ∞∞∞ ≠ eðd¼ ∂∞
(WRMS) • ∞[±µ
∫œœd²« WÐU−²Ý«
∫ uB« w qK)«Ë ËUH²«
W½«uDÝô« qÒGA r
DVD Video/DVD Audio
CD/VCD/SVCD
CD-R/CD-RW
©CD/SVCD/VCD/MP3/WMA/JPEG
©u¹bO U—u® DVD-R/DVD-RW
q³ ¹œ π∞
jš µ∞∞
”UOIK qÐU dOž
± ™ ◊Ëd rÝ ±∞
ÂË« ¥
3 ±π± ™ 3 ≤≥∞ ™ 3 ±¥µ
©oLŽØŸUHð—«Ø÷dŽ®
WŽULÝ qJ r− ≤[≤
∫qU Èb
ØXu ≤≤∞ØXu ±≤∑ØXu±±∞ AC œœd² —UOð
Xu ≤¥∞ ≠ Xu ≤≥∞ AC œœd² —UOð
eðd¼ ∂∞ص∞ ¨©ÃU²uH« V ²M WDÝ«uÐ j³CK qÐU®
©qOGA²« ¡UMŁ«® ◊«Ë ∂µ
©qOGA²K œ«bF²Ýô« l{uЮ ◊«Ë ¥[±
3 ≥±± ™ 3 ≤≥∞ ™ 3 ±∑∞
©oLŽØŸUHð—«Ø÷dŽ®
r− ¥[∏
∫qOGA²K WKÐUI« W½«uDÝô«
U½«uDÝ«
U½«uDÝ«
U½«uDÝ«
U—u®
U½«uDÝ«
∫wJOUM¹b« Èb*«
∫wIô« qOKײ«
∫ uB« w qK)«Ë ËUH²«
UŽUL «
∫ UŽUL « …eNł«
∫WF½UL*«
∫©U³¹dIð® œUFÐô«
∫©U³¹dIð® Ê“u«
…œËe*« UI×K*«
Æ≥ W×H dE½«
ÂUŽ
∫WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« U³KD²
∫WOzUÐdNJ« WUD« „öN²Ý«
∫©U³¹dIð® œUFÐô«
∫©U³¹dIð® Ê“u«
±∞
¥∂
AR-45-46_UX-P450-f
46
3/6/04, 3:54 PM
wÐdŽ
bFÐ sŽ rJײ« …bŠË
∫wðuB« Ãd)« WUÞ
ÂË« ¥ qOGAð ©◊«Ë ≤∞ ´ ◊«Ë ≤∞® ◊«Ë ¥∞
©THD • ±∞wI«uð g¹uAð®
∫AUX uB« qšœ
ÂË« uKO µ∞ØXu wKO ¥∞∞
∫DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT ∫wLd« Ãd)«
≥∞± d²u½U½ ∂∂∞® dBm ±µ- v« dBm ≤±- s
©d²u½U½
∫u¹bOH« Ãdš
—UO²šö qÐU NTSC/PAL
∫ÊuK« ÂUE½
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V±
∫©Vd® VIDEO
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V±
∫©‚«dý«® Y ∫S-VIDEO
∫©“ËdÐ ¨ÊuKð®
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V∞[≤∏∂
Ò C
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V±
©Y® ∫COMPONENT
(PB/PR)
ÂË« ∑µØ(p-p)V∞[∑
ÂË« ±∂ ≠ ÂË« ¥
∫WF½UL*«Ø UŽUL «
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ ٢ ...................................................................................
اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت ٢ ...............................................................................
روش ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ٢ ......................................................
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع٣ ..............................................................................
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :١ﺟﻌﺒﻪ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ٣ .............................................................
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٢ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ٣ .............................................
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٣وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ۴ .................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ۶ .................................................
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ۶ ................................................................
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ٧ .............................................................
اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ٧ ................................................................
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ٨ .............................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﭘﺨﺶ ١٠ .............................................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﻚ ١٢ .....................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ— ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ١۵ ....................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم ١۵ .....................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪا ١۵ ............................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ١۶ ....................
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ١۶ ........................................................
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ١۶ ............................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ١٧ ...................................................................
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ١٧ ............................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻮار ٢٩ .................................................................
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار٢٩ ..................................................................
ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ ٣٠ ................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ٣١ .........................................................................
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ٣١ .....................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ٣٣ ..................................................................
روش ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ٣٣ ........................................................................
ﳏﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺮور—ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ٣٧ ....................................................
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ ٣٩ ......................................................................
ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻴﺸﱰ در ﻣﻮرد اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ٣٩ ....................................................
ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری۴١ ..............................................................................
ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ۴٢ ..............................................................................
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن ۴٣ ........................................................................
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر/ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ۴۴ .........................................................
ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ۴۵ ........................ DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ۴۶ ............................................................................
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت۴۶ .......................................................................
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ ١١ ..................................................................
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار١٢ .......................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۴ ........................................................
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ٢۴ .....................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻴﻠﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ٢۵ .............................................
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور ٢٧ .............................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٧ .............................................CONTROL
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎص ١٨ ..................................................... DVD/VCD
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ ١٨ ....................................................................
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ١٨ ..............................................................
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ١٩ ............................................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ١٩ ..............................................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﺎص٢٠ ..................................................................
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ ٢١ ..............................................................
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ— ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ٢١ .........................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ— ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ٢٢ ......................................
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺮر ٢٣ ....................................................................
ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﲑون آﻣﺪن دﻳﺴﮏ— ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻮدک٢٣ ...................................
١
6/3/2004, 11:18 AM
1
01-01.indd
ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ
روش ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ
اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎت
ﻧﺼﺐ
– در ﳏﻠﯽ ﺗﺮاز ،ﺧﺸﮏ ،ﻧﻪ زﻳﺎد ﮔﺮم ﻳﺎ ﴎد —ﺑﲔ °C ۵ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ
ﮔﺮاد و °C ٣۵ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮاد ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد.
– دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﺣﻠﯽ ﺑﺎ ﲥﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺣﺮارت داﺧﻠﯽ در
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺣﺮارﺗﯽ ﻳﺎ ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ در
ﻣﻌﺮض ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر و ﻟﺮزه ﺑﻴﺶ از
اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ دادن ﺳﺎده و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ درک ﺗﺎ ﴎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ،ﻣﺎ از روش زﻳﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﻛﺮده اﻳﻢ:
– ﻋﻠﻴﺎت دﻛﻤﻪ اﻳﯽ و ﻛﻨﱰﻟﯽ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺟﺪول ذﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
– ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻧﻜﺎت و ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻬﻢ در ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی ”اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ“ و ”ﻋﻴﺐ
ﻳﺎﺑﯽ“ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،و ﻟﯽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت در ﳘﺎن ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ داده
ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ .اﮔﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﺑﺪاﻧﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ در ﻣﻮرد
ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﺷﮏ و ﺷﺒﻬﻪ دارﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ آن ﻗﺴﻤﺖ رﻓﺘﻪ و ﺟﻮاﲠﺎﻳﺘﺎن را ﭘﻴﺪا
ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮد.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت
ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر داده اﻳﺪ.
– ﺑﲔ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﯽ را ﳊﺎظ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ دور از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻧﺸﺎدن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت
ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﯽ و ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر داده اﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد
ﻧﻈﺮﺗﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮق .AC
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﯽ از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﻓﺸﺎر
داده اﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﺎن ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACدﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ.
ﺗﺮاﻛﻢ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ روی ﻋﺪﺳﻴﻬﺎی داﺧﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﲨﻊ ﺷﻮد:
– ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺎق
– در اﺗﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب
– اﮔﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از ﳏﻠﯽ ﴎد ﺑﻪ ﳏﻠﯽ ﮔﺮم آورده ﺷﻮد
در اﻳﻨﺼﻮرت ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺷﻜﺎل ﺷﻮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت،
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﯽ روﺷﻦ ﺑﮕﺰارﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺗﺒﺨﲑ ﺷﻮد ،ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،و آن را دوﺑﺎره وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ درﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﱰل را در ﺟﻬﺖ
)ﻫﺎی( ﺧﺎﺻﯽ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه اﻳﺪ.
ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ
– در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﯽ ﻓﻠﺰی ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ درون دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ ﻳﺎ در آن ﺑﺮﻳﺰد ،ﺑﺮق AC
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم اﻋﲈل دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎز ﻧﻜﻴﻨﺪ ﭼﻮن در داﺧﻞ آن ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ
آﻧﺮا ﺗﻌﻤﲑ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت ﻣﺪﻳﺪی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق AC
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮ ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ را ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﯽ ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ.
– ﺷﲈره داﺧﻞ ﭘﺒﻜﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه زﻣﺎﻧﯽ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ
دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ )در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺜﺎل ٢ ،ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(.
– اﮔﺮ ﺷﲈره اﻳﯽ در داﺧﻞ ﭘﻴﻜﺎن ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪ،
دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد
ﻳﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ اﻳﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻳﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
Main Unit
ONLY
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ.
ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ.
اﮔﺮ اﺷﻜﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪ ،ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
٢
6/1/2004, 2:59 PM
2
02-03.indd
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :١ﺟﻌﺒﻪ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻟﻮازم را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :١ﺟﻌﺒﻪ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ،از داﺷﺘﻦ ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .ﺷﲈره داﺧﻞ ﭘﺮاﻧﺘﺰ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
–آﻧﺘﻦ (١) FM
–آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ (١) AM
–ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی رﻧﮕﯽ )(١
–دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل ا ز راه دور )(١
–ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ )(٢
–دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ آداﭘﺘﻮر (١) AC
اﮔﺮ ﻣﻮردی ﻛﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﲤﺎس ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ.
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٢ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٢ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور را آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
�
٢
�
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٣ﻟﻮازم ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﺘﻨﻬﺎی ،AM/FMﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ و
ﻏﲑه را وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ).ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴ﺗﺎ ۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
در آﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACرا ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎ دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ ACﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪارد ،از آداﭘﺘﻮر دوﺷﺎﺧﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را در ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎ ) +و (-ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮار
دﻫﻴﺪ.
�����������������
�
٣
–
–
–
–
ﺑﱰﳞﺎی ﻛﻬﻨﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
از ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﻧﻮع ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺣﺮارت ﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻗﺼﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﺮای ﻣﺪت ﻣﺪﻳﺪی
ﻧﺪارﻳﺪ ،ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎ را در ﺟﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻧﮕﺬارﻳﺪ .در ﻏﲑ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت،
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﳑﻜﻦ از ﻧﺸﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ.
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
اﻛﻨﻮن ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣
6/1/2004, 2:59 PM
3
02-03.indd
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٣وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻗﻴﻘﱰ ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻳﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۶رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ ) AMاراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
آﻧﺮا ﺗﺎ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻗﺒﻞ از وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق
وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻮد را در ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ
وﻟﺘﺎژاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ را ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ
روی وﻟﺘﺎژی ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﲑد) .ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ
ﭘﺸﺖ ﺟﻠﺪ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻋﻼﻣﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژ
آﻧﺘﻦ ) FMاراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
آﻧﺮا ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
درﻳﺎﻓﺖ را ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻳﺪ.
O P
E N
P U
S H
UO
T R
E V
E R
S E
A
S-VIDE
O
T VIDE
VIDE
O OU
O
VIDE
OU O
SELET
CT
PAL
NTSC
PR
ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮق
ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم دادن ﲤﺎﻣﯽ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ در ﭘﺸﺖ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ،دو ﺷﺎﺧﻪ
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق ACوﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
PB
Y
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ و اﻧﺠﺎم دادن ﲤﺎﻣﯽ
اﺗﺼﺎﻻت دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
۴
6/3/2004, 11:03 AM
4
04-9.indd
اﺳﺖ(
ﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﻗﺒﻞ از وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
ﴎﭘﻮش ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﯽ را از روی
ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل DIGITAL OUT
DVD OPTICALﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ.
ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ورودی/ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ در زﻳﺮ ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎی ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ را وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ ﻧﻴﺰ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻮن ﻧﺎم
واﻗﻌﯽ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎ ﻛﻪ در ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺑﺮق ﻛﻠﻴﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ را ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM
آن را ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه از وﻳﻨﻴﻞ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﺑﺮای درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲠﱰ FM/AM
آﻧﺘﻦﺧﺎرجازﺧﺎﻧﻪFM
)اراﺋﻪﻧﺸﺪهاﺳﺖ(
آﻧﺮا ﺑﺼﻮرت اﻓﻘﯽ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ.
آﻧﺘﻦ FMﳘﺮاه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮده ،و ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﻢ Ω ٧٥ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺘﻮر
ﻛﻮاﻛﺴﻴﺎل آﻧﺮا ﺑﻪ آﻧﺘﻦ FMﺧﺎرج از ﻣﻨﺰل وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی رﻧﮕﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﺳﻴﻢ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
زرد
VIDEO INPUT
ﻳﺎ
VIDEO INPUT
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
TV
ﻳﺎ
VIDEO INPUT
Y
ﺳﻴﻢ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﺳﺒﺰ
آﺑﯽ
PB
PR
ﻗﺮﻣﺰ
ﺳﻴﻢ ) AV COMPU LINKاراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
)ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﺶ ﻣﻮﻧﻮی ﻛﻮﭼﮏ(
AV
COMPU LINK
• ﺑﺮای اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ،ﺑﻪ ”ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
“AV COMPU LINKدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
OPTICAL
DIGITAL IN
رﻣﺰ ﮔﺸﺎ
DECODER
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎل )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﺳﻔﻴﺪ
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﻗﺮﻣﺰ
AUDIO OUT
LEFT
ﻛﻤﻜﯽ
AUX
RIGHT
VCRو ﻏﲑه
۵
6/3/2004, 11:03 AM
5
04-9.indd
ﻣﻬﻢ
ﺑﺮای ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AM
١ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ
٣آزاد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
٢وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AMﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺎ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ،وﻳﻨﻴﻞ
را ﺑﺮ دارﻳﺪ و ﻧﻮک آﻧﺘﻦ را ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪن وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﺧﺎرج ﺳﺎزﻳﺪ.
• ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی آﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ ،ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق
اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ .ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ،آﻧﺘﻨﻬﺎ را از ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻓﻠﺰی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی اﺗﺼﺎل و
ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACدور ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﮔﺮدد.
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی راﺳﺖ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ،RIGHTو ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮی ﭼﭗ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی
LEFTوﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از اﺧﺘﻼﻻت رﻧﮕﯽ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ .ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ،اﮔﺮ درﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ
اﳚﺎداﺧﺘﻼﻻت رﻧﮕﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ،ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ
ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﺮار دادن ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ،ﻗﻴﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ آن را از ﺑﺮق درآورﻳﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﺒﻞ از روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن
ﳎﺪد ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ،ﺑﺮای ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ٣٠دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻴﺰ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﻗﺮار ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ
ﮔﺮﻓﺖ .ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد ،ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن دور ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور AV COMPU LINK
اﻳﻦﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻛﻨﱰل ﺑﻪﺷﲈ اﺟﺎزهﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن JVCﺧﻮد ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﯽاﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺑﺎﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶﻳﮏدﻳﺴﮏ،ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮنﺑﻄﻮراﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏروﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮدوﻧﻮع
ورودی راﺑﻪورودی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻣﯽ دﻫﺪﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺪﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﭘﺨﺶﺷﺪهرا ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از AV COMPU LINKﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ و ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺧﻮد
را ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(
ﳘﭽﻨﲔ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ورودی/ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ،COMPONENT
S-VIDEOﻳﺎ ) VIDEOﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺧﻮد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
١ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ
٣آزاد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
:NTSCﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی .NTSC
:PALﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی . PAL
VIDEO
OUT
SELECT
٢وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
PAL
NTSC
• در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ،ﻗﻄﺒﻬﺎی ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ :ﺳﻴﻢ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ) (+و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺳﻴﺎه ﺑﻪ ).(-
• ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﮏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ را ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
• اﺟﺎزه ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺘﻮر ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎی ﺑﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﲤﺎس داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﭼﻨﺪ رﻧﮓ
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام از وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر
ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد.
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ
Remote
ONLY
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دارای اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ دارای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی COMPONENT
وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻳﮏ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه DVDداﺧﻠﯽ
ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ” “PROGREﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
PROGRE
INTER
PROGRESSIVE
0
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
PROGRE
INTER
اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ .ﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ.
اﺳﻜﻦ اﻳﻨﱰ ﻟﻴﺲ .ﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ.
۶
6/3/2004, 11:03 AM
6
04-9.indd
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ
اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی زﻳﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﯽ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ:
ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﻚ
ﻣﺎرک )ﻟﻮﮔﻮ(
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻧﻮع
دﻳﺴﻚ
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ—ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل زﻳﺮ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
ﻛﺪ ﳏﻠﯽ*
ﺷﲈره
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ
٢
ﻳﺎ
ALL
NTSC
ﻳﺎ
PAL
وﻳﺪﺋﻮ CD
)(VCD
ﺻﻮﺗﯽ CD
CD-R
CD-RW
DVD-R
DVD-RW
COMPACT
DIGITAL AUDIO
ﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ CD-Rﻳﺎ CD-RWرا ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺘﻬﺎی
ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ، CDوﻳﺪﺋﻮ WMA ،MP3 ، SVCD ، CDو
JPEGﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ DVD-Rﻳﺎ DVD-RWرا ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ﻳﺎد ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ ،اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ داده ﻫﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه در
CDﻣﺘﻨﯽ CD) CD-G ،ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﻜﯽ( و CD-Extraرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
• دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮان ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮد:
CD-I ،DVD+RW ، DVD+R ، DVD-RAM، DVD-ROM
) CD-Iآﻣﺎده( CD ،CD-ROM،ﻋﻜﺲ و ﻏﲑه.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ اﳚﺎد ﺻﺪا ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• در اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ ”ﻓﺎﻳﻞ“ و ”ﺗﺮاک“ ﺑﺠﺎی ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت /MP3
JPEG/WMAﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
/
* ﻧﻜﺘﻪ در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﳏﻞ
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎی DVDو DVDﻫﺎ ﺷﲈره ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﳏﻞ ﳐﺼﻮص ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد دارﻧﺪ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ DVDﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ NTSCﻳﺎ PALرا
ﺑﺮای ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ” “٢ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
ﻣﺜﺎل:
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ DVDﻛﺪ ﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر
دﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ را ﺑﻪ دو ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ و از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﺻﺪای ﻣﻴﻜﺲ
ﺷﺪه را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن ازﺻﺪای ﻗﻮی ﻛﺪ ﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه DVDﻳﮏ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ
ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ دارای رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی داﺧﻠﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
در ﻋﻘﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺳﻮﭘﺮ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ CD
)(SVCD
• PCMﺧﻄﯽ :ﺻﻮت دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻓﴩده ﻧﺸﺪه ،ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮای CDﻫﺎ و
ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﻛﭙﻴﻬﺎی اﺻﻠﯽ اﺳﺘﻮدﻳﻮﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل :ﺻﻮت دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻓﴩده ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ
ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ،اﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﺪ ﮔﺰاری ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آوردن ﺻﺪای
ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ واﻗﻌﯽ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺳﺎزد.
• ) DTSﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎی ﺗﺎﺗﺮی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل( :ﺻﻮت دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻓﴩده ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ
ﴍﻛﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎی ﺗﺎﺗﺮ داﻟﺒﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ،اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آوردن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﭼﻮن درﺟﻪ ﻓﴩده ﺳﺎزی
ﻛﻤﱰ از درﺟﻪ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﳏﺪوده دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﯽ ﻛﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﭘﻬﻨﱰ
اﺳﺖ و ﺟﺪا ﺳﺎزی ﲠﱰ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
• ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﲢﺖ ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ ﳎﺎز ﻻﺑﺮاﺗﻮراﻫﺎی دوﻟﺒﯽ،“Dolby” .
” “MLP Lossless” ،“Pro Logicو ﺳﻤﺒﻞ ” “Dدوﺑﻞ -ﻧﺸﺎﻧﯽ ﲡﺎرﺗﯽ
آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ ” “Dolby Laboratoriesﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
• ”“DTSو” “DTS2.0+ DIGITAL OUTﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎی ﲡﺎری ﴍﻛﺖ
Digital Theater Systems, Inc.ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
• اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی اﻣﺘﻴﺎز اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه ﺛﺒﺖ
ﺷﺪه وﺣﻘﻮق ﻋﻘﻼﻧﯽ اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺮووﻳﮋن ودﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎن
اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل اﺳﺖ .اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی
ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ واﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻫﺎی دﻳﺪاری ﳏﺪود دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﻛﺮووﻳﮋن
اﺟﺎزه داده ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﲢﺖ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻳﻦ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ .ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﯽ
ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﳑﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ.
ﻣﴫف ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﮔﺎ ن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﳘﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﳖﺎی ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻸ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ
ﳏﺼﻮل ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮل ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮔﺮدد .در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ
۵٢۵و ،۶٢۵ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ”وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد“
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ دﻫﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﺳﺌﻮاﻻﺗﯽ در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎزﮔﺎری دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﺎ
ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪل ۵٢۵pو ۶٢۵pﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه DVDدارﻳﺪ ،ﻟﻄﻔ ًﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت
ﻣﺸﱰﻳﺎن ﻣﺎ ﲤﺎس ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ.
اﮔﺮ DVDدارای ﻛﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ) RGN ERR” ،ﻛﺪ
ﺧﻄﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ(“ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪه و ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٧
6/3/2004, 11:03 AM
7
04-9.indd
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
ﻋﻼﺋﻢ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺎدی در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ ﻳﺎد ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،ﺑﺎ زﻣﺎن و ﻧﺤﻮه روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
�
�
�
�
� � �
��� �������� ��� ��� �� ���� �����
��� ���
������
������ ����� ��� ����
���������
�
�
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
١ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ رﻳﺘﻢ Ax
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ رﻳﺘﻢ Axﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٢ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ
:ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺎﻣﲑ روزاﻧﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده ﻳﺎ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه
•
روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• : 1/2/3ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آﻣﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ) ،٢ ،١ﻳﺎ (٣روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد؛ در
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.
• :RECوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ آﻣﺎده در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺳﺖ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد؛ در
ﺣﲔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.
٣ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ SLEEP
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
۴ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ FM
• :MONOوﻗﺘﯽ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMدرﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
• ) STاﺳﱰﻳﻮ( :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ FMاﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪرت ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪ،
روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
۵ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی MP3/WMA
• :MP3وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک MP3ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• :WMAوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک WMAﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
۶ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ 3D PHONIC
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ 3D Phonicﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٧ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ REC
• در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٨ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﻮار
• )2 3ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻮار(:
ﺑﺮای ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮدش ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ و ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ آراﻣﯽ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.در ﺣﺎل ﲨﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار ﺑﻪ ﴎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.)ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ(:
•
:ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار ﺑﻄﻮر ﳑﺘﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ.
:ﻧﻮار ﺑﺼﻮرت اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺮای ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
:ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار در اﻧﺘﻬﺎی ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮف ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٩ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ
• :RANDOMوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ) PRGMﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ( :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
)ﺗﻜﺮار(:ALL/
•
: ALLوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻌﺎل ﮔﺮدد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد. :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﻻ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ روﺷﻦﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد.
� �
�
�
١٠ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ BONUS
• وﻗﺘﯽ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﻮد ،روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد.
١١ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ) B.S.P.ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور(
• در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور
ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد.
١٢ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺻﻠﯽ
• در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ :ﺑﺎﻧﺪ )ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه( ﺑﺎ
ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• در ﺣﲔ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ” “AUX” :“AUXﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮار “TAPE” :ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺴﮏ :ﺑﻪ ”ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺻﻠﯽ در
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١٣ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ) A. STANDBYاﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ(
• ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ﻋﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﻮدن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ
زﻧﺪ.
•
•
٨
6/3/2004, 11:03 AM
8
04-9.indd
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺻﻠﯽ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺴﮏ:
در زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺸﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ:
• DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ:
• DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ:
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ
ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
• ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،DISPLAYﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی ﻋﻨﻮان و ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را
ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ.
• DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
• DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
• ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،DISPLAYﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی ﻋﻨﻮان و ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را
ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ.
• ﺻﻮﺗﯽ :CD
ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه
• ﺻﻮﺗﯽ :CD
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ
زﻣﺎن ﻛﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ
• :SVCD/VCD
• :SVCD/VCD
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ*
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
* ” “PBCدر ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ دارای PBCﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• :MP3/WMA
ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ
زﻣﺎن ﻛﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ*
* ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ PBDﺑﻪ ” “PBCﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• :MP3/WMA
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
• ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،DISPLAYﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮوه و ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را
ﺑﺮای ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ.
• :JPEG
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
• :JPEG
ﺷﲈره ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺷﲈره ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ از ﴎ ﮔﲑی ﳎﺪد در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “ONﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (٣۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “RESUME” ،در ﻫﻨﮕﻢ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد.
٩
6/3/2004, 11:04 AM
9
04-9.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﭘﺨﺶ
در اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ راﻫﻨﲈ ،ﻋﻤﺪﺗ ًﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ
از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎی روی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ آﻧﺎن
دارای ﻧﺎم و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن )ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ( ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
١٠ﻛﻠﻴﺪ
���
����
� � �
������
�����
��������
�
اﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ آﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ آﻏﺎز
ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• اﮔﺮ AUXرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٢
øﻣﻨﺒﻊ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ.
٢
�
���
���������
�����������
���
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٣
١
¥روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه.
ﭼﺮاغ STANDBY/ONروی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
، STANDBY/ONدﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﻳﻜﯽ
• ﺑﺪون ﻓﺸﺎر دادن
از دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻨﺒﻊ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
�����
٣وﻟﻮم ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۴
[ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ﺑﻨﺤﻮی ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ًا ﴍح داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎر
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن )آﻣﺎده ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻦ( دﺳﺘﮕﺎه
STANDBY/ON
١
����������
ﭼﺮاغ STANDBY/ONروی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد.
• ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﯽ ﺑﺮق ﺣﺘﯽ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده
اﺳﺖ ﻣﴫف ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺷﻨﻴﺪن ﺧﺼﻮﺻﯽ
٢
������
�
ﻳﮏ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ PHONESروی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﺪا دﻳﮕﺮ
از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﻄﻤﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ وﻟﻮم ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎ روی
ﮔﻮش ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
• ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺪﻓﻮن ﳎﺪد ًا ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻟﻮم روی درﺟﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد اﺳﺖ
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻧﻜﺘﻴﺪ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده(؛ در ﻏﲑ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت اﻧﻔﺠﺎر
ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺻﺪا ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻨﻮاﻳﯽ ﺷﲈ ،ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ و/ﻳﺎ ﻫﺪﻓﻮن
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع
ﻛﻨﺒﺪ،آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ.
٣
������
۴
١٠
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
10
10-17.indd
ﺑﺮای درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻳﮏ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه
ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ AM
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ FMﻳﺎ AMاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ...
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور:
Main Unit
ONLY
٢ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ ،ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ AMاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮای ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ
ﺧﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
٢
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ
�����������
ﺑﺎﻧﺪ AMرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
AM
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ:
��
����
FM
ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه )ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ( ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪرت ﻛﺎﻓﯽ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﻐﻴﲑ
ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺮرا دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
STANDBY/ON
اﮔﺮ ﺷﻨﻴﺪن اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMدرﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺳﺨﺖ اﺳﺖ
٣
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ MONOدر ﻧﲈﻳﺸﮕﺮ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽﺷﻮد .ﮔﻮش دادن ﲠﺒﻮد ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ
اﮔﺮﭼﻪ اﺛﺮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ از دﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ رود—ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﻮش دادن ﻣﻮﻧﻮ.
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزی اﺛﺮ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ،دﻛﻤﻪ را ﳎﺪد ًا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﮏ ﮔﻮﺷﯽﺧﺎﻣﻮش
ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(.
����������������
ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
)ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ
����������
����������
��
�
����������
��������
در ﺣﲔ ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻦ...
��
���������
���������
�����������������
ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ١٠
ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
�����������������ﻛﻴﻠﻮ
ﻛﻴﻠﻮ١٠
ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ
)ﺑﺎ )ﺑﺎ
در ﺣﲔ ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻦ...
Remote
ONLY
�������
ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ AMﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از دﻛﻤﻪ و ﻛﻨﱰل روی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
����
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی دﺳﺘﯽ ،ﻳﻜﯽ از دو دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ٣٠اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه FMو ١۵اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه AMرا ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
٢
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد را ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ.
• در ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ،ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ را ﺑﺮای
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه FMذﺧﲑه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ورود ﺷﲈره ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SET
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ) FMﻳﺎ (AM
AM
• ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪی را در ﺣﲔ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
FM
١١
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
11
10-17.indd
٣
ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮای اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ANGLE
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
5
4
6
FM MODE
9
REV. MODE
8
7
10
۴
10
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ
5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ
+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 5 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ،٣٠دﻛﻤﻪ
+10 ،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 10 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
• ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎی ¡ ﻳﺎ 1اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع:
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
ﺑﺮای ﲨﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار:
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ...
GROUP/TITLE
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﲨﻊ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه را ذﺧﲑه ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﲨﻊ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
SET
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮدش ﻧﻮار
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه
١
Remote
ONLY
) 2ﻋﻘﺐ(
ﺑﺎﻧﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) FMﻳﺎ .(AM
AM
) 3ﺟﻠﻮ(
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ دادن ﻧﻮار ﺑﺼﻮرت اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ
FM
REV. MODE
٢
7
ﺷﲈره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮای اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ANGLE
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
5
4
6
FM MODE
9
• ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎی ¡ ﻳﺎ 1
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
REV. MODE
8
7
10
10
ﻧﻮار از ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﻋﻘﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .وﻗﺘﯽ
ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻧﻮار ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ،و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺎ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻮار ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻧﻮار ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﻚ
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار
ﺑﺮای وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﻧﻮع II ،Iو IVرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ
ﻣﻬﻢ :ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ،از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ...
• ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ورودی ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای دﻳﺪن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ و
ﻳﺎ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت اوﻟﻴﻪ را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﻣﻮارد دﳋﻮاه
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ .ﺑﻪ ”ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ “ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
“ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﻳﮏ دﻛﻤﻪ ”
داده ﺷﺪ ،دﻳﺴﮏ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﺳﻌﯽ در اﻧﺠﺎم آن داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ
ﻗﺒﻮل ﻧﲈﻳﺪ ،ﻳﺎ داده ای ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮای آن ﻋﻤﻞ روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻧﻮار رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﲑون اﺳﺖ.
١٢
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
12
10-17.indd
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﺑﺎ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ آﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ.
• وﻳﺪﺋﻮی DVDاز ”ﻋﻨﺎوﻳﻦ“ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ”ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ“ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪDVD ،
ﺻﻮﺗﯽ JPEG/WMA/MP3/از ”ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ“ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ
ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ”ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ“ اﺳﺖ،و VCD/SVCD/CDﻓﻘﻂ از ”ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ“ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ
ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ،JPEGﺑﻪ ”ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ “CONTROLدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
٢٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
آﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
• در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ،آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی زﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ:
در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی دﻳﺪﻫﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زاوﻳﻪ ای
اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﺻﺪاﻫﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زاوﻳﻪ ای
اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای وارد ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ
در اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ زاوﻳﻪ
ای اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی زﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﺮای ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد.
,
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع:
ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ:
,
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ 0 ،را دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
• ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ DVD/CD 3را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ
ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺨﺶ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی داﺧﻠﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ
دارد(.
,
,
,
Remote
ONLY
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
GROUP/TITLE
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
DVD/CD
ﺑﺮایآزادﻛﺮدن ،ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ.DVD/CD 3
• درﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ VCD/SVCD/DVDرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ :اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ را ذﺧﲑه ﻛﻨﺪ ،و وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن DVD/CD 3
دوﺑﺎره ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ روی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ،دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﺨﺶ را از ﳏﻠﯽ
ﻼ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮد—ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﭘﺨﺶ“RESUME”) .
ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ً
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ 7 ،را دوﺑﺎر ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮ ) ای ﻟﻐﻮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ،ﺑﻪ ” “RESUMEدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
• وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،آﻳﻜﻮن راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول ﺑﻌﺪی
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮایﻏﲑﻓﻌﺎلﻛﺮدنآﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎیراﻫﻨﲈیرویﺻﻔﺤﻪ،ﺑﻪ”“ON SCREENGUIDE
در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻧﺎم ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺮای دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی MP3/WMA
ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
• اوﻟﲔ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ 4را ﻓﺸﺎر
ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای
ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ.
GROUP/TITLE
ﺑﺮای ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎص
Remote
ONLY
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺠﺰ ...WMA/MP3
SLOW +
x60
x20
x10
x5
x2
x60
x20
x10
x5
x2
– SLOW
• ﺻﺪا در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ در ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی DVDوﻳﺌﻮﻳﯽ VCD/SVCD/ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ DVD/CD 3 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
١٣
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
13
10-17.indd
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ
7ﺑﺮای SVCD/VCDﺑﺎ :PBC
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻨﻮان/ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻤﻮده و ﭘﺨﺶ را
ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ،DVDﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﻮاﻧﯽ را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،
در ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺼﻠﯽ را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
5
4
ANGLE
6
FM MODE
9
REV. MODE
8
7
10
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ 5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 5را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره +10 ،+10 ،٣٠و ﺳﭙﺲ 10
را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
10
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ ﺑﺎ “PBC” ،PBCروی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،آﻳﺘﻤﯽ را روی ﻣﻨﻮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﭘﺨﺶ آﻳﺘﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
6
5
4
ANGLE
FM MODE
9
REV. MODE
8
10
10
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
�����
���������
������
���������
�������
���������
���
���������
��
������
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
• ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه را ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داد.
ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻗﺒﻠﯽ:
ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎی ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ اﻳﯽ و ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی
ورزﺷﯽ.
ﺻﺪای ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ و ﮔﺮﻣﯽ را ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﯽ آورد .از ﻓﻴﻠﻢ
در ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎل آراﻣﺶ ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
������
������
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
THEATERاز ﺟﻠﻮﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﺗﺮ واﻗﻌﯽ ﻟﺬت ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ
Remote
ONLY
7ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ DVD/ﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
١
ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
٢
ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮرد را ﻣﻨﻮی دﻳﺴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
MENU
SET UP
GROUP/TITLE
ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی ﺑﺮوﻳﺪ.
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
DRAMA
7
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ در ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﻌﻠﯽ:
ﺑﺮای اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از 3D Phonic
ACTION
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ 5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 5را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره +10 ،+10 ،٣٠و ﺳﭙﺲ
10را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮﻳﺎ ﻟﻐﻮ PBC
TOP MENU
�����
���������
�
�
�
���
���������
����
�
�
�
�������
�
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ.
�����
���������
�
��
�
ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
��
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاك اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
�����
ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﳎﺪد 7 ،PBCرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )دوﺑﺎر ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ دوﺑﺎره در
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “ONﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ،ﺳﭙﺲ DVD/CD 3را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
C
• در ﺑﻌﻀﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻛﻠﻴﺪه ﻫﺎی ﺷﲈره دار ١٠ﺗﺎﻳﯽ
ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ،آﻳﺘﻤﻬﺎ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١۴
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
14
10-17.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم را از (VOL MIN) ٠ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ (VOL MAX) ۴٠ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور:
VFP
DVD LEVEL
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
SET
,
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ:
VOLUME
CLOCK/
TIMER
, ,
ENTER
VOLUME
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﺮای ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﻮری وﴎﻳﻊ ﺻﺪا
FADE
MUTING
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزی ﺻﺪا ،ﳎﺪدا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ
ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
BASS/TREBLE
RHYTHM AX
DISPLAY
DIMMER
SHIFT
VOLUME
–+/
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪا
ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ اﺣﺴﺎس رﻳﺘﻢ—RHYTHM AX
FADE
MUTING
اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد اﺣﺴﺎس ﲪﻠﻪ ﺑﺎس را ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ،و ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎب ووﻓﺮ را
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
���
����������
اﺳﺖ(
� )ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
���������
��������
�
�
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻦ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎس و زﻳﺮی ﺻﺪا را از -۵ﺗﺎ +۵ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎس
BASS TRE
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷ ﺪ ﺳﺖ
Canceled
BASS/
TREBLE
VOLUME
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﺑﻞ
RHYTHM AX
BASS TRE
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷ ﺪ ﺳﺖ
Canceled
–VOLUME +/
BASS/
TREBLE
VOLUME
١۵
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
15
10-17.indd
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪای
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
Remote
ONLY
ﺻﺪای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ اوﻗﺎت در ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻨﱰی ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ
و ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه را
اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ ،و ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻻزم ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﻴﺪ،
ﺻﺪا را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
NORMAL MIDDLE
HIGH
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی را روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺧﻮد آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ذﺧﲑه ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
١
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ VFPﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
DVD LEVEL
VFP
5
6
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
NORMALﺳﻄﺢ ﺿﺒﻂ اﺻﻠﯽ.
ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﻛﻤﱰ از ”.(“HIGH
MIDDLE
٢
ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﺑﻴﺸﱰ از ”.(“MIDDLE
HIGH
• ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﺧﺮوج DVDﻣﻮﺟﻮد ،اﻳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “NORMALﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
DIM2
AUTO DIM
DIM1
DIM1
AUTO DIM
روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ*.
DIM2
CINEMA
USER1
USER2
NORMAL
DIMMER
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
روﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
0
GAMMA
0
BRIGHTNESS
0
CONTRAST
0
SATURATION
0
TINT
0
SHARPNESS
در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
NORMAL
USER1/USER2
DIM OFF
)(Canceled
ﺳﺖ(
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷ ﺪ
NORMAL
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
CINEMA
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ را ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﻴﺸﱰ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ.
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎراﻣﱰﻫﺎ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
را ذﺧﲑه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ زﻳﺮ رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ SHIFTرا ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ VFP ،را ﳎﺪدا
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
١
٢
” “USER1ﻳﺎ ” “USER2را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ١و ٢ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﴍح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺎراﻣﱰی ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
�����
* ” “AUTO DIMﺑﺮای WMA/MP3/CDﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
GAMMA
در ﺻﻮرت روﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﺑﻮدن ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ
رﻧﮓ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٣ﺗﺎ .(+٣
BRIGHTNESS
در ﺻﻮرت روﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﺑﻮدن ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ رﻧﮓ را
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٨ﺗﺎ .(+٨
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ دور و ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ
اﺳﺖ آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٧ﺗﺎ .(+٧
TINT
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ دور و ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ
اﺳﺖ آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٧ﺗﺎ .(+٧
CONTRAST
SATURATION
در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎه اﺳﺖ آن راﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) -٧ﺗﺎ .(+٧
SHARPNESS
در ﺻﻮرت واﺿﺢ ﻧﺒﻮدن ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ آن را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
) -٨ﺗﺎ .(+٨
١۶
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
16
10-17.indd
٣
ﭘﺎراﻣﱰ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
۴
ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ٢و ٣را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﺎراﻣﱰﻫﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮ ﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ از اﲤﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ— آﻣﺎده
اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ
Remote
ONLY
�����
روﺷﻦ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ SHIFTرا ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ VFP ،را ﳎﺪدا
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ
Remote
ONLY
١ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ A.STANDBYروی
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ A.STANDBYﭼﺸﻤﮏ زن ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .در
ﺣﲔ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ،ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ ﺑﺮای ﺣﺪود ًا ٣دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺸﻮد،
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش )آﻣﺎده( ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
• ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ در ﺣﲔ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ ) (FM/AMو اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ ) (AUXﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺸﺨﺺ
—ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﻮاب
١زﻣﺎن را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ(.
CLOCK/
TIMER
��� ���
• اﮔﺮ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ،دﻛﻤﻪ را ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
٢
٣
دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺪون ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ داﺧﻠﯽ ،ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﻫﺎی روزاﻧﻪ ،ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮﺿﺒﻂ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣١ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(و ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺑﺮایﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢورودی اﺷﺘﺒﺎه درﺣﲔﻛﺎر CANCEL،ﻳﺎ CLOCK/TIMERرا
ﻓﺸﺎردﻫﻴﺪ.ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪﺑﻪﻣﻨﻮی ﻗﺒﻠﯽﺑﺮﮔﺮدﻳﺪ.
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
�����
���������
٢
SET
�� �� ��
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
��
��
�����
���������
ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﳏﻮ ﺷﻮد ،ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻛﻨﱰل زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﻴﲈﻧﺪه ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
SLEEP
• اﮔﺮ ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﻓﺸﺎر داده ﺷﻮد ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪی زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
SET
ﺣﺎﻻ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ داﺧﻠﯽ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻛﻨﱰل ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ
�������
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻨﺒﻊ
• در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDو ،MP3/WMAﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻣﺎن را ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
١٧
6/1/2004, 3:00 PM
17
10-17.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎص DVD/VCD
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
AUDIO
١٠ﻛﻠﻴﺪ
ZOOM
keysﻛﻠﻴﺪ
١٠
10
Remote
ONLY
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺼﻞ )ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ( ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی زواﻳﺎی دﻳﺪ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ
اﺳﺖ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﳘﺎن ﺻﺤﻨﻪ را از زوﻳﺎی ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ زواﻳﺎی ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻧﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۴رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
ANGLE
,
ENTER
, ,
DVD/CD 3
8
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
7
SLOW –/+
3
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﻣﺜﺎل:
3/3
2/3
3
SHIFT
1/3
2
3/3
1
2/3
3
1/3
2
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ
1
Remote
ONLY
ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ :زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﯽ )ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ( را ﻛﻪ
ﺣﺎوی زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﺑﻪ زﺑﺎﳖﺎ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﯽ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻳﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ
ﻋﻨﻮان زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﳐﺼﻮص :SVCDدر ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ در دﻳﺴﮏ
زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۴رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ...
١
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
1/3
SUB TITLE
ENGLISH
2
1/3
ENGLISH
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
١٨
6/1/2004, 3:01 PM
18
18-20.indd
٢
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ...
ﻣﺜﺎل:
زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
2/3
3/3
JAPANESE
ﻣﺜﺎل:
1/3
FRENCH
3/3
2/3
JAPANESE
2/3
3/3
JAPANESE
3/3
1/3
ENGLISH
FRENCH
1/3
FRENCH
ENGLISH
2/3
JAPANESE
ENGLISH
1/3
ENGLISH
FRENCH
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ...
ﻣﺜﺎل:
2/3
3/3
3
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
1/3
1
2
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ...SVCD
ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ SVCDﻳﺎ ... VCD
���������
�
����
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
2/4
1/4
2
1
�
�
��
�
���
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
–/4
OFF
4/4
3/4
4
3
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک ﺻﻮﺗﯽ
��
��
���
��
���
��
�����
ST1/ST2
ST
ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ اﺳﱰﻳﻮ ﻧﺮﻣﺎل
) ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎل(.
R1/R2/R
ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﺪای ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ.
L1/L2/L
Remote
ONLY
ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ :در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﯽ ﺣﺎوی ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ زﺑﺎن ﺻﺪا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ آن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﳐﺼﻮص DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ :در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﯽ ﺣﺎوی ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ زﺑﺎن ﺻﺪا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﯽ را ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ آن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﳐﺼﻮص ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺋﻮﻛﻪ :SVCD/VCDﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﺪا را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮاک ﺻﻮﺗﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۴رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
�����
�
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﺑﺮای ﮔﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﺪای ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ.
• SVCDﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ۴ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺻﻮﺗﯽ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ SVCD .ﻛﺎرﺋﻮﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ ۴
ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ٢ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ).(ST1/ST2
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺣﺎوی ﮔﺮوﻫﯽ ﺧﺎص ﺑﻨﺎم ”ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ“ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ
ﻛﻪ ﳏﺘﻮی آﻧﺎن ﺑﺮای ﻋﻤﻮم ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
• ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ”ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ“ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ را )ﻧﻮﻋﯽ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ
ﻋﺒﻮر( ﺑﺮای ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .روش ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ
دﻳﺴﮏ دارد.
١
ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮوه ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل ،در
• ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮ ً
دﻳﺴﻜﯽ دارای ۴ﮔﺮوه ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﮏ ﮔﺮوه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ اﺳﺖ” ،ﮔﺮوه “۴ﮔﺮوه
اﺿﺎﻓﻪ اﺳﺖ(.
• ﺑﺮای روش اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﮔﺮوه ،ﺑﻪ ”ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
١٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١٩
6/1/2004, 3:01 PM
19
18-20.indd
٢
٢
ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
���������
�����
�����
�
�
�
���
���������
����
�
�
�
�������
�����
�
�
�����������
�
٣
SLOW +
ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– SLOW
ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ* ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد.
����������
�
ﴎﻋﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SLOW +
دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎی ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
* ﺑﺮای VCD/SVCDﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ:
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ DVD/CD 3 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای از ﴎﮔﲑی ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ:
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
DVD/CD
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ
١
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
٢
ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮدن ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ.
1/2
1/4
1/8
1/16
1/32
– SLOW
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﲈره ﻛﻠﻴﺪ وارد ﺷﺪه 7 ،را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﺎص
1/2
1/4
1/8
1/16
1/32
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ)ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﺗﮏ ﳌﺴﯽ(
• اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ.
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺪود ١٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ از
ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﯽ رود )ﻓﻘﻂ
ﺑﺮای ﳘﺎن ﻋﻨﻮان(.
ﺑﺰرگ ﻧﲈﻳﯽ
١
Remote
ONLY
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
����
�
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ DVD/CD 3 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ZOOM 4
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ
١
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
ZOOM 3
ZOOM 5
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٢
ZOOM 2
ZOOM 6
ZOOM 1
ZOOM OFF
ZOOM
4
ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ زوم ﺷﺪه.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ زوم ZOOM ،را ﻣﻜﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ SHIFTرا ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ(
ﺗﺎ ” “ZOOM OFFدر ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮدد.
٢٠
6/1/2004, 3:01 PM
20
18-20.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ— ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﯽﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎﻳﺎﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ)ﺗﺎ ٩٩ﻋﺪد( راﻗﺒﻞاز ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
١
ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را آﻏﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
PLAY
MODE
PROGRAM
RANDOM
اﺳﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
Canceled
١٠
ﻛﻠﻴﺪ10
keys
PRGM
ENTER
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
,
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
PLAY
MODE
REPEAT
REPEAT A-B
Track/Chapter
USE NUMERIC KEYS TO PROGRAM TRACKS.
USE CANCEL TO DELETE THE PROGRAM.
SHIFT
٢
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
Group/Title
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
CANCEL
7
PROGRAM
در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﳐﺼﻮص :WMA/MP3/DVD
١
ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوﻫﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
1
٢
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻠﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
2
ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ١
٣
1و ٢
2در ﺑﺎﻻ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
3
• ﳐﺼﻮص :CD/VCD/SVCD
١
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
1
ﺑﺮاﻳﺎرد ﻛﺮدن ﺷﲈره ﻫﺎ:
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
5
4
ANGLE
6
FM MODE
9
10
REV. MODE
8
7
10
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ:
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،۵دﻛﻤﻪ 5را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،١۵دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10و
ﺑﻌﺪ 5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﲈره ،٣٠دﻛﻤﻪ ،+10
،+10و ﺑﻌﺪ 10را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
DVD/CD 3
0
4, 7, ¢
٢١
6/1/2004, 3:01 PM
21
21-23.indd
٣
ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﻛﺮده ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ
آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
DVD/CD
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ— ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﳏﺘﻮی ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ روی ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد.
١
ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک:
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را آﻏﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
PROGRAM
RANDOM
اﺳﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
Canceled
PLAY
MODE
GROUP/TITLE
ﺑﺮای آزاد ﻛﺮدن
DVD/CD 3
را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
RANDOM
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢
DVD/CD
ﺑﺮای ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﺮدن ﳏﺘﻮی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ...
ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻜﺲ.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ.
ﺑﺮایﭘﺮشازﻳﮏﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک
ﺑﺮای وﻗﻔﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ:
ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه.
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از 4ﻳﺎ ¢ﺑﺮای ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای آزاد ﻛﺮدن
DVD/CD 3را
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای اﺻﻼح ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ...
اﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ:
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ...
CANCEL
RETURN
PROGRAM
RANDOM
اﺳﺖ
ﺷﺪه
ﻟﻐﻮ
Canceled
:ﺑﺮای اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺮاﺣﻠﯽ در ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ:
PLAY
MODE
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻗﺒﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ...
PROGRAM
RANDOM
اﺳﺖ
ﺷﺪه
ﻟﻐﻮ
Canceled
PLAY
MODE
٢٢
6/1/2004, 3:01 PM
22
21-23.indd
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺮر
Remote
ONLY
• ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻜﺮار را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢۵رﺟﻮع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ:
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ...
�������
� ��������
�����������
������
ﺗﻜﺮار A-B
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن ﴍوع )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ (Aو ﭘﺎﻳﺎن )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ
(Bﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای WMA/MP3و ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از DVDﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﺷﻮد.
• ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮای ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮی ،و ﺑﺮای
ﳘﺎن ﺗﺮاک در دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی دﻳﮕﺮ
١
�������
����������
������
����������
اﺳﺖ(
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
� �������
����������
������
�
�������
����������
اﺳﺖ(
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
�������
� �������
�������
�������
����������
������
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
����������
اﺳﺖ(
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
• ﳐﺼﻮص :VCD/SVCD/CD
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای (VCD/SVCDﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
� �������
����������
������
�������
����������
اﺳﺖ(
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
*REP CHAP
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
*REP TRK
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
REP TTL
REP GRP
REP ALL
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ) (Bرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
����������
������
• ﳐﺼﻮص :WMA/MP3
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
�������
٢
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
در ﻧﲈﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻚ
زدن ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
–
Aروﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
• ﳐﺼﻮص DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ:
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺶ...
�������
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای ،(VCD/SVCDﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﴍوع ) (Aرا
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭼﺸﻤﮏ زدن را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ
ﻛﻨﺪ.
در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ
– A-B
داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
از دﻛﻤﻪ ¡ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﻜﺮار ،A-Bدر ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ SHIFTرا ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ ،دﻛﻤﻪ
REPEAT A-Bرا ﻣﻜﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
– ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮش ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاک ،ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﻧﻴﺰ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﲑون آﻣﺪن دﻳﺴﮏ
—ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻮدک
Main Unit
ONLY
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺴﯽ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه را ﺧﺎرج
ﻛﻨﺪ.
– اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده اﺳﺖ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺳﯿﻨﯽ دﯾﺴﮏ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ...
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
* درﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای و ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ “REP STEP” ،ﺑﺠﺎی اﻳﻦ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،و ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﺗﻜﺮار ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮای ﲤﺎﻣﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
�������
��������
�������
����������
اﺳﺖ(
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﺑﲑون آﻣﺪن ،ﳘﲔ روش را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
” “UNLOCKEDﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
٢٣
6/1/2004, 3:01 PM
23
21-23.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻛﻨﱰل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی
)(JPEG/WMA/MP3و از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎی روی ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ZOOM
10
keysﻛﻠﻴﺪ
١٠
ENTER
١
٢
CANCEL
, , ,
ON SCREEN
7
REPEAT
¡
DVD/CD 3
8
4/¢
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٣
/
/
SHIFT
۴
ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
�
�
�
�
�
�
���������������
�������
��������
��������
����� ���
�����
���� ���
���
���
���
�����
�����
�
�
�
���� �������� ��������
����� ���� �����
���������
���
�����
����
ﻣﻌﺎﻧﯽ
ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺳﺎل ﻓﻌﻠﯽ)ﻣﮕﺎ ﺑﻴﺖ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(
ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن
ﻣﻌﺎﻧﯽ
ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﴎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ
ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ/ﻋﻘﺐ
وﻗﻔﻪ
ﺗﻮﻗﻒ
آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد )روی ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه(
ﻣﻌﺎﻧﯽ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
TIME
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻜﺮار ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
OFF
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻓﺼﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
CHAP.
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺗﺮاک اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
TRACK
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زﺑﺎن ﺻﺪا ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٩
1/3
ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زﺑﺎن زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٨ﻧﻴﺰ
1/3
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٨ﻧﻴﺰ
1/3
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﲑ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
PAGE 1 / 5
�
SVCD
�
�
�
����
����
�
�
DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ
�������
���
���
������� ���������
���
���
ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﻚ
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ
Mbps
TITLE 2
CHAP 3
GROUP 1
TRACK 14
TOTAL 1:25:58
ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ
����������������
��������
��������
����� ���
���� ��������
���
���
���
�����
����
���
���
���
���
����
����
�
VCD
�
�
�
�
�
�
����������������
��������
��������
����� ���
���� ��������
���
CD
���
���
��
���
���
�
�
�
�
�
�
���
�
�
����������������
��������
��������
����� ���
���� ��������
���
���
���
����
����
��
���
���
����
����
�
�
٢۴
6/1/2004, 5:13 PM
24
24-28.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻴﻠﻪ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﺑﺮای ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ”ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻴﻠﻪ
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ“ در ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
Remote
ONLY
ﻣﺜﺎل :اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن زﻳﺮﻧﻮﻳﺲ )ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ( ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ...
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻣﺎﻧﯽ روی ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
١ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
TITLE 2 CHAP 3 TIME 0:00:58
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
OFF
OFF
CHAP.
٢ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ
TIME
TIME
ﻣﻮردی را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪاﻧﺘﺨﺎب )روﺷﻦ( ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
OFF
OFF
CHAP.
٣
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
۴
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را در ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ENTER
TIME
TIME
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
TIME
1/3
1/3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
����������������
����������������
���������������
���������������
TIME
REM
TOTAL
T.REM
OFF
OFF
TIME
TIME
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب )روﺷﻦ( ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
٣ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﺷﻮد
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ
Goes
off
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
١در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
�����
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
ON SCREEN
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ.
زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک/ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ.
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه دﻳﺴﻚ.
زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه از دﻳﺴﮏ.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ON SCREEN
ENGLISH
ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
2/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
FRENCH
۵
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٣رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد.
١در ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای ،(VCD/SVCD
ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
– ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ :ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﺷﻮد.
٢
٣ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
OFF
را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
TIME
TIME
OFF
ON SCREEN
٢۵
6/1/2004, 5:13 PM
25
24-28.indd
۴
ﻣﺪ ﺗﻜﺮاری را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺨﺶ دﳋﻮاه را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )زﻳﺮ را ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
A-B
ﻋﻨﻮان ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
TITLE
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
GROUP
دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ .(DVD
ALL
*CHAPTERﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
*TRACK
ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪدرا ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
OFF
* در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ “STEP” ،ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
۵ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی زﻣﺎن
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ را ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از اﺑﺘﺪا را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ
ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
١
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ )ﺑﺪون PBCﺑﺮای ،(VCD/SVCDﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﺑﺎ
٢
٣
را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
– ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮای :DVDﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی زﻣﺎن ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/1
1/3
1/3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
OFF
OFF
CHAP.
TIME
TIME
_ _ TIME _ : _ _ :
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
۴
ﺗﻜﺮار A-B
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٣رﺟﻮع ﺷﻮد.
١
٢
٣
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
OFF
را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻫﺎی ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
9
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
0
TIME
TIME
” “A-Bرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
OFF
OFF
TIME
TIME
A–B
۵
۵
• ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻗﻤﻬﺎی ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺣﺘﯽ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ”،(“٠
اﻣﺎ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺮﻫﺎی ﺑﻌﺪی را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )دو رﻗﻢ آﺧﺮ ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺎﻻ(.
• ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻮارد اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ،ﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﲈی < را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ
ورودی را ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را از زﻣﺎن ﭘﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه
آﻏﺎز ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ENTER
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﴍوع ) (Aرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ENTER
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHC
1/3
1/3
۶
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
OFF
۴
زﻣﺎن را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﻣﺎن ﳐﺼﻮص را ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ/دﻗﻴﻘﻪ/ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ.
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ :
SUB TITLE ANGLE
AUDIO
1
3
2
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) ١ﺳﺎﻋﺖ() ٠٢ :دﻗﻴﻘﻪ(:
ZOOM DVD LEVEL
VFP
) ٠٠ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( 0 ،2 ،0،1 ،و ﺑﻌﺪ .0
4
5
6
ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ) ۵۴دﻗﻴﻘﻪ() ٠٠ :ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(،
FM MODE
0 ،4 ،5 ،0 REV. MODEو ﺑﻌﺪ 0را ﻓﺸﺎردﻫﻴﺪ.
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
A-
TIME
TIME
ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ) (Bرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻜﺮار A-Bﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﺑﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه
ENTER
ﻣﻜﺮر ًا ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ،ENTERﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ¡ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮا ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﻜﺮار ،A-Bﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ١ﺗﺎ ٣را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،و ” “OFFرا در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ۴
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺼﻞ ) DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ( ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ) DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ( را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
٢
٣
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
CHAP.
ﻳﺎ
TRACK
رااﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
TIME 1:25:58
0:00:58
CHAP233 TOTAL
TITLE
TITLE
14 2CHAP
1/3
1/1
1/1/3
3
1/3
1/3
DVD-VIDEO 8.5Mbps
CHAP.
_
OFF
OFF
TIME
TIME
CHAPTER
٢۶
6/1/2004, 5:13 PM
26
24-28.indd
۴
۵
ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک دﳋﻮاه را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SUB TITLE ANGLE
AUDIO
ﻣﺜﺎﳍﺎ:
1
3
2
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک 5 ،۵را ﻓﺸﺎر
ZOOM DVD LEVEL
VFP
دﻫﻴﺪ.
4
5
6
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک 1 ،١۵و ﺑﻌﺪ
REV. MODE
FM MODE
5را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
9
8
7
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک 3 ،٣٠و ﺑﻌﺪ
PROGRESSIVE
0را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
0
– ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻮرد اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ،دﻛﻤﻪ ١٠ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﲈره دﳋﻮاه
روی ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاک
ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺷﺪه ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ
٢
٣
Remote
ONLY
در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ ،ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﳘﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮی ﭘﺎﺋﲔ روﻧﺪه
ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
PAGE 1 / 5را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
0:00:58
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
1/ 3 PAGE 1/ 5
DVD-AUDIO
TRACK
OFF
TIME
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
0:00:58
GROUP 14 TRACK 23 TIME
1/ 3 PAGE 3/ 5
ﻣﺜﺎل :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ MP3ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
6
۶
٧
7
٨
8
٩
9
١
٢
٣
۴
۵
۶
٧
٨
٩
١٠
١١
1
۴
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROL
١٠
0
١١
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک )ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ
ﻣﺮور ) (BSPرﺑﻂ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ را )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ورق
ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ( ﺑﺮای ﻧﲈﻳﺶ در ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور ) (BSPرﺑﻂ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
١
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROLوﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ WMA ،MP3ﻳﺎ JPEGرا
ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی دﳋﻮاه را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROLﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻫﺮ دوﻧﻮع ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ) WMA/MP3و (JPEGروی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه
اﻧﺪ ،ﻧﻮع ﻓﺎﻳﻠﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣۵ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
REPEAT TRACK Time : 00:00:14
Group : 2 / 3
Spring
Summer
Fall
Winter
)Track : 5 / 14 (Total 41
Cloudy.mp3
Fair.mp3
Fog.mp3
Hail.mp3
Indian summer.mp3
Rain.mp3
Shower.mp3
Snow.mp3
Thunder.mp3
Typhoon.mp3
Wind.mp3
Winter sky.mp3
Track Information
Title
Rain
Artist
Album
1
١
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺮور
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROL
Remote
ONLY
2
٢
3
٣
۴
4
5
۵
ﺷﲈره ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ/ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﮔﺮوه
ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )ﺑﻪ رﻧﮓ آﺑﯽ(
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﺮوه
اﻃﻼﻋﺎتﺗﺮاک)ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ID3ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ١٫٠:ﻓﻘﻂﺑﺮای (WMA/MP3
ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )ﺑﻪ رﻧﮓ آﺑﯽ(
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد
زﻣﺎن ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪه از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای (WMA/MP3
آﻳﻜﻮن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت
ﺷﲈره ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ/ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ در ﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ )ﺗﻌﺪا ﻛﻞ
ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ دردﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﺷﺪه(
ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ )ﺳﺒﺰ(
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺮاک
DVD-AUDIO
TRACK
OFF
TIME
3
۵
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
٢٧
6/1/2004, 5:14 PM
27
24-28.indd
ﺑﺮای ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دادن ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه )ﺳﺒﺰ( ﺑﲔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﺮوه و ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺮاک:
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﺮاک ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻜﺮار ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﳐﺼﻮص JPEG
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ...
�������
ﻧﻮار را ﺑﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﮔﺮوه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
�
)ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(
����������
REP GRPﮔﺮوه ﻓﻌﻠﯽ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
REP ALLﻛﻞ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
– ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﳎﺪد ،WMA/MP3ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺑﺰرگ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ
– ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ را ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
١
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺑﺮای :WMA/MP3
در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ...
– در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ 8 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده
ﺷﻮد ،ﺳﭙﺲ ...
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاك اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﻓﺸﺎر دادن DVD/CD 3ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﺨﺶ را
ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
����
�
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
ﺑﺮای :JPEG
ﺗﺮاک اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ( ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ
آن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ENTER
DVD/CD
�������
�������
ﺑﺮای اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮوه/ﺗﺮاک در ﻟﻴﺴﺖ:
ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻄﺮف ﻣﻮرد دﳋﻮاه ﺑﱪﻳﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ WMA/MP3
ﻧﻮار روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه را ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺮاک
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮرر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ENTER
�����������
������
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮاک )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ( ﺑﺮای ٣ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ روی
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،و ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ
دﻳﮕﺮی ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﴍوع ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک JPEGﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ CONTROL
ﳏﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ اﺳﻼﻳﺪ و ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ 8 ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ:
ZOOM 2
ZOOM 1
ZOOM OFF
٢
ZOOM
4
ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ زوم ﺷﺪه.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ زوم ZOOM ،را ﻣﻜﺮرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ )در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ SHIFTرا ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻳﺪ(
ﺗﺎ ” “ZOOM OFFدر ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﺮدد.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮاک:
GROUP/TITLE
٢٨
6/1/2004, 5:14 PM
28
24-28.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻮار
ﻣﻬﻢ
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮارد دارای ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﻛﭙﯽ راﻳﺖ ﺑﺪون
ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﮏ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻧﻮع ١ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٢ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
REV. MODE
١
ﻧﻮار ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻄﯽ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ
TAPE 2 3
DVD/CD 3
7
SHIFT
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
FM/AM
AUX
ﺑﺴﺘﻪ
٢
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻧﻮار رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﲑون اﺳﺖ.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮدش ﻧﻮار و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ را روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﱰل
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻧﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺟﻬﺖ
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﻮار
)ﺟﻠﻮ( 3
)3 (forward
)2 (reverse
)ﻋﻘﺐ( 2
PUSH OPEN 0
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ را در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ
REV. MODE
7
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
TAPE 2 3
DVD/CD 3
FM/AM
AUX
REC
7
)
(
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ روی ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﺮف.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،
ﺿﺒﻂ را در ﺟﺨﺖ رو ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ) (3آﻏﺎز ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ روی ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮف.
٢٩
6/1/2004, 3:04 PM
29
29-30.indd
٣ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﭘﺨﺶ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—” “DVD/CD” ،“AM” ،“FMﻳﺎ ”.“AUX
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ”ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ“ ﻧﻴﺰ
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺳﺘﻮن ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
۴
ﺿﺒﻂ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
REC
روی واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ
١ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ای )و ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻣﺎ
ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
REC ٢را ﺑﺮای ﴍوع ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪ ،ﺿﺒﻂ اداﻣﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ .ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ
ﻛﺮدن را ﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺮاک دﳋﻮاه
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روی ﻧﻮار ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را در ﺣﲔ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ دﻳﺴﮏ
ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ(.
١
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ:
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢
ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ و ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮار را در ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن ﴍوع ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻞ دﻳﺴﮏ
١
٢
٣
دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﺑﺎرﮔﺰاری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻧﯽ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪDVD/CD 3 ،
و ﺑﻌﺪ 7را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮدش ﻧﻮار و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ را روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﱰل
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ” ٢ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣
ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
DVD/CD
درﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاﻛﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ آن را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ...
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺘﺪای ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺮ
REC
ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد و آن ﺗﺮاک روی ﻧﻮار ﺿﺒﻂ
ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪن ﺗﺮاک،
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ و دک ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر
اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
روی واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ
ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ٢و ٣را ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی دﳋﻮاه ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ را ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﻣﻮرد ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه
ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻬﺎ دارای دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﮏ در ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از
ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﳎﺪد ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﻣﻮرد ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ،اﻳﻦ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ را ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺿﺒﻂ را ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
REC
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ۴ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ
ﻓﻀﺎی ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺑﲔ آﻫﻨﮕﻬﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ
ﺷﺪه روی ﻧﻮارﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﳎﺪد ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ،ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
روی واﺣﺪ اﺻﻠﯽ
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ* ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ ،دﻛﻬﺎی ﻛﺎﺳﺖ و ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ در ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ ﺷﲈ RECرا ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻗﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ“NO REC” ،
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد.
* ﳐﺼﻮص DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ :وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن رﺳﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ”زﻧﺪه“
ﻗﺮار دادن ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ۴ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ای ﺑﲔ آﻫﻨﮕﻬﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه روی ﻧﻮار ﻛﺎر
ﭘﺴﻨﺪﻳﺪه اﻳﯽ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻞ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺪون ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ وﻗﻔﻪ در ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻗﺒﻞ از
ﻓﺸﺎر دادن RECﻣﻜﺚ دﻫﻴﺪ ) ،DVD/CD 3و ﺳﭙﺲ 8را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ(.
٣٠
6/1/2004, 3:04 PM
30
29-30.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
STANDBY/ON
CLOCK/
TIMER
SET
,
Remote
ONLY
ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ آﻫﻨﮓ دﳋﻮاه ﺧﻮد ﺑﻴﺪار ﺷﻮﻳﺪ .از ﻃﺮف
دﻳﮕﺮ ،ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﻣﲑ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻮاری از ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه از رادﻳﻮ را ﺑﻄﻮر
اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻪ ﻋﺪد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ و ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻣﲑ ﺿﺒﻂ را ذﺧﲑه
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،اﻣﺎ ﻓﻔﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ و ﻳﮏ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ را در ﻳﮏ زﻣﺎن
ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ،ﻳﻜﯽ از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی CLOCK/TIMERﻣﻮرد
ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ.
– ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ورودی اﺷﺘﺒﺎه در ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎر CANCEL ،را ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ .ﻣﯽ
ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدﻳﺪ.
١
������� )زﻣﺎن(
���������
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈتﺳﺎﻋﺖ
)ﺑﻪﺻﻔﺤﻪ١٧ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
CANCEL
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎی ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—زﻣﺎن
روزاﻧﻪ ،ON ١زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ،ON ٢زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ،ON ٣ﻳﺎ زﻣﺎن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﺿﺒﻂ .ON
١
روزاﻧﻪ
زﻣﺎن
٢
روزاﻧﻪ
زﻣﺎن
٣
روزاﻧﻪ
زﻣﺎن
������
�����
��������� �������� )زﻣﺎن(
)زﻣﺎن(
��������� �������� )زﻣﺎن(
��������� ��������
ﻟﻐﻮﺷﺪهاﺳﺖ
1
٢
ﻣﺜﺎل .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ١اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ را ﺑﻪ دﳋﻮاه ﺧﻮدﺗﺎن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
اﻳﻦ روش را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ—
���
ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮﻫﺎی روزاﻧﻪ:
١ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻌﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺑﺮای زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻌﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺑﺮای زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣ﻳﮏﻣﻨﺒﻊﭘﺨﺶاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﻛﻨﻴﺪ—”،“TUNER AM”،“TUNER FM
” “DISC” ،“TAPEﻳﺎ ”.“AUX
1
* ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ در زﻣﺎن ارﺳﺎل از ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ.
– ON :DAILY 1زﻣﺎن ) OFF/(6:00زﻣﺎن )/(8:00
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )/(TUNER FM 1ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم )(- -
– ON :DAILY 2زﻣﺎن ) OFF/(12:00زﻣﺎن )/(14:00
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )/(TUNER FM 1ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم )(- -
– ON :DAILY 3زﻣﺎن ) OFF/(18:00زﻣﺎن )/(20:00
ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )/(TUNER FM 1ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم )(- -
۴ﺑﺮای ” “TUNER FMو ” :“TUNER AMﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﺷﺪه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ” :“DISCﺷﲈره ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﲈره
ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣١
6/1/2004, 3:06 PM
31
31-32.indd
۵ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا را ﻣﯽﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )” “VOL 0ﺗﺎ ” “VOL 50و
”.(“VOL - -
اﮔﺮ ” “VOL - -را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،وﻟﻮم در آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن رﺳﻴﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ،اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺑﺮای ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ:
١ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻌﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺑﺮای زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٢ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻌﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ را ﺑﺮای زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣ﻳﮏﻣﻨﺒﻊﭘﺨﺶاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﻛﻨﻴﺪ—”،“TUNER AM”،“TUNER FM
ﻳﺎ ”.“AUX
۴ﺑﺮای ” “TUNER FMو ” :“TUNER AMﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﭘﻴﺶ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻤﺠﺮد ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن رﺳﻴﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ،اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد.
٣
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ را در زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺑﻮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را
ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )روی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده(.
ﺗﺎﻣﲑ ﺿﺒﻂ دﻗﻴﻘ ًﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ
( و ﻧﲈﻳﺸﮕﺮ RECروی
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ )
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه را ﻣﯽ ﮔﲑد ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ را ﺑﻪ
” “AUXﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ ،و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ
ﻧﲈﻳﺪ و ﺿﺒﻂ را ﴍوع ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ ،و ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )آﻣﺎده(.
– ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم داده ﺷﺪن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
ﭼﻮن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﻫﺮ روز در ﳘﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از
روزﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻟﻐﻮ آن ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ.
– ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ را ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮد.
١
STANDBY/ON
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮی ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ١
زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ٢
زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ٣
��������� �������� )زﻣﺎن(
)زﻣﺎن(
��������� �������� )زﻣﺎن(
��������� ��������
������� )زﻣﺎن(
���������
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈتﺳﺎﻋﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮﺷﺪهاﺳﺖ
)ﺑﻪﺻﻔﺤﻪ١٧ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺗﺎﻣﲑ روزاﻧﻪ دﻗﻴﻘ ًﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ
1
( و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ )
) (1/2/3روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ در ﳘﺎن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﺷﺪه روزاﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روش دﺳﺘﯽ آن را ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮدد
)ﺳﺘﻮن ﺑﻌﺪ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ(.
٢
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ روﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪه را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﺠﺰ ” ،(“AUXو
ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم ﺻﺪا را در ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
( و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﲈره ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ )
) (1/2/3روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﻨﺪ.
ﺑﺮای روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
١
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪن ﻓﺮا ﻣﯽ رﺳﺪ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ ،و ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد )آﻣﺎده(.
– ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ در ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ اﲣﺎب ﺷﺪه ر ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
CANCEL
RETURN
.(REC TMR
زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ١
زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ٢
زﻣﺎن روزاﻧﻪ ٣
)زﻣﺎن(
��������� ������� )زﻣﺎن(
��������� ������� )زﻣﺎن(
��������� �������
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈتﺳﺎﻋﺖ
ﻟﻐﻮﺷﺪهاﺳﺖ
������� )زﻣﺎن(
���������
������
�����
)ﺑﻪﺻﻔﺤﻪ١٧ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SET
٣
ﻣﺜﺎل .ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
روزاﻧﻪ ١
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮی ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) DAILY 1/2/3و
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ
٢
������
�����
1
ﻣﺜﺎل .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ (DAILY 1) ١
ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ
ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﳏﻮ ﺷﻮد ،ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣٢
6/1/2004, 3:06 PM
32
31-32.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
روش ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت
Remote
ONLY
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻨﺒﻊ
.اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﭘﺨﺶ آن ﻫﻨﻮز ﴍوع ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ
:“FILE TYPE” “ ﺑﺮایSTILL PICTURE” اﻧﺘﺨﺎب:ﻣﺜﺎل
.ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ
١
ﻛﻠﻴﺪkeys
١٠
10
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
����
������
, ,
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
()در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
.ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ رااﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
SET UP
,
ENTER
٢
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SHIFT
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.اﻳﺘﻤﯽ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
٣
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
SELECT
ENTER
آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
.آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه روﺷﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ
ENTER
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
SELECT
ENTER
PICTURE
MONITOR TYPE
4:3 LB
PICTURE SOURCE
AUTO
SCREEN SAVER
ON
FILE TYPE
AUDIO
AUDIO
STILL PICTURE
ENTER
. اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖLANGUAGE ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ:ﻣﺜﺎل
٢
2
١
1
٣
3
۴
4
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ را در ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
SELECT
۴
۵
LANGUAGE
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
USE
TO SELECT . USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
LANGUAGE ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
PICTURE ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
AUDIO ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
OTHERS ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
٣٣
33-38.indd
33
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
١
٢
٣
۴
۶
٧
SUBTITLE
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ENTER
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٣ﺗﺎ ۴را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ را در ﳘﺎن ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ٢ﺗﺎ ۴را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ در ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دﻳﮕﺮ را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوج از ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
����
������
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
از زﺑﺎن —،CHINESE ،FRENCH ،SPANISH ،ENGLISH
AA ، JAPANESE ، ITALIAN ،GERMANﺗﺎ ZU
)ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٣ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﻳﺎ ”)ﺑﺪون زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ( .“OFF
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ﻳﻜﯽ از زﺑﺎﳖﺎی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪه روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ— ،ENGLISH
SPANISHو .CHINESE
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ PICTURE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎﲠﺎی ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ در ﻣﻮرد ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر را اﺗﻨﺨﺎب
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
)در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ(
PICTURE
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ LANGUAGE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ زﺑﺎن
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﺪه روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
SELECT
ENTER
MENU LANGUAGE
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای ﻣﻨﻮی ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
از زﺑﺎن —،CHINESE ،FRENCH ،SPANISH ،ENGLISH
AA ، JAPANESE ، ITALIAN ،GERMANﺗﺎ ZU
)ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٣ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ دارای ﺻﺪای ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
از زﺑﺎن —،CHINESE ،FRENCH ،SPANISH ،ENGLISH
AA ، JAPANESE ، ITALIAN ،GERMANﺗﺎ ZU
)ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٣ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
4:3 LB
MONITOR TYPE
AUTO
PICTURE SOURCE
ON
SCREEN SAVER
AUDIO
FILE TYPE
SELECT
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
MONITOR TYPE
ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎﻧﻴﺘﻮر ﺑﺮای ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ
ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ 16:9اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻤﻬﺎی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ-رﻧﮕﯽ
وﺗﻘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﺴﻢ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﯽ ﭼﻨﺪ رﻧﮕﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ رﻧﮓ
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮارد ” “MULTIﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻧﻮع
ﻣﻮﻧﻴﺘﻮر ،اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ
ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت VIDEO OUT SELECT
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:16:9 MULTI / 16:9
اﻳﻦﻣﻮردراوﻗﺘﯽاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﻛﻨﻴﺪﻛﻪﻧﺴﺐﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ 16:9اﺳﺖ
)ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮنﭘﻬﻦ(.
M
) 4:3 LBﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺣﺮﻓﯽ( :4:3 MULTI LB /
اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را وﻗﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ 4:3اﺳﺖ
)ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ( .در ﺣﲔ دﻳﺪن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ،ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی
ﺳﻴﺎه در ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
B
) 4:3 PSاﺳﻜﻦ ﭘﺎن( :4:3 MULTI PS /
ا ﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را وﻗﺘﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺷﲈ 4:3اﺳﺖ.
در ﺣﲔ دﻳﺪن ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻬﻦ ،ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ،
اﻣﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی راﺳﺖ و ﭼﭗ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
M
٣۴
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
34
33-38.indd
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ AUDIO
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺜﺎل16:9:
ﻣﺜﺎل4:3 LB :
ﻣﺜﺎل4:3 PS:
AUDIO
STREAM/PCM
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
DOLBY SURROUND
DOWN MIX
AUTO
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
PICTURE SOURCE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﲠﻴﻨﻪ را ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻳﺪ— ﻧﻮع ﻣﻨﺒﻊ
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ(.
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
SELECT
ENTER
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
SCREEN SAVER
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را در ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ داﺧﻠﯽ ،ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ
ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:ON
:OFF
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﯽ ﺑﺮای
ﺣﺪود ۵دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﺎرﻳﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮدن ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ.
FILE TYPE
اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ دوی ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ )ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی MP3ﻳﺎ (WMAو ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ
)ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی (JPEGروی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ
ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی.WMA/MP3
:AUDIO
:STILL PICTUREﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی .JPEG
DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUT
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل در ﻋﻘﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار را
ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
:AUTOﺑﻴﺸﱰ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻳﯽ و
ﻓﻴﻠﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻢ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺮدازش را ﺑﺮای ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ
ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ )ﻣﻨﺒﻊ وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﯽ(.
:FILMﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ.
:VIDEOﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﺴﮏ وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﲡﻴﻬﺰات دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﺧﻄﯽ PCMﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ
:PCM ONLY
ﺿﺒﻂ .MD
:DOLBY DIGITALﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل داﻟﺒﯽ ﻳﺎ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ
ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل داﺧﻠﯽ داﻟﺒﯽ.
:PCM/
:STREAM/PCMﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی DTSﻳﺎ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ
رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی .DTS
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺑﻪ ”ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی “DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTدر ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
۴۵ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
DOWN MIX
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ DVDﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎ را ﺑﻪ دو ﻛﺎﻧﺎل
ﳎﺰا ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﺲ ﺑﺮای ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ )و ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
” “DIGITAL AUDIO OUTPUTروی ” “PCM ONLYﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( در اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
DOLBY
ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﮏ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ رﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی داﻟﺒﯽ ﭘﺮو
:SURROUNDﻻﺟﻴﮏ.
ﺑﺮای ﻧﺼﺐ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﯽ ،ﮔﲑﻧﺪه ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه
:STEREO
،MDﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن و ﻏﲑه.
٣۵
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
35
33-38.indd
D. RANGE COMPRESSION
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﳏﺪوده دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﮏ )ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﲔ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺪا و ﻧﺮم ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺻﺪا( را ﺑﺮای
ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن از ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﻗﻮی ﺣﺘﯽ در ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺪا در ﺣﲔ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ
ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ،ﻓﴩده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ در ﺷﺐ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ اﺳﺖ.
– ﺗﺎﺛﲑ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار دارد.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:AUTOﺑﺮایﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدنازﺻﺪاﻳﯽﻗﻮیﺑﺎداﻣﻨﻪ دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﮏ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ.
ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮای ﲤﺎﺷﺎی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ در ﺳﻄﺢ وﻟﻮم ﭘﺎﺋﲔ.
:ON
ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ OTHERS
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی را روی وﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “OFF” ،را ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از
ﺿﺒﻂ آﻳﻜﻮﳖﺎی راﻫﻨﲈ روی ﻧﻮار وﻳﺪﺋﻮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:ON
:OFF
ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن آﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮدن آﻳﻜﻮن ﻫﺎی راﻫﻨﲈی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .
AV COMPULINK MODE
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﮕﺮ از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮل را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
OTHERS
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ON
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
DVD1
AV COMPULINK MODE
PARENTAL LOCK
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن JVCﻛﻪ دارای ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
AV COMPU LINKاﺳﺖ وﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت درﺳﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:DVD1ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی VIDEO-3ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن.
:DVD2ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی VIDEO-1ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن.
ِ :DVD3ﺑﺮای اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺸﻬﺎی ورودی VIDEO-2ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن.
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
RESUME
SELECT
ENTER
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣
ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻳﻜﯽ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ:
:ON
:OFF
– ﺑﺮای اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ،ﺑﻪ ”ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور “AV COMPU LINKدر
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
PARENTAL LOCK
اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد را ﺑﺮای ورود ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ PARENTAL LOCKاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ در اداﻣﻪ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﴍوع ﳎﺪد.
ﺑﺮای ﻟﻐﻮ ﴍوع ﳎﺪد.
٣۶
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
36
33-38.indd
ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه،“ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪCOUNTRY CODE”
.ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد
PARENTAL LOCK
ENTER
COUNTRY CODE
SA
PY
SET LEVEL
ONE
PASSWORD
_RO
___
QA
RE
RU
RW
SA
EXIT
SELECT
۵
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
ENTER
.ﻛﺪ ﻛﺸﻮر ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
ﻛﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ“ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪ/– ﺑﺮای ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﺪ ﻛﺸﻮر ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ”ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر
. ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ۴۴
۶
وﻳﺪﺋﻮی دی وی دی ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺸﻦDVD ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﺑﻤﺤﺾ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ.و ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮای اﻓﺮاد ﺧﺪه ﻣﯽ را ﳏﺪود ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
( ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺧﺸﻦ )ﻛﻪ دارای ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ،ﻧﻤﻮدﻳﺪ
رد ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ )ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی
.(دﻳﺴﮏ دارد
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ
)آزاد ﺗﺮﻳﻦ٨ )ﳏﺪودﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ( ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ١ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ درﺟﻪ— ﺳﻄﺢ
.(ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
.ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
MENU LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
AUDIO LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SUBTITLE
ENGLISH
ON SCREEN LANGUAGE
ENGLISH
SELECT
ENTER
.“ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮدSET LEVEL” ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ
ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻇﺎﻫﺮ،“ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖSET LEVEL” ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ
.ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد
EXIT
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
5
4
3
SELECT
ENTER
SELECT
ENTER
()در ﳘﺎن ﳊﻈﻪ
. را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪOTHERS ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
٢
.“ رااﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪPARENTAL LOCK”
٣
PARENTAL LOCK
8
7
_6_ _ _
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
OTHERS
US
NONE
NONE
PASSWORD
����
������
٧
ENTER
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
.(1–8 ،NONE) درﺟﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ را اﻧﺘ ب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ
٨
OTHERS
RESUME
ON
ON SCREEN GUIDE
ON
AV COMPULINK MODE
DVD1
PARENTAL LOCK
�����
SELECT
ENTER
.“ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮدPASSWORD” ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ وارد ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ورود
ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﮏ،“ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖPASSWORD” ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ
. رﻗﻤﯽ ﺑﺮای ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ۴ ﺷﲈره
ENTER
AUDIO
SUB TITLE
1
2
3
ZOOM
DVD LEVEL
VFP
4
5
REV. MODE
7
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
. ﺷﻮﻳﺪPARENTAL LOCK وارد ﻣﻨﻮی
٩
ENTER
PARENTAL LOCK
COUNTRY CODE
SA
SET LEVEL
NONE
PASSWORD
____
EXIT
ANGLE
SELECT
ENTER
USE
TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
6
FM MODE
8
9
PROGRESSIVE
0
. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ را ﺑﻪ اﲤﺎم ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ١٠
ENTER
٣٧
33-38.indd
١
LANGUAGE
�����
SET LEVEL
ﳏﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺮور—ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ
Remote
ONLY
37
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
۴
ﺑﺮای ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
١
ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ PARENTAL LOCKرا ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﯽ دﻫﺪ.
– ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ١ﺗﺎ ” ۴ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ“ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮای آزاد ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺘﯽ
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺤﯽ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﳏﺪود را ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺮﺧﯽ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺻ ً
ﻼ
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﮕﺮدﻧﺪ .وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻌﯽ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻌﺪی
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
PARENTAL LOCK
PARENTAL LOCK
SA
COUNTRY CODE
4
SET LEVEL
TEMPORARY RELEASE
____
PASSWORD
NOT RELEASE
EXIT
PASSWORD? ••• PRESS 0 ~ 9 KEYS
TO EXIT, PRESS [SET UP].
____
PASSWORD
SELECT
ENTER
USE 5∞ TO SELECT. USE ENTER TO CONFIRM.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
٢
” “PASSWORDﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– ﺷﲈ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮرد دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺠﺰ ” “EXITﺗﺎ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ
وارد ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SUB TITLE
ANGLE
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
5
4
6
FM MODE
ENTER
١
” “TEMPORARY RELEASEرا اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ENTERرا
ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
AUDIO
ZOOM
SELECT
ENTER
”“PASSWORDﺑﻄﻮر
اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏاﻧﺘﺨﺎبﻣﯽﺷﻮد.
ENTER
REV. MODE
9
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
0
– اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر اﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﯽ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “----” ،ﳎﺪد ًا ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮای ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر اﺷﺘﺒﺎه وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “EXIT” ،ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ،دﻛﻤﻪ ENTERرا ﺑﺮای ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪن از ﻣﻨﻮی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ
PARENTAL LOCKﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ “8888” ،را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
۴
ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد را ﳎﺪدا وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
– ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ۵ﺗﺎ ” ٨ﺑﺮای ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ واﻟﺪﻳﻦ“ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
” “PASSWORDﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﯽ(.
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
5
4
ANGLE
6
FM MODE
9
ENTER
٢
– اﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “NOT RELEASE” ،را
اﺗﻨﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ENTERرا ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻮد را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
5
4
ANGLE
6
FM MODE
9
ENTER
REV. MODE
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
0
– اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﺳﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻄﻮر اﺷﺘﺒﺎه وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ“NOT RELEASE” ،
ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ENTER ،را ﻓﺸﺎر
دﻫﻴﺪ .ﺳﭙﺲ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
REV. MODE
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
0
– اﮔﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر را ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ ،در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻋﺪد ﭼﻬﺎر
رﻗﻤﯽ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ را وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
٣٨
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
38
33-38.indd
اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﯽ
ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻴﺸﱰ در ﻣﻮرد اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
–
ﺑﺮای ﴍوع )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣ﺗﺎ ۶ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
–
– ﺑﺮای ﻟﺬت ﺑﺮدن از ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ،ورودی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن را ﺑﺎ
ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
–
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دادن ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺳﻜﻦ
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٧ﺗﺎ ٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
اﻧﻮاع دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ:
–
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ٨ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰی اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،آﻧﺮا را در داﻳﺮه داﺧﻠﯽ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
در ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی SVCD ،DVDﻳﺎ VCDﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ
ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ دﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر دﻳﺴﮏ
ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﺗﻔﺎوﲥﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻋﻤﻠﮕﺮد ﺑﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﳏﺴﻮب ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ از ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻣﻴﻜﺲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﯽ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “LR ONLY” ،روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
آﻣﺪه و دﺳﮕﺎه ﺳﻴﮕﻨﻬﺎﳍﺎی ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ و راﺳﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ 3D Phonicﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮای ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﻧﻮری دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ
ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﴍوع ﳎﺪد در SVCDﻳﺎ VCDﺑﺎ PBCاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ
ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﳏﻠﯽ ﴍوع ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻗﺪری ﺑﺎ ﳏﻠﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮده ﺑﻮدﻳﺪ ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ از ﴍوع ﳎﺪد ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای VCD/SVCD/DVDاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺠﺰ در
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ—ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا و ﻣﻮارد دﻳﮕﺮ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١۵ﺗﺎ
١٧ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت روزاﻧﻪ—ﭘﺨﺶ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١٠ﺗﺎ ١۴ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
– ﻣﻄﻤﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ وﻟﻮم ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎ روی ﮔﻮش ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﻛﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
– اﮔﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﺪﻳﺪی را در ﺷﲈره از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ذﺧﲑه ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﺒﻞ در آن
ﺷﲈره ﭘﺎک ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دو ﺷﺎخ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACﻣﯽ آورﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی
از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮف ﭼﻨﺪ روز ﭘﺎک ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﲔ ﻣﻮردی اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد،
اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻧﻴﺰ روی ﺻﺪاﻫﺎی ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺪﻓﻮﳖﺎ ﻣﯽ رود اﺛﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬارد.
ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ رادﻳﻮ:
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار:
– ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی C-120ﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ
آﺳﺎﻧﯽ در ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻬﺎ ﲨﻊ ﺷﺪه و ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﯽ ﻧﻮار ﮔﺮدد.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﻚ:
– ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ... WMA/MP3
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ”ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ“ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ. دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی WMA/MP3ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯽ دی ﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻴﺒﻪ زﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﺸﱰی ﺑﺮایﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻧﺪ) .اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﯽ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﮔﺮوه/ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد(.
ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی WMA/MP3ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و دﺳﺘﮕﺎه از روی آﻧﺎنﭘﺮش ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ روش ﺿﺒﻂ و ﴍاﻳﻂ اﻳﻦ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﯽ اﻓﺘﺪ.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی WMA/MP3درﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،از ISO 9660ﺳﻄﺢ ١ﻳﺎﺳﻄﺢ ٢ﺑﺮای ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی WMA/MP3ﻛﻪ دارای ﭘﺴﻮﻧﺪ > <.mp3ﻳﺎ>) <.wmaﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺰرگ/ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﺑﻮدن ﺣﺮوف( را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ.
ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی MP3ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮداری ۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ و ﺑﺎدرﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﴎﻋﺖ ١٢٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ درﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ
ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻴﺘﯽ آﳖﺎ ﻛﻤﱰ از ۶۴ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ١٠٠٠ﺗﺮاک و ٩٩ﮔﺮوه را ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮوه ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪﺣﺎوی ١۵٠ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( .دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ ﻣﯽ روﻧﺪ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮان
ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﺮد.
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی WMA/MP3ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﯽ ﻛﻪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂدر ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﺪ ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ)ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( .ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ای
ﺣﺎوی ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی WMA/MP3ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﺎدﻳﺪه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
–
–
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
– اﮔﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ NTSCرا ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ روی ” “PALﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ
ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﲤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﺮﻣﺖ” “PAL 60ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ
ﺷﻮد( ،اﻣﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﴎﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺋﲔ ﺑﺮود.
– اﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ دﻳﺴﮏ PALرا در ﺻﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ را روی ” “NTSCﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده
ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﲤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻣﺎ اﺷﻜﺎﻻت زﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ رخ دﻫﺪ:
آﻳﺘﻤﻬﺎی روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﺗﺎر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ،و وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ روﺷﻦ ﮔﺮدد ﻗﺪری ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪﻛﺮد.
درﺟﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ اﺻﻠﯽ ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. -ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺮﻣﯽ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﻤﯽ ﮔﲑد.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن وﻟﻮم:
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺻﺪا:
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ:
– ” “0:00ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺎﻋﺖ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ زﻧﺪ.
– ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ دو دﻗﻴﻘﻪ در ﻣﺎه ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮود .اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﲔ ﻣﻮردی اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد،
ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را رﻳﺴﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎص ) DVD/VCDﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ١٨ﺗﺎ ٢٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
– در ﺣﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ دور آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ،ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
– ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ واﺿﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ دﻳﺴﻚ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢١ﺗﺎ ٢٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ— ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ:
– اﮔﺮ ﺳﻌﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاک ﺻﺪم را ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “MEM FULL” ،روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– در ﺣﲔ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی...
ﭼﻨﺎﭼﻪ ﺷﲈره آﻳﺘﻤﯽ ﻛﻪ روی دﻳﺴﮏ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ورودی ﺷﲈ ﳑﻜﻦ
اﺳﺖ ﻧﺎدﻳﺪه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﺮای ﻣﺜﺎل ،اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﺗﺮاک ١۴روی دﻳﺴﮏ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ١٢ﺗﺮاک دارد(.
ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ—ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﯽ:
– دﻛﻤﻪ 4ﺑﺮای ﭘﺮش از ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮای رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ
اﺑﺘﺪای ﻓﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮاک ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده اﺳﺖ.
٣٩
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
39
39-42.indd
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢۴ﺗﺎ ٢٨ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
– ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ... JPEG
ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ وﺿﻮح ۴٨٠ × ۶۴٠ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ) .ﭼﻨﺎﻣﻨﭽﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﯽﺑﺎ وﺿﻮح ﺑﻴﺸﱰ از ۴٨٠ × ۶۴٠ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،زﻣﺎن زﻳﺎدی را ﺑﺮای ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده
ﺷﺪن ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ(.
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﭘﺎﻳﻪ JPEGرا ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ .ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ JPEGﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی ﺑﺎز JPEGﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه در دورﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎی دﳚﻴﺘﺎل،
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ :JPEG
وب ،و ﻏﲑه.
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ :JPEGاﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮای وب.
ﻧﻮﻋﯽ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻛﻨﻮن ﺑﻨﺪرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺑﺎز :JPEG
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی JPEGﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﯽ ﺑﻐﲑ از دورﺑﲔدﳚﻴﺘﺎل ﳐﺼﻮص ﺗﺼﺎوﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی JPEGﺗﺪرﳚﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﭘﺎﻳﺪار ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮد ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻫﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﭘﺨﺶ را ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮده و ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ JPEGﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .دﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ دﻳﮕﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل اﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻮار )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٢٩ﺗﺎ ٣٠ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮار:
– درﺟﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻄﻮر اﺗﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ،ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ
ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ را ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﮔﺬاری روی درﺟﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
– روی ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﺑﺘﺪاﻳﯽ و ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﻮار ﻣﻮردی ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﮔﺮدد .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ،
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﯽ دی ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ از ﭘﺨﺶ رادﻳﻮ را ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اول ﻧﻮار
را ﺑﺘﺎﺑﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ از ﻣﻮزﻳﮏ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂ از دﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﯽ
رود.
– اﮔﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن را ﺑﺪون ﻗﺮار دادن ﻧﻮار ﴍوع ﻛﻨﻴﺪ “NO TAPE” ،روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد .اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﯽ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ“NO REC” ،
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺿﺒﻂ را از
ﺑﻄﺮف ﺟﻠﻮ ) (3ﴍوع ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ ،در ﻏﲑ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮف
)ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ( ﻧﻮار ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﻮد ،ﺧﺎﲤﻪ ﻣﯽ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ.
( را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع
و
– ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ )
ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
– ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ را در ﺣﲔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺎز ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺿﺒﻂ دﻳﺴﮏ ﳘﺎﻫﻨﮓ:
– وﻗﺘﯽﻛﻪ ﻧﻮارازﺟﻬﺖﺟﻠﻮ)(3درﻫﻨﮕﺎمﺿﺒﻂﺑﺎﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻛﺮدنﺣﺎﻟﺖﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻣﯽ
.
رﺳﺪ،آﺧﺮﻳﻦآﻫﻨﮓ ﳎﺪد ًا در اﺑﺘﺪای ﻃﺮف دﻳﮕﺮ ﺿﺒﻂﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣١ﺗﺎ ٣٢ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
–
–
–
–
–
–
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﮏ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﺎرﺟﯽ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—” “AUXﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ،
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه در دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را در ﳘﺎن ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ،ﻓﺮاﻣﻮش ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز را آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ-
دﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺮای ﭘﺨﺶ و و ﻧﻮار ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮای ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن.
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دو ﺷﺎخ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACدر ﻣﯽ آورﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
ﻟﻐﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ را اول ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،و ﺑﻌﺪ اﻣﲑ را ﳎﺪد ًا ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ
ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺪون ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮدن ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺷﺪن ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﺷﺪه ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ،
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ،اﻣﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﺪه ﺑﺮق را ﻗﻄﻊ
ﻧﲈﻳﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ٣٣ﺗﺎ ٣٨ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
:LANGUAGE
– وﻗﺘﯽ ک زﺑﺎﻧﯽ را ﺑﺮای ”،“MENU LANGUAGE
” “AUDIO LANGUAGEﻳﺎ ” “SUBTITLEاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ روی دﻳﺴﮏ
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﻮد ،زﺑﺎن اﺻﻠﯽ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
:MONITOR TYPE — PICTURE
– ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ ” “4:3 PSاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،اﻧﺪازه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮای ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از
DVDﻫﺎی وﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ 4:3ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻮد .اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ
دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد.
– وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ” “16:9را ﺑﺮای ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ان 4:3اﺳﺖ،اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ،
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﭘﻬﻨﺎی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻛﻤﯽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد.
:DOWN MIX—AUDIO
– اﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ DTSﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد ﻓﻌﺎل ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
:ON SCREEN GUIDE—OTHERS
– ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﻧﻮار روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺘﯽ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد روی ” “OFFﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه
ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )و ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ(.
زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﻬﺎ و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﳐﺼﻮص ﺑﺰرﮔﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺪون در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت
روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪی ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی :MP3/WMA/JPEG
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺳﻄﺢ ۵
ﺳﻄﺢ ۴
ﺳﻄﺢ ٣
��
��
�
��
�
��
��
����
�
��
�
�
��
ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ
ﺳﻄﺢ ٢
��
ﺳﻄﺢ ١
�
�
�
�
ﮔﺮوه ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ آن
ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ آن
��
�
۴٠
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
40
39-42.indd
ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری
ﺑﺮای ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ،دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ،ﻧﻮارﻫﺎ و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم را ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﺎه دارﻳﺪ.
ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ
–
–
–
–
–
وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ دﺳﻴﮏ را از ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺧﺎرج ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی آن ﺑﺎ
ﻓﺸﺎر ﳐﺘﴫی ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﺮﻛﺰی ﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮاق دﻳﺴﮏ را ﳌﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺧﻢ ﻧﻨﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮای ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی از ﲨﻊ ﺷﺪن آن در ﺟﻠﺪ ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ دﻳﺴﮏ وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ آن را در ﺟﻠﺪش ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬارﻳﺪ ،ﺧﺮاش
ﺑﺮﻧﺪارد.
ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ روی آن ﺧﺶ ﻧﻴﺎﻧﺪازﻳﺪ.
ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن دﻳﺴﮏ:
ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ
– ﻟﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم ﲤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ .اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺷﺪه
اﺳﺖ ،ﺗﻜﻪ اﻳﯽ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻛﻪ درآب ﺣﺎوی ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺮو ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺧﺸﮏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻌﺪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– اﻧﺠﺎم دادن ﻛﺎرﻫﺎی زﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ و ﻳﺎ رﻧﮓ آﻧﺮا ﺑﱪد و
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺧﻮد را از دﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ:
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ زﺑﺮ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪت ﭘﺎک ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﻨﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. از ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﲑی ﻣﻮاد ﻓﺮار ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﴩه ﻛﺶ در ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﻮدداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.– از ﲤﺎس ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮏ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺧﻮدداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺮم در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ.
ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎی ﻛﺎﺳﺖ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
– ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﻧﻮار در ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ول ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻟﻘﯽ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎ وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻳﮏ ﻣﺪاد در ﻳﻜﯽ از
ﻗﺮﻗﺮﻫﺎی ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن آن رﻓﻊ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
اﮔﺮ ﻧﻮار ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﺮاش دﻳﺪه ،ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ در ﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﮔﲑﻛﻨﺪ.
– دﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻮار را ﳌﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
– از ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری ﻧﻮار در اﻳﻦ ﳏﻠﻬﺎ ﺧﻮداری ﻛﻨﻴﺪ—در ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻏﺒﺎرآﻟﻮد ،زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ
آﻓﺘﺎب ﻳﺎ در ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ،در ﳏﻞ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ،روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻳﺎﻧﺰدﻳﮏ ﻳﮏ آﻫﻦ رﺑﺎ.
ﺑﺮای ﻧﮕﻬﺪاری در ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ و ﭘﺨﺶ
– از ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻧﺨﯽ ﻛﻪ آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺮای ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺪﻫﺎی دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ،ﻻﺳﺘﻴﮓ
ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه و ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
– ﺑﺎاﺳﺘﻔﺎدهازﻳﮏ ﺧﻨﺜﯽﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ) ﻣﻮﺟﻮددر ﻓﺮوﺷﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽواﻟﻜﱰوﻧﻴﻜﯽ(
ﺑﺮایﺧﻨﺜﯽﻛﺮدنﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲﻫﺪﻫﺎیدﺳﺘﮕﺎهاﺳﺘﻔﺎدهﻛﻨﻴﺪ)وﻗﺘﯽﻛﻪدﺳﺘﮕﺎهﺧﺎﻣﻮش
اﺳﺖ(.
۴١
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
41
39-42.indd
ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ
ﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎی WMA/MP3ﻳﺎ JPEGﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ.
اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دﭼﺎر ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻟﻴﺴﺖ زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺮای راه ﺣﻞ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﲤﺎس ﺑﺎ
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﺑﺮرﺳﯽ ﻧﲈﺋﻴﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ:
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت و ﺗﻐﻴﲑات ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﲤﺎ ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎر ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
} ﺑﺮای اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﳏﺪودﻳﺖ زﻣﺎﻧﯽ وﺟﻮد دارد .روش را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
} دﻳﺴﮏ وارد ﺷﺪه ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ دو ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮاک ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎیMP3/ WMA
و ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی .(JPEGدر اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ،ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎی اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ” “FILE TYPEرا ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ) ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣۵ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
} ﺷﲈ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “FILE TYPEر ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار دادن دﻳﺴﮏ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ داده اﻳﺪ .ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ،
دﻳﺴﮏ را دوﺑﺎره وارد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
” “NO AUDIOﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪه
اﻧﺪ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ.
} ﻣﻴﻜﺮو ﭘﺮوﺳﺴﻮر داﺧﻠﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ اﺧﺘﻼ ﻻت داﺧﻠﯽ
ﺑﺪرﺳﺘﯽ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻜﻨﺪ .ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را از ﺑﺮق ACﺧﺎرج ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و آﻧﺮا
دوﺑﺎره وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
” “LR ONLYﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} ﻣﺴﲑ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور و ﺳﻨﺴﻮر ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور روی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
} ﺑﺎﺗﺮﳞﺎی ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﲤﺎم ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
ﺻﺪای دﻳﺴﮏ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ اﺳﺖ.
} دﻳﺴﻚ ﻛﺜﻴﻒاﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاﺷﻴﺪﮔﯽ دارد.
} اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
} ﻫﺪ ﻓﻮن ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
} ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮق ACدﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ.
} ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻮدﻛﺎن ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٣ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ.
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﺻﺪاﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮش ﻧﻤﯽ رﺳﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻛﺎﺑﻞ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی روی ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮن ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد ،ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﺎر اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ دو
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ.
} ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ وﻳﺪﺋﻮی ﺗﺪرﳚﯽ را ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎی ﭼﭗ و راﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ روی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ از ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ ﻣﻴﻜﺲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﲑی ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﲔ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﭼﭗ ﺟﻠﻮ و
راﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ را ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺳﻴﻨﯽ دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎز ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﻮار:
ﺟﺎ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﯽ را ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد.
} وﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮار در ﺣﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮق ACدﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ.
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮدن:
} ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ” “4:3 LBرا ﺑﺮای ” “MONITOR TYPEاﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ
٣۴ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
} زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ .ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺰ ﮔﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ اﺳﺖ.
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ و ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت رادﻳﻮ:
} اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آﻧﺘﻦ درﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ.
} آﻧﺘﻦ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ اﻳﯽ AMﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺰدﻳﮏ اﺳﺖ.
} آﻧﺘﻦ FMدرﺳﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ و در ﳏﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮار داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﻳﺴﮏ:
دﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
} دﻳﺴﻚ واروﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .دﻳﺴﮏ را ﺑﺼﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ
آن رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮد.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ:
} ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ در زﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ وﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻓﺮا رﺳﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ ،روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ .ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ
وﻗﺘﯽ ﺷﻮرع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ را ﴍوع ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ.
} دﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاری ﺷﺪه DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .دﻳﺴﻚ را ﻋﻮض ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
} ﺷﲈره ﻋﻨﻮان/ﮔﺮوه و ﺷﲈره ﻓﺼﻞ/ﺗﺮاک در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈت روزاﻧﻪ وارد ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ.
ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮاﻫﻴﺪ دﻳﺴﻜﯽ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺎﻳﻤﺮ روزاﻧﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪاﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ
را رد ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ID3روی دﻳﺴﮏ WMA/MP3ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻳﺶ داده ﺷﻮد.
ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ:
ﮔﺮوﻫﻬﺎی JPEG/WMA/MP3وﺗﺮاﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر دارﻳﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ
ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
} ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دی وی دی ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ روﺷﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ در اﺑﺘﺪا زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ را
ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ دﻫﻨﺪ .ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد ،زﺑﺎن ﺻﻮﺗﯽ را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٨ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(
} دو ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ID3وﺟﻮد دارد—ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ١و ﻧﺴﺨﻪ .٢
اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎی ID3ﻧﻮع ١را ﻧﲈﻳﺶ دﻫﺪ.
} ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﯽﺷﻮد .ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ روی دﻳﺴﮏ
ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ دارد.
زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻧﻮﻳﺲ را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ داده ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮد.
زﺑﺎن ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان زﺑﺎن اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ.
} ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دی وی دی ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ روﺷﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰی ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ در اﺑﺘﺪا از زﺑﺎن اﺻﻠﯽ
اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪ .ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد ،زﺑﺎن ﺻﻮﺗﯽ را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﴍوع ﭘﺨﺶ
اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٩ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(.
۴٢
6/1/2004, 3:07 PM
42
39-42.indd
ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺪ زﺑﺎن
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
AA
AB
AF
AM
AR
AS
AY
AZ
BA
BE
BG
BH
BI
BN
BO
BR
CA
CO
CS
CY
DA
DZ
EL
EO
ET
EU
FA
FI
FJ
FO
FY
GA
GD
GL
GN
GU
HA
HI
HR
HU
HY
IA
IE
IK
IN
IS
IW
JI
آﻓﺎری
آﺑﺨﺎزﻳﺎﻧﯽ
آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﻳﯽ
آﻣﻬﺮی
ﻋﺮﺑﯽ
آﺳﺎﻣﯽ
آﻳﲈری
آذرﺑﺎﳚﺎﻧﯽ
ﺑﺸﻜﲑی
ﺑﻠﻴﻮروﺳﯽ
ﺑﻠﻐﺎری
ﺑﻴﻬﺎری
ﺑﻴﺴﻼﻣﺎﻳﯽ
ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻟﯽ ،ﺑﻨﮕﺎﻻ
ﺗﺒﺘﯽ
ﺑﺮﺗﻮﻧﯽ
ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻻﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻛﺮواﺗﯽ
ﭼﮏ
وﻟﺰی
داﻧﲈرﻛﯽ
ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻳﯽ
اﺳﭙﺮاﻧﺘﻮ
اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﺑﺎﺳﻜﯽ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻓﻨﻼﻧﺪی
ﻓﻴﺠﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻓﺎروﺳﯽ
ﻓﺮﺳﻴﺎﻳﯽ
اﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪی
اﺳﻜﺎﺗﻠﻨﺪی ﮔﺎﻟﻴﮏ
ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻜﯽ
ﮔﻮاراﻧﯽ
ﮔﺠﺮاﺗﯽ
ﻫﺎاوﺳﺎﻳﯽ
ﻫﻨﺪی
ﻛﺮواﺳﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﳎﺎرﺳﺘﺎﻧﯽ
ارﻣﻨﯽ
اﻳﻨﱰ ﻟﻴﻨﮕﻮا
اﻳﻨﱰ ﻟﻴﻨﮕﻮ
اﻳﻮ ﭘﻴﺎک
اﻧﺪوﻧﺰﻳﺎﻳﯽ
اﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪی
ﻋﱪی
ﻳﺪﻳﺶ
JW
KA
KK
KL
KM
KN
KO
KS
KU
KY
LA
LN
LO
LT
LV
MG
MI
MK
ML
MN
MO
MR
MS
MT
MY
NA
NE
NL
NO
OC
OM
OR
PA
PL
PS
PT
QU
RM
RN
RO
RU
RW
SA
SD
SG
SH
SI
SK
ﺟﺎواﻳﯽ
ﮔﺮﺟﯽ
ﻗﺰاﻗﯽ
ﮔﺮﻳﻨﻠﻨﺪی
ﻛﺎﻣﺒﻮﺟﯽ
ﻛﺎﻧﺎداﻳﯽ
ﻛﺮه اﻳﯽ )(KOR
ﻛﺸﻤﲑی
ﻛﺮدی
ﻗﺮﻗﻴﺰی
ﻻﺗﲔ
ﻟﻴﻨﮕﺎﻻ
ﻻﺋﻮﺳﯽ
ﻟﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﻟﺘﻮﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ ،ﻟﺘﻴﺶ
ﻣﺎﻻﮔﺎﺳﻜﯽ
ﻣﺎاورﻳﺎﻳﯽ
ﻣﻘﺪوﻧﻴﻪ اﻳﯽ
ﻣﺎﻻﻳﺎﻻﻣﯽ
ﻣﻐﻮﻟﯽ
ﻣﻮﻟﺪاوﻳﺎﻳﯽ
ﻣﺎراﺳﯽ
ﻣﺎﻻﻳﺎﻳﯽ )(MAY
ﻣﺎﻟﺘﯽ
ﺑﺮﻣﻪ اﻳﯽ
ﻧﺎوراﻳﯽ
ﻧﭙﺎﻟﯽ
ﻫﻠﻨﺪی
ﻧﺮوژی
اﻣﻮروﻳﯽ
)آﻓﺎن( اوروﻣﻮ
اورﻳﺎﻳﯽ
ﭘﻨﺠﺎﺑﯽ
ﳍﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ
ﭘﺸﺘﻮ
ﭘﺮﺗﻐﺎﻟﯽ
ﻛﻮﭼﻮآﻳﯽ
راﺋﻴﺘﻮ -روﻣﺎﻧﺲ
ﻛﲑوﻧﺪی
روﻣﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
روﺳﯽ
ﻛﲑﻳﺎواﻧﺪاﻳﯽ
ﺳﺎﻧﺴﻜﺮﻳﺖ
ﺳﻨﺪی
ﺳﺎﻧﮕﻮﻳﯽ
ﴏﺑﯽ -ﻛﺮواﺳﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﺳﻴﻨﮕﺎﻟﻴﺎﻳﯽ
اﺳﻠﻮاﻛﯽ
SL
SM
SN
SO
SQ
SR
SS
ST
SU
SV
SW
TA
TE
TG
TH
TI
TK
TL
TN
TO
TR
TS
TT
TW
UK
UR
UZ
VI
VO
WO
XH
YO
ZU
اﺳﻠﻮﻧﺎﻳﯽ
ﺳﺎﻣﻮاﻧﯽ
ﺷﻮﻧﺎ
ﺳﻮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺎﻳﯽ
آﻟﺒﺎﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﴏﺑﯽ
ﺳﻴﺴﻮاﺗﯽ
ﺳﺴﻮﺗﻮﻳﯽ
ﺳﺎﻧﺪﻧﻴﺰی
ﺳﻮﺋﺪی
ﺳﻮاﺣﻠﯽ
ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻠﯽ
ﺗﻠﻮﮔﻮﻳﯽ
ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﯽ
ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪی
ﺗﻴﮕﺮﻧﻴﺎﻳﯽ
ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﯽ
ﺗﺎﮔﺎﻟﻮگ
ﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎ
ﺳﺘﺴﻮاﻧﺎﻳﯽ
ﺗﺮک
ﺳﻮﻧﮕﺎﻳﯽ
ﺗﺎﺗﺎری
ﺗﻮی
اوﻛﺮاﻳﻨﯽ
اردو
ازﺑﻜﯽ
وﻳﺘﻨﺎﻣﯽ
وﻻﭘﻮﻛﯽ
وﻟﻮﻓﯽ
ﺧﻮزی
ﻳﻮرﺑﺎﻳﯽ
زوﻟﻮﻳﯽ
۴٣
6/1/2004, 3:08 PM
43
43-45.indd
ﻟﯿﺴﺖ ﮐﺸﻮر /ﮐﺪﻫﺎی ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
AD
AE
AF
AG
AI
AL
AM
AN
AO
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AW
AZ
BA
BB
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BI
BJ
BM
BN
BO
BR
BS
BT
BV
BW
BY
BZ
CA
CC
CF
CG
CH
CI
CK
CL
CM
CN
CO
CR
CU
CV
CX
CY
CZ
DE
DJ
آﻧﺪورا
اﻣﺎرات ﻣﺘﺤﺪه ﻋﺮﺑﯽ
اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎن
آﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﻮان و ﺑﺎراﺑﺎدس
آﻧﮕﻮﺋﻴﻼ
آﻟﺒﺎﻧﯽ
ارﻣﻨﺴﺘﺎن
ﻫﻠﻨﺪ و ﺟﺰﻳﺮ آﻧﺘﻴﻞ
آﻧﮕﻮﻻ
ﻗﻄﺐ ﺷﲈل
آرژاﻧﺘﲔ
ﺳﻮﻣﻮا آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ
اﻃﺮﻳﺶ
اﺳﱰاﻟﻴﺎ
اروﺑﺎ
آذرﺑﺎﳚﺎن
ﺑﻮﺳﻨﯽ و ﻫﺮزﮔﻮﻳﻦ
ﺑﺎراﺑﺎدوس
ﺑﻨﮕﻼدش
ﺑﻠﮋﻳﮏ
ﺑﻮرﻛﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﺎﺳﻮ
ﺑﻠﻐﺎری
ﺑﺤﺮﻳﻦ
ﺑﺮوﻧﺪﺋﯽ
ﺑﻨﲔ
ﺑﺮﻣﻮدا
ﺑﺮوﻧﺌﯽ داراﻟﺴﻼم
ﺑﻮﻟﻴﻮی
ﺑﺮزﻳﻞ
ﺑﺎﻫﺎﻣﺎس
ﺑﻮﺗﺎن
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺑﻮت
ﺑﻮﺗﺴﻮﻧﺎ
ﺑﻴﻠﻮ روس
ﺑﻠﻴﺰ
ﻛﺎﻧﺎدا
ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﻛﻮﻛﻮس )ﻛﻴﻠﻴﻨﮓ(
ﲨﻬﻮری آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎی ﻣﺮﻛﺰی
ﻛﻨﮕﻮ
ﺳﻮﺋﻴﺲ
ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻋﺎج
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻛﻮک
ﺷﻴﻠﯽ
ﻛﺎﻣﺮون
ﭼﲔ
ﻛﻠﻤﺒﻴﺎ
ﻛﺎﺳﺘﺎرﻳﻜﺎ
ﻛﻮﺑﺎ
دﻣﺎﻏﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ
ﺟﺰﻳﺮه ﻛﺮﻳﺴﻤﺲ
ﻗﱪس
ﲨﻬﻮری ﭼﮏ
آﳌﺎن
ﺟﻴﺒﻮﺗﯽ
DK
DM
DO
DZ
EC
EE
EG
EH
ER
ES
ET
FI
FJ
FK
FM
FO
FR
FX
GA
GB
GD
GE
GF
GH
GI
GL
GM
GN
GP
GQ
GR
GS
GT
GU
GW
GY
HK
HM
HN
HR
HT
HU
ID
IE
IL
IN
IO
IQ
IR
IS
IT
JM
داﻧﲈرک
دوﻣﻨﻴﻜﺎ
ﲨﻬﻮری دوﻣﻨﻴﻜﻦ
اﳉﺰاﻳﺮ
اﻛﻮادر
اﺳﺘﻮﻧﯽ
ﻣﴫ
ﺻﺤﺮای ﻏﺮﺑﯽ
ارﻳﱰه
اﺳﭙﺎﻧﻴﺎ
اﺗﻴﻮﭘﯽ
ﻓﻨﻼﻧﺪ
ﻓﻴﺠﯽ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻠﻨﺪ )ﻣﺎﻟﻮﻳﻨﺎس(
ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﺴﻴﺎ )اﻳﺎﻻت ﻓﺪرال(
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻓﺎرو
ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ ،ﻛﻼن ﺷﻬﺮ
ﮔﺎﺑﻦ
ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎی ﻛﺒﲑ
ﮔﺮاﻧﺪا
ﮔﺮﺟﺴﺘﺎن
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﻏﻨﺎ
ﮔﻴﱪاﻟﺘﺎر
ﮔﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻨﺪ
ﮔﺎﻣﺒﻴﺎ
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ
ﮔﻮاداﻟﻮپ
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺣﺎره
ﻳﻮﻧﺎن
ﮔﺮﺟﺴﺘﺎن ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ و ﺳﺎﻧﺪوﻳﭻ
ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ
ﮔﻮاﲤﺎﻻ
ﮔﻮام
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﺴﺎﺋﻮ
ﮔﻴﻨﻴﺎ
ﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﮓ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻫﺮد و ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﮏ دوﻧﺎﻟﺪ
ﻫﻨﺪوراس
ﻛﺮوواﺳﯽ
ﻫﺎﺋﻴﺘﯽ
ﺑﻠﻐﺎرﺳﺘﺎن
اﻧﺪوﻧﺰی
اﻳﺮﻟﻨﺪ
اﴎاﺋﻴﻞ
ﻫﻨﺪ
ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮس ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ
ﻋﺮاق
اﻳﺮان )ﲨﻬﻮری اﺳﻼﻣﯽ(
اﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ
اﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ
ﺟﺎﻣﺎﺋﻴﻜﺎ
اردن
ژاﭘﻦ
ﻛﻨﻴﺎ
ﻗﺮﻗﻴﺰﺳﺘﺎن
ﻛﺎﻣﺒﻮج
ﻛﲑﻳﺒﺎﺗﯽ
ﻛﻮﻣﻮر
ﺳﻨﺖ ﻛﻴﺘﺲ و ﻧﻮﻳﺲ
ﻛﺮه ،ﲨﻬﻮری دﻣﻜﺮاﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﻠﻖ
ﻛﺮه ،ﲨﻬﻮری
ﻛﻮﻳﺖ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻤﻦ
ﻗﺰاﻗﺴﺘﺎن
ﲨﻬﻮری دﻣﻜﺮاﺗﻴﮏ ﺧﻠﻖ ﻻﺋﻮس
ﻟﺒﻨﺎن
ﺳﻨﺖ ﻟﻮﺳﻴﺎ
ﻟﻴﺨﺘﻨﺸﺘﺎﻳﻦ
ﴎی ﻻﻧﻜﺎ
ﻟﻴﱪﻳﺎ
ﻟﺴﻮﺗﻮ
ﻟﻴﺘﻮاﻧﯽ
ﻟﻮﮔﺰاﻣﺒﻮرگ
ﻻﺗﻴﻮﻳﺎ
ﲨﺎﻫﲑ ﻋﺮﺑﯽ ﻟﻴﺒﯽ
ﻣﺮاﻛﺶ
ﻣﻮﻧﺎﻛﻮ
ﻣﻠﺪاوی ،ﲨﻬﻮری
ﻣﺎداﮔﺎﺳﻜﺎر
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﺎرﺷﺎل
ﻣﺎﻟﯽ
ﻣﻴﺎن ﻣﺎر
ﻣﻐﻮﻟﺴﺘﺎن
ﻣﺎﻛﺎﺋﻮ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻣﺎرﻳﻨﺎی ﺷﲈﻟﯽ
ﻣﺎرﺗﻴﻨﯽ
ﻣﻮرﻳﺘﺎﻧﯽ
ﻣﻮﻧﺖ ﴎا
ﻣﺎﻟﺖ
ﻣﺎﺋﻮرﺗﻴﻮس
ﻣﺎﻟﺪﻳﻮ
ﻣﺎﻻوی
ﻣﻜﺰﻳﮏ
ﻣﺎﻟﺰی
ﻣﻮزاﻣﺒﻴﮏ
ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺒﻴﺎ
ﻛﺎﻟﺪوﻧﻴﺎی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ
ﻧﻴﺠﺮ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﻧﻮرﻓﻮﻟﮏ
ﻧﻴﺠﺮﻳﻪ
ﻧﻴﻜﺎراﮔﻮﺋﻪ
ﻫﻠﻨﺪ
ﻧﺮوژ
JO
JP
KE
KG
KH
KI
KM
KN
KP
KR
KW
KY
KZ
LA
LB
LC
LI
LK
LR
LS
LT
LU
LV
LY
MA
MC
MD
MG
MH
ML
MM
MN
MO
MP
MQ
MR
MS
MT
MU
MV
MW
MX
MY
MZ
NA
NC
NE
NF
NG
NI
NL
NO
۴۴
6/1/2004, 3:08 PM
44
43-45.indd
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
NP
NR
NU
NZ
OM
PA
PE
PF
PG
PH
PK
PL
PM
PN
PR
PT
PW
PY
QA
RE
RO
RU
RW
SA
SB
SC
SD
ﻧﭙﺎل
ﻧﺂورو
ﻧﻴﺌﻮ
زﻻﻧﺪ ﻧﻮ
ﻋﲈن
ﭘﺎﻧﺎﻣﺎ
ﭘﺮو
ﭘﻠﯽ ﻧﻴﺰی ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﺎﭘﺎﺋﻮ
ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭙﲔ
ﭘﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎن
ﳍﺴﺘﺎن
ﺳﻨﺖ ﭘﲑ و ﻣﻴﻜﻠﻮن
ﭘﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻳﺮن
ﭘﺮﺗﻮ رﻳﻜﻮ
ﭘﺮﺗﻐﺎل
ﭘﺎﻻﺋﻮ
ﭘﺎراﮔﻮﺋﻪ
ﻗﻄﺮ
ری ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮن
روﻣﺎﻧﯽ
ﻓﺪراﺳﻴﻮن روﺳﻴﻪ
رواﻧﺪا
ﻋﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎن ﺳﻌﻮدی
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﲈن
ﺳﯽ ﺷﻠﺲ
ﺳﻮدان
SE
SG
SH
SI
SJ
SK
SL
SM
SN
SO
SR
ST
SV
SY
SZ
TC
TD
TF
TG
TH
TJ
TK
TM
TN
TO
TP
TR
ﺳﻮﺋﺪ
ﺳﻨﮕﺎﭘﻮر
ﺳﻨﺖ ﻫﻠﻦ
اﺳﻠﻮﻧﻴﺎ
ﺳﻮاﻟﱪد و ژان ﻣﺎﻳﻦ
اﺳﻠﻮاﻛﯽ
ﺳﲑاﻟﺌﻮن
ﺳﻦ ﻣﺎرﻳﻨﻮ
ﺳﻨﮕﺎل
ﺳﻮﻣﺎﻟﯽ
ﺳﻮرﻳﻨﺎم
ﺳﺎﺋﻮ ﺗﻮم و ﭘﺮﻳﻨﺴﻴﭗ
اﻟﺴﺎﻟﻮادر
ﲨﻬﻮری ﻋﺮﺑﯽ ﺳﻮرﻳﻪ
ﺳﻮازﻳﻠﻨﺪ
ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻮز
ﭼﺎد
ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ ﻓﺮاﻧﺴﻪ
ﺗﻮﮔﻮ
ﺗﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ
ﺗﺎﺟﻴﻜﺴﺘﺎن
ﺗﻮﻛﻼﺋﻮ
ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎن
ﺗﻮﻧﺲ
ﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎ
ﺗﻴﻤﻮر ﴍﻗﯽ
ﺗﺮﻛﻴﻪ
TT
TV
TW
TZ
UA
UG
UM
US
UY
UZ
VA
VC
VE
VG
VI
VN
VU
WF
WS
YE
YT
YU
ZA
ZM
ZR
ZW
ﺗﺮﻳﻨﻴﺪاد و ﺗﻮﺑﺎﮔﻮ
ﺗﻮاﻟﺌﻮ
ﺗﺎﻳﻮان
ﺗﺎﻧﺰاﻧﻴﺎ ،ﲨﻬﻮری ﻣﺘﺤﺪه
اوﻛﺮاﻳﻦ
اوﮔﺎﻧﺪا
ﺟﺰاﺋﺮ ﺻﻐﲑ اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه
اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه
اروﮔﻮﺋﻪ
ازﺑﻜﺴﺘﺎن
اﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻬﺮ واﺗﻴﻜﺎن )ﻣﻘﺪس(
ﺳﻨﺖ وﻳﻨﺴﻨﺖ و ﮔﺮﻧﺎدﻳﻨﺲ
وﻧﺰوﺋﻼ
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ وﻳﺮﺟﲔ )ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ(
ﺟﺰاﻳﺮ وﻳﺮﺟﲔ )اﻳﺎﻻت ﻣﺘﺤﺪه(
وﻳﺘﻨﺎم
واﻧﺌﻮاﺗﻮ
ﺟﺰاﺋﺰ واﻟﻴﺰ و ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻧﺎ
ﺳﺎﻣﻮآ
ﻳﻤﻦ
ﻣﺎﻳﻮﺗﯽ
ﻳﻮﮔﻮﺳﻼوی
آﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎی ﺟﻨﻮﺑﯽ
زاﻣﺒﻴﺎ
زﺋﲑ
زﻳﻤﺒﺎﺑﻮء
ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
DIGITAL AUDIO
OUTPUT
ﭘﺨﺶ دﻳﺴﮏ
STREAM/PCM
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ
ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTS
DVDﺻﻮﺗﯽ
ﺑﺎ PCMﺧﻄﯽ ١٩٢/٩۶/۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ
ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢۴/٢٠/١۶ ،ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺑﺎ PCMﺧﻄﯽ / ٨٨٫٢ / ۴۴٫١
١٧۶٫۴ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ٢۴/٢٠/١۶ ،ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل DTS
SVCD, VCD, CD
CDﺑﺎ ﺳﻮراﻧﺪ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
دﻳﺴﮏ WMA/MP3
PCM ONLY
DOLBY DIGITAL/PCM
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ*
ﺑﺎ PCMﺧﻄﯽ ۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ،
٢۴/٢٠/١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
٩۶ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ
ﺑﺎ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎی ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
DTSﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ داﻟﺒﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
DTSﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ ۴٨/ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴۴٫١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
DTSﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
۴٨ / ۴۴٫١/ ٣٢ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ PCM ،ﺧﻄﯽ ١۶ﺑﻴﺘﯽ
* در ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ از دی وی دی ﻫﺎ ،ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺑﺮای ﻛﭙﯽ ﺷﺪه ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ،ﳑﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﳍﺎ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل ٢٠ﺑﻴﺘﯽ ﻳﺎ ٢۴ﺑﻴﺘﯽ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻨﺎل
DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUTﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ.
۴۵
6/1/2004, 3:08 PM
45
43-45.indd
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت
ﺑﺨﺶ آﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ
ﻓﺎرﺳﯽ
ﻗﺪرت ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ:
(W ٢٠ + W ٢٠) W ۴٠در (THD %١٠) Ω ۴
Ω ۵٠/mV ۴٠٠
اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ ﺻﺪای ورودی :AUX
:DVD OPTICAL DIGITAL OUT
ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ دﳚﻴﺘﺎل:
-٢١دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻣﱰ ﺗﺎ -١۵دﺳﯽ ﺑﻞ ﻣﱰ ) ۶۶٠ﻧﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﱰ
±٣٠ﻧﺎﻧﻮ ﻣﱰ(
ﺧﺮوﺟﯽ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ:
PAL/NTSCﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب
ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ رﻧﮓ:
Ω ٧۵/(p-p)V ١
) VIDEOﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﯽ(:
Ω ٧۵/(p-p)V ١
) Yروﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ(
:S-VIDEO
) Cرﻧﮕﻴﻨﮕﯽ ،اﻧﻔﺠﺎر( Ω ٧۵/(p-p)V ٠٫٢٨۶
Ω ٧۵/(p-p)V ١
)(Y
وﺳﻴﻠﻪ:
Ω ٧۵/(p-p)V ٠٫٧
)(PB/PR
Ω ١۶ – Ω ۴
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ/اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ:
ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮﻧﺮ
٨٧٫۵٠ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١٠٨٫٠٠ -ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ
داﻣﻨﻪ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﮔﯽ :FM
داﻣﻨﻪ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﮔﯽ :(MW)AM
۵٣١ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ – ١ ۶٠٢ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ٩ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
۵٣٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ – ١ ۶٠٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ )ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ١٠ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻫﺮﺗﺰی(
ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﻮار
۶٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ١۴ ٠٠٠ -ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
(WRMS) % ٠٫١۵
ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ:
ﻛﻮﺑﺶ و ﻟﺮزش:
ﺑﺮای ﻓﺮاﮔﲑی ﻧﺤﻮه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﻛﻨﱰﳍﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻛﻨﱰل از راه دور
STANDBY/ON
١٠
١٧
٣١،١٧
دﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ:
واﺣﺪ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ:
اﻣﭙﺪاﻧﺲ:
اﺑﻌﺎد )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
١٠ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰی ﳐﺮوﻃﯽ×١
داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ:
Ω۴
١۴۵ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﱰ × ٢٣٠ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﱰ× ١٩١ﻣﻴﻠﯽﻣﱰ
)ﭘﻬﻨﺎ/ارﺗﻔﺎع/ﻋﻤﻖ(
ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ١٫٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم
داﻣﻨﻪ دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ:
دﻗﺖ اﻓﻘﯽ:
ﻛﻮﺑﺶ و ﻟﺮزش:
ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ
وزن )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
ﻟﻮازم اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه
ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ
ﻣﴫف ﺑﺮق:
اﺑﻌﺎد )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
وزن )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ(:
SET
3
2
1
VFP
DVD LEVEL
ZOOM
6
5
4
FM MODE
REV. MODE
9
8
7
PROGRESSIVE
10
0
10
TOP MENU
MENU
SET UP
ENTER
ON SCREEN
CANCEL
RETURN
TAPE
،١٣،١١
٢٠ﺗﺎ٢٨،٢٣
١۵
١۵
،١۴،١٢،١١
١٨،١۶ﺗﺎ،٢١
٣٧،٢۶
PLAY
MODE
REPEAT A-B
REPEAT
SLOW +
– SLOW
BASS/
TREBLE RHYTHM AX
٢٨،٢٢،١٣،١٠
DVD/CD
GROUP/TITLE
3D
PHONIC
١٧،٩
١۴
DISPLAY
DIMMER
١۵،١٠
FADE
MUTING
١۶
١۶،١١ﺗﺎ٢٣،٢٠
VOLUME
١۵
RM-SUXP450U REMOTE CONTROL
٢٠
دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺻﻠﯽ
١٢
٨
١۴
رﺟﻮع ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ .٣
ﻗﺪرت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز:
CLOCK/
TIMER
،٢٠،١۴
٢۵ﺗﺎ٣٣،٣١
ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺴﮏ
DVDوﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﯽ DVD /ﺻﻮﺗﯽ
SVCD/VCD/CD
MP3/SVCD/VCD/CD) CD-RW/CD-R
JPEG/WMAﻓﺮﻣﺖ(
) DVD-RW/DVD-Rﻓﺮﻣﺖ وﻳﺪﺋﻮ(
٩٠دﺳﯽﺑﻞ
۵٠٠ﺧﻂ
ﻛﻤﱰ از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﲑی
SLEEP
A.STANDBY
ANGLE
SUB TITLE
AUDIO
١۵
١١٠وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ١٢٧ /وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب/
٢٢٠وﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ٢٣٠ /وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ ٢۴٠وﻟﺖ
)ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از
ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب
اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﮕﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ( ۵٠ ،ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ۶٠ /ﻫﺮﺗﺰ
) W ۶۵در ﺣﲔ ﻛﺎر(
) W ۴٫١در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﻣﺎده(
١٧٠م.م × ٢٣٠م.م × ٣١١م.م
)ﭘﻬﻨﺎ/ارﺗﻔﺎع/ﻋﻤﻖ(
۴,٨ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم
VOLUME
،١٠
١۵
RHYTHM AX
3D
PHONIC
AUX
FM/AM
UP
TAPE
DOWN
٢٣،١٣
١٠
STANDBY/ON
DVD/CD
REC
ﺳﻨﺴﻮر
ﻛﻨﱰل از
راه دور
١١،١٠
١٠ﺗﺎ١٣
٢٨،٢٢،
٣٠
١١ﺗﺎ١٣
PHONES
۴۶
6/3/2004, 11:08 AM
46
46-46.indd
M EM O .fm Pag e 2 W ed nesd ay,January 21,2004 6:03 PM
MEMO
Cover[UX].fm Page 2 Tuesday, June 1, 2004 11:00 AM
Mains (AC) Line Instruction (not applicable for Europe, U.S.A., Canada,
Australia, and U.K.)
PU
SH
AU
TO
OP
EN
RE
VE
RS
E
VIDE
O OU
T VIDE
O
VIDE
OU O
SELET
CT
S-VIDE
O
PAL
NTSC
Y
PB
PR
CAUTION for mains (AC) line
BEFORE PLUGGING IN, do check that your mains (AC) line voltage corresponds with the position of the voltage selector
switch provided on the outside of this equipment and, if different, reset the voltage selector switch, to prevent from a
damage or risk of fire/electric shock.
VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
EN, AR, PE
© 2004 VICTOR COMPANY OF JAPAN, LIMITED
0604AIMMDWJEM
Instructions
MICRO COMPONENT SYSTEM
UX-P450
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : Yes Encryption : Standard V1.2 (40-bit) User Access : Print, Fill forms, Extract, Assemble, Print high-res Create Date : 2004:06:01 11:15:38 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.0 for Macintosh Author : JVC Creator : FrameMaker 6.0: PSPrinter 8.3.1 Title : UX-P450 Modify Date : 2004:06:11 11:01:08+09:00 Subject : GVT0129-009A Page Count : 145 Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Layout : SinglePageEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools